GIFT OF 
 
 H 
 

 
THE 
 
 IN 
 
 BY 
 
 MAX HEINDEL 
 
 THIRD EDITION 
 
 POSTFREE 
 INTERNATIONAL HEADQUARTERS 
 
 S00trrurtatt 3WUmiHljtp 
 
 Mount Ecdesia 
 OCEANSIDE CALIFORNIA 
 
 L. N. FOWLER 
 
 7 IMPERIAL ARCADE, LUDGATE CIRCUS 
 LONDON 
 
' 
 
 - 
 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1922 
 
 BY 
 MRS. MlX HEINDEL 
 
 All rights, including translation, reserved. Permission 
 
 to copy or translate will be readily given upon 
 
 .application to author. 
 
 Gi r 
 
I 
 
 ' 
 
 ' 
 . :-&i:L.~ 
 
 PARTIAL LIST OF SUBJECTS. 
 
 , 
 SECTION 1. LIFE ON EARTH. 
 
 Social Conditions. 
 Marriage. 
 -Children. 
 
 Sleep and Dreams. 
 Health and Disease! 
 
 SECTION II. LIFE AFTER DEATH. 
 
 The Scienee-of Beata^ 
 
 Cremation. 
 
 Purgatory. 
 
 The First Heaven. 
 
 The Second Heaven. 
 
 The Third Heaven. 
 
 Guardian Angels. 
 
 SECTION in. REBIRTH. 
 
 The Law of Rebirth. 
 The Law of Causation. 
 Transmigration. 
 
 SECTION IV. THE BIBLE TEACHINGS. 
 The Creation. 
 The Fall. 
 
 The Immaculate Conception. 
 Sayings of Christ. 
 
 SECTION V. SPIRITUALISTIC PHENOMENA. 
 Mediumship. 
 Obs ession. 
 Materialization- 
 
 I 
 
4 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 SECTION VI. CLAIRVOYANCE. 
 
 Dangers of Psychism. 
 True Spiritual Unfoldment. 
 Initiation. 
 
 SECTION VII. ASTROLOGY. 
 
 True and False Astrology. 
 Prayer and Astrology. 
 Freewill and Astrology. 
 
 SECTION VIII. ANIMALS. 
 
 Their Life Here and Hereafter. 
 
 SECTION IX. MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 SECTION X. CLASSIFIED LIST OF QUESTIONS AND INDEX. 
 
 LIST OF DIAGRAMS 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 The Supreme Being, God and Other Gods 98 
 
 A Life Cycle 132 
 
 The Father, Son and Holy Spirit 260 
 
 The Path of the Unused Sex-Currents 304 
 
 As Above, so Below 420 
 
 Man 's Past, Present and Future Form. . . 421 
 
 The Four Kingdoms : . . .'." 422 
 
 The Constitution of the Earth 423 
 
 The Seven Worlds 424 
 
 Diagram Showing the Comparative Reality of the Visible and 
 
 Invisible Worlds by Using a Stereopticon as Illustration. 425 
 
 The Seven World-Periods 426 
 
 The Seven Days of Creation 342 
 
 Four Great Initiations. . . . . . . 427 
 
' - ' 1*H C 
 
 
 : 
 
 A WORD OF EXPLANATION. 
 
 The .questions contained in this book have been asked 
 of .the writer after lectures delivered by, .him in various 
 cities, and,. in. mo$t cases, ; th.e questions reveal a certain 
 knowledge of., the subject on the, part of , the inquirer. 
 
 For, the benefit of, those who are not Jamiliar with The 
 Rosicrucian Cosmo-Conception, it may be well to give the 
 following information concerning the, philosophy and the 
 terms used. With that, key, it , will ,. be ea.sy for anyone to 
 understand the answers to the questions. It may also be 
 in place to state at this point that each question has been 
 answered regardless of what has been said in answer to 
 any other question, so that each answer is complete in itself. 
 This has occasioned repetition of some things said in 
 answer to one question when replying to another which is 
 similar, but it will be found that in all cases where there is 
 such repetition it presents a new aspect of the subject, 
 so that the writer has no apology to make, for he considers 
 the method used of greater value than a reference to some 
 other answer which perhaps the inquirer might not have 
 time to look up. 
 
 The Rosicrucian Philosophy teaches that man is a com- 
 plex being who possesses : 
 
 (1) A Dense Body, which is the visible instrument he 
 uses here in this world to fetch and carry; the body we 
 ordinarily think of as the whole man. 
 
 (2) A Vital Body, which is made of Ether and per- 
 vades the visible body as ether permeates all other forms, 
 
 5 
 
6 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 except that human beings specialize a greater amount of the 
 universal ether than other forms. That ethereal body is 
 our instrument for specializing the vital energy of the sun. 
 
 (3) A Desire Body, which is our emotional nature. 
 This finer vehicle pervades both the vital and dense bodies. 
 It is seen by clairvoyant vision to extend about 16 inches 
 tfutside our visible body, which is located in the center 
 of this ovoid cloud as the yolk is In the center of an egg. 
 
 (4) The Mind, which is a mirror, reflecting the outer 
 world and enabling the Ego to transmit its commands as 
 thought and word, also to compel action. 
 
 The Ego is the threefold spirit which uses these vehicles 
 to gather 'experience in the school of life. 
 
SECTION I 
 
 Questions dealing with 
 
 LIFE ON EARTH 
 

QUESTION No. 1. 
 
 // we were pure spirit and a part- of an Alli-kno.wingi 
 God, why was it necessary for us to take this long pil- 
 grimage of sin and sorrow through matter? 
 
 Answer: fn the beginning of manifestation, God differ- 
 entiated within Himself a multitude of potential spiritual 
 intelligences,, as sparks are emitted by a fire. [These spir- 
 itual intelligences were thus potential flames : or , to s, but 
 they are not yet fires, for, though endowed with , the all- 
 consciousness of God, they lacked se//-consciousness ; being 1 
 potentially omnipotent as God, they lacked dynamic power 
 available for use at any moment according to their will ; 
 and in order that these qualities might: be evolved it was 
 imperative that they should go through .matter.! ; Therefore, 
 during involution each Divine Spark was encased in vari- 
 ous vehicles of sufficient density to shut off the outer 
 world from their consciousness. Then the spirit within, 
 no longer able to contact the without, turns and finds 
 itself. With wakening ^//-consciousness comes the spirit's 
 struggle to free itself from its prison, and during evolu- 
 tion the various vehicles which the spirit possesses will be 
 spiritualized into soul, so that, at the end of manifesta- 
 tion, the spirit will not only have gained se//-consciousness 
 but also soul-power. 
 
 There is a tendency upon the part of most people to 
 believe that all'that is is the result of something else, leav- 
 
 9 
 
10 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 ing no place for any original new building. Those who 
 study life usually speak only of involution and evolution; 
 those who study the form, namely, the modern scientists, 
 are concerned with evolution only, but the most advanced 
 among them are now beginning to find another factor, 
 which they have called epigenesis. Already, In 1757, Cas- 
 par Wolff issued his Theorea Generationis, wherein he 
 showed that in the development of the ovum, there are 
 a series of new buildings not at all foreshown by what 
 has gone before, and Haeckel, indorsing this work, says 
 that nowadays we are no longer justified in calling epi- 
 genesis a theory. For it is a fact which we may demon- 
 strate, in the case of the lower forms where the changes 
 are rapid, under a microscope. Since the mind was given 
 to man, it is this original creative impulse, epigenesis, 
 which has been the cause of all our development. Truly do 
 we build upon that which has been already created, but 
 there is also something new due to the activity of the 
 spirit, and thus it is that we become creators, for if we only 
 imitated that which had already been laid out for us by 
 God or Angel, it wouM never be possible for us to become 
 creative intelligences; we would simply be imitators. And 
 even though we make mistakes, it may be said that we 
 often learn much more by our mistakes than by our 
 successes. The sin and the suffering which the inquirer 
 speaks about are merely 'the result of the mistakes we 
 make, and their impression upon our consciousness causes 
 us to be active along other lines which are found to be 
 good -that is to say, 'in^harmony with nature. Thus this 
 world is a training school and not a vale of tears wherein 
 we have been placed by a capricious God. (See Ques- 
 tion Xo. 9.) 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS H 
 
 QUESTION No. 2. 
 
 ' 7/ "God made matt a little lower than the Angels" how 
 is it possible that man is ultimately to become their supe- 
 rior in the Spiritual World? 
 
 Answer: This question reveals a misapprehension upon 
 the part- of the inquirer. It has never Been so stated in the 
 Rosicrucian teachings, but something has been said which 
 may have been so misconstrued. The fact of the- matter is 
 that evolution moves in a spiral and there is never a repeti- 
 tion of the same condition. Angels are an earlier stream 
 of evolution who were human in a previous incarnation or 
 the earth, called the Moon Period among Rosicrucians, 
 The Archangels were the humanity of the Sun Period 
 and the Lords of Mind, called by Paul the "Powers' of 
 Darkness," were the humanity of the dark Saturn Period. 
 We are the humanity of the fourth period of -the present 
 scheme of manifestation, the Earth Period. As all beings 
 in the universe are progressing, the humanity of the pre- 
 vious periods have also progressed so that they; are now 
 at a higher stage than they were when they were human 
 th^ey are superhuman. Therefore, it is perfectly true that 
 God made man a little lower than the Angels. But as 
 everything is in a state of spiral progression, it is also 
 true that our present humanity is a higher and more 
 evolved humanity than the Angels were; and that the 
 Angels were a higher order of humanity than the Archan- 
 gels were when they were human. In the next step we 
 shall attain something like the stage of the Angels at 
 the present time, but we shall be superior to what they 
 are now 
 
12 EOSICRUCIAN' PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No 3. 
 
 Why should it be "necessary for us to come into this 
 physical existence? Could we not have learned the same 
 lessons without being imprisoned and limited by the dense 
 conditions of the material world ? 
 
 Answer: The New Testament was written in Greek 
 originally, and the word Logos means both word and the 
 thought whieh precedes the word, so that when John tells 
 us in th% first '"chapter- of his Gospel that "In the beginning 
 was the word, and the word was with God, and the word 
 was God," we may also translate that verse: "In the 
 beginning was the thought, and the word was with God, 
 and God was the word." Everything exists by virtue of 
 that fact (the word). In that is "life." 
 
 Everything that exists in the universe was first a thought, 
 that thought then manifesting as a word, a sound, which 
 built all forms and itself manifested as the life within 
 those forms. Th&t is the process of creation, and man, 
 who was made in the 'image of God, creates in the same way 
 to a certain extent. He has the capability of thinking ; he 
 may voice his thoughts and in that way, where he is not ca- 
 pable of carrying out his ideas alone, he may secure the 
 help of others to realize them. But a time is coming when he 
 will create directly by the word of his mouth, and he is 
 now learning to create by other means, so that when 
 in time' lie becomes able to use his word to create directly 
 lie will know how. l"hat training is absolutely necessary. 
 At the present time he would make many mistakes. Be- 
 sides, he is not yet good he would bring into being 
 demoniac creations. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 13 
 
 In the earliest dawn of man's endeavor, he used the 
 solids; muscular force was his only means of performing 
 work, and from bones and stones which he picked up from 
 the ground, he shaped his first crude instruments to be 
 wielded by his arm. Then came a time when in a rude 
 dug-out he first trusted himself to the waters; a liquid 
 and the water wheel was the first machinery. The liquid 
 is already much stronger than the solid. A wave will raze 
 the decks of a ship, tear out the masts and twist the stout- 
 est iron bar as if it were a thin wire ; but water power is a 
 stationary force and therefore limited to work in its imme- 
 diate vicinity. When man learned to use the still more 
 subtle force which we call air, it became possible for him 
 to erect windmills in any place to do his work and sailing 
 vessels brought the whole world into communication. 
 Thus, man's next step in unfoldment was achieved by the 
 use of a force still subtler than water and more universally 
 applicable than that element. But wind was fickle and not 
 to be depended upon ; therefore, the advancement in human 
 civilization achieved by its use paled into insignificance 
 when man discovered how to utilize the still more subtle 
 gas which is called steam, for that can be made anywhere 
 and everywhere, and the progress of the world has been 
 enormous since its advent. There is, however, the draw- 
 back to its utility that steam-power requires cumbersome 
 transmission machinery. This drawback is practically elim- 
 inated by using a still subtler force, more readily trans- 
 missible; electricity, which is altogether invisible and 
 intangible. 
 
 Thus, we see that the progress of man in the past has 
 depended upon the utilization of forces of increasing 
 subtlety, each force in the scale being more readily capable 
 of transmission than the ones previously available, and we 
 
14 EOSICRtJGIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 can readily realize that further progress depends upon the 
 discovery of still finer forces transmissible with still greater 
 facility. We know that that which we call wireless teleg- 
 raphy is accomplished 'without even the -use of wires, bttt 
 even that system is not ideal, for it depends upon energy 
 generated in a central plant, which is stationary. It in- 
 volves the use of costly machinery and is, therefore, out 
 of reach of the majority. The ideal force would be a power 
 which man could generate from himself at any moment 
 without machinery. 
 
 A few decades ago Jules Verne thrilled us with delight 
 when he conjured up before our imagination the submarine 
 boat, the trip around the earth in eighty days, etc. Today 
 the things that he pictured have become facts surpassing 
 even his imagination, and the day will come when we shall 
 have available for use a power plant such as spoken of 
 above. Bulwer Lytton, in his ''Coming Kace," has pic- 
 tured to us a force called "Vril " which certain imaginary 
 beings are possessed of and which they can use to propel 
 themselves over land, through the air and in various other 
 ways. Such a force is latent within every one of us, and 
 we speak of it sometimes as emotion. We feel its far-reach- 
 ing power at times as temper when it is unleashed, and we 
 say "a man has lost control of himself." No amount of 
 work can so tire the physical body and wreck it as when the 
 enormous energy of the desire body is let loose in a fit 
 of temper. Usually, at the present time, this enormous 
 force sleeps, and it is well that it should be so until we 
 have learned to use it by means of thought, which is a 
 still more subtle force. This world is a school to teach 
 us how to think and feel aright so that we may become 
 qualified to use these two subtle forces the power of 
 thought and the power of emotion. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 15 
 
 ' An illustration will make clear how this world serves that 
 purpose. An inventor gets an idea. The idea is not yet 
 & thought, it is but as it were a flash which has not ye1 
 >i ok en shape, but gradually he visualizes it in mind stun* 
 He forms in his thought a machine, and before his mental 
 vision that machine appears with the wheels revolving thi 
 way and that, as necessary to accomplish the required work. 
 Then he commences to draw the plans for the machine, and 
 even at that stage of concretion it will most certainly 
 appear .that modifications are necessary. Thus we see that 
 already the physical conditions show the inventor where 
 Ms thought was not correct. When he builds the machine 
 in appropriate material for the accomplishment of the 
 work, there are usually more modifications necessary. Per- 
 haps, he may be; obliged to throw the first machine away, 
 entirely rearrange his conception and build a new machine. 
 Thus the concrete physical conditions have enabled him to 
 detect the flaw in his reasoning; they force him to make the 
 necessary modifications in his original thought to bring out 
 a machine that will do the work. Had there been only 
 a World of Thought, he would not have known that he 
 had made a mistake, but the concrete physical conditions 
 show him where his thought was wrong. 
 
 The Physical World teaches the inventor to think aright, 
 and his successful machines are the embodiments of right 
 thought. 
 
 In mercantile, social or philanthropic endeavors, the 
 same principle holds good. If our ideas concerning the 
 various matters in life are wrong, they are corrected when 
 brought into so-called practical uses and thus this world 
 is an absolute necessity to teach us how to wield the power 
 of thought and desire, these forces being held in leash to a 
 great extent at the present time by our material conditions. 
 
16 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 But as time goes on and we learn to think aright more and 
 more, we shall at last obtain such a power of thought that 
 we shall be able to think the right thought at once in every 
 case without experimenting, and then we shall also be able 
 to speak our thought into actual being, as a thing. There 
 was a time, in the far, far past, when man was yet a spir- 
 itual being and when the conditions of earth were more 
 plastic. Then he was taught directly by the Gods to use 
 the word as a means of creation and he worked thus forma- 
 tively on the animals and the plants. We are told in the 
 Bible that "God brought the animals to man and he named 
 them." This naming was not simply calling a lion a lion, 
 but it was a formative process that gave man a power over 
 the thing he named, and it was only when selfishness, 
 cruelty and unbridled anger unfitted him for the master- 
 ship that the word of power spoken of by the masons was 
 lost. When holiness shall have again taken the place of 
 profanity, the word will be found again and will be the 
 creative power of the divine man in a future age. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 17 
 
 QUESTION No. 4. 
 
 // this earth life is so important and really the basis 
 of all our soul growth, the latter resulting from the experi- 
 ences we gain here, why is our earth life so short in com- 
 parison with the life in the Inner Worlds, approximating 
 a thousand years between two earth lives? 
 
 Answer: All that is in this world which has been made 
 by the hand of man is crystallized thought; the chairs upon 
 which we sit, the houses in which we live, the various con- 
 veniences, such as telephone, steamship, locomotive, etc. 
 were once a thought in the mind of man. If it had not 
 been for that thought, the thing would never have appeared. 
 In similar manner, the trees, the flowers, the mountains 
 and the seas are the crystallized thought forms of the 
 nature forces. Man, when he leaves this body after death 
 and enters the Second Heaven, becomes one with those 
 nature forces ; he works under the direction of the creative 
 hierarchies, making for himself the environment which is 
 necessary for his next step in unfoldment. There he builds 
 in "mind stuff," the archetypes of the land and the sea; 
 he works upon the flora and the fauna; he creates every- 
 thing in his environment as thought forms, and as he 
 changes the conditions, so they appear when he is reborn. 
 
 But working things out in mind stuff is very different 
 from working things out in the concrete. At the present 
 time we are very poor thinkers, and therefore it takes 
 an enormous period of time for us to shape the thoughv 
 forms in the second heaven ; then, also, we must wait a con- 
 siderable time before these thought forms have crystallized 
 into the actual dense physical environment to which we 
 
18 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 are to come back. Therefore, it is necessary that we should 
 stay in the Heaven World for a much longer time than we 
 remain in the earth life. When we have learned to think 
 aright, we shall be able to create things here in the Physical 
 World in a much shorter time than it now takes to labori- 
 ously form them. Neither will it be necessary then to stay 
 out of earth life as long as at the present time. 
 
 QUESTION No. 5. 
 
 How long will it be before we can do without these physi- 
 cal bodies, and function altogether in the Spiritual Worlds 
 again ? 
 
 Answer: This question reveals a state of mind which is 
 all too common among people who have become acquainted 
 with the fact that we possess spiritual bodies in which 
 we may move through space with lightning rapidity, bodies 
 which do not need the material raiment and, therefore, 
 will require no care upon the part of their owners. These 
 people long then for the time when they may grow such 
 figurative wings and shed this "low and vile mortal coil" 
 altogether. 
 
 Such a state of mind is extremely unfortunate. We 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 19 
 
 should be very thankful for the material instrument which 
 we have, for that is the most valuable of all our vehicles. 
 While it is perfectly true that our physical body is the low- 
 est of all our vehicles, it is also a fact that this vehicle is 
 the most finished of our instruments, and without that the 
 other vehicles would be of little use to us at this time. 
 For while this splendidly organized instrument enables us 
 to meet the thousand and one conditions here, our higher 
 vehicles are practically unorganized. The vital body is 
 formed organ for organ as our dense physical body, but 
 until it has been trained by esoteric exercises it is not a 
 fit instrument to function in alone. The desire body has 
 only a number of sense centres which are not even active 
 in the great majority of people, and as for the mind, it is an 
 unformed cloud with the great majority. We should aim 
 today to spiritualize the physical instrument, and we should 
 realize that we must train our higher vehicles before they 
 can be of use. For the great mass of people that will- 
 take a long, long time. Therefore, it is best to do the 
 duty that is close to our hands, then we hasten the day 
 when we shall be able to use the higher vehicles, for that 
 day depends upon ourselves, 
 
20 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 6. 
 
 Does the spirit enter the body at the time of conception 
 or at the time of birth ? 
 
 Answer: It has been ascertained, J?y clairvoyant Livesti- 
 gation that at the time of death the spirit takes with it the 
 forces of one little atom located in the left ventricle of the 
 heart, which is called the seed atom, for it is the nucleus or 
 seed around which all the material in the body gathers, and 
 every atom in the body must be capable of vibrating in 
 unison with that seed atom. Therefore, that atom is 
 deposited in the semen of the father some time previous to 
 conception, and later placed in the womb of the mother. 
 But conception is not at all identical with the time of 
 sexual union of the parents. The impregnated spermatozoa 
 is sometimes not imbedded in the ovum until fourteen days 
 after the union of the parents. It is this impregnation of 
 the ovum that may be called the time of conception, for 
 from the moment when the impregnated ovum leaves the 
 Falopian tube the period of gestation commences. During 
 the first eighteen to twenty-one days, all the work is done 
 by the mother, but at that time the reincarnating Ego, 
 clothed in a bell-shaped cloud of desire-and-mind-stufT, 
 enters the womb of the mother and the bell-shaped cloud 
 closes at the bottom so that it is then ovoid, or egg-shaped 
 Then the spirit is definitely enmeshed in the flesh and can- 
 not escape any more, but must stay with the mother until 
 liberated by birth. In the present stage of our unfold- 
 ment, the spirit does very little conscious work upon its 
 coming vehicle, but it is present all the time and helps 
 unconsciously in the task of providing its instrument. This 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 21 
 
 is no more remarkable than that we are able to digest our 
 food and work our respiratory organs without being con- 
 scious of the process. 
 
 QUESTION No. 7. 
 What was the purpose in the division of the sexes? 
 
 Answer: The division of the sexes was brought about at 
 a very early stage of man's evolution, when he had as 
 yet no brain or larynx. One-half of the creative force was 
 then turned upward in order that these two organs might 
 be built. The brain was made for the evolution of thought 
 whereby man creates in the Physical World. Houses, cities, 
 steamships, railways, everything made by the. hand is crys- 
 ta.llized human thought. The larynx was also made by the 
 creative sex-force in order that man might express his 
 thoughts. The connection between those organs and the 
 force expressed through the lower creative organ will be 
 evident when we remember that the boy who possesses the 
 positive creative force changes his voice at the time of 
 puberty, when he is first able to procreate his kind; also 
 that the man who abuses his sex-force becomes an idiot, 
 while the profound thinker who uses nearly all his creative 
 
22 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 force in thought will have little or no inclination for 
 amorous practices. 
 
 Prior to this division man was, like some plants today, 
 ft complete creative unit capable of perpetuating his kind 
 without the help of another. The faculties of thought and 
 speech have been bought at the loss of this creative power; 
 but now that half of the creative force which is expressed 
 through brain and larynx may be used to create things 
 in the world houses, ships, etc. 
 
 QUESTION No. 8. 
 
 Is the soul of a woman masculine and the soul of a man 
 feminine? 
 
 Answer: Speaking generally, we might say "yes," the 
 vital body which is eventually transformed, transmuted and 
 spiritualized into soul is of the opposite sex. It is formed 
 organ for organ exactly like the dense physical body with 
 this one exception, and this elucidates mr.ny facts otherwise 
 unexplainable. The faculties inherent in the vital body 
 are growth, propagation, assimilation and memory. The 
 woman having the positive vital body is matured earliei 
 than the male, the parts which remain plant-like, such as, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 23 
 
 for instance, the hair, grows longer and more luxuriant, 
 and naturally a positive vital body will generate more blood 
 than the negative vital body possessed by the masculine, 
 hence we have in woman a greater blood pressure, which it 
 is necessary to relieve by the periodical flow, and when that 
 ceases at the climacteric period there is a second growth 
 iri woman, particularly well expressed in the saying "fat 
 and forty." 
 
 The impulses of the desire body drive the blood through 
 the system at varying rates of speed, according to the 
 strength of the emotions. Woman, having an excess of 
 blood, works under much higher pressure than man, and 
 while this pressure is relieved by the periodical flow, there 
 are times when it is necessary to have an extra outlet; 
 then the tears of woman, which are white bleeding, act as 
 a safety valve to remove the excessive fluid. Men, although 
 they may have as strong emotions as women, are not given 
 to tears because they have no more blood than they can 
 comfortably use. 
 
 Being positively polarized in the Etheric Region of the 
 Physical World, the sphere of woman has been the home 
 and the church where she is surrounded by love and peace, 
 =#hil- man fights the battle of the strong for the survival 
 'of the fittest, without quarter in the dense Physical World, 
 'where he is positive. 
 
24 ROSICPJJCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 9. 
 
 Do we keep the same temperament through all our 
 lives? 
 
 Answer: The Ego may be likened unto a precious stone, 
 a diamond in the rough. When it is taken out of the 
 earth the stone is far from beautiful ; a rough coating hides 
 the splendor within, and before the rough diamond becomes 
 a gem, it must be polished upon the hard grindstone. Each 
 application to the stone removes a part of the rough coat 
 arid grinds a facet through ^vhich the light enters and is 
 refracted at a different angle from the light thrown back 
 by the other facets. 
 
 So it is with the Ego. A diamond in the rough, it enters 
 the school of experience, the pilgrimage through matter, 
 and each life is as an application of the gem to the stone. 
 Each life in the school of experience removes part of the 
 roughness of the Ego and admits the light of intelligence 
 at a new , angle, giv,ing a different experience, and thus 
 as the angles of light vary in the many facets of the dia- 
 mond, so the temperament of the Ego differs in each life. 
 In each life we can show forth only a small part of our 
 spiritual natures, we can realize only a small part of the 
 splendor of our divine possibilities, but every life tends 
 to make us more rounded and our temperaments become 
 more even. In fact, it is the work upon the temperament 
 that is the principal part of our lesson, for self-mastery 
 is the goal. As Goethe says, 
 
 "From every power which all the world enchains, 
 Man liberates himself when self-control he gains." 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 25 
 
 QUESTION No. 10. 
 
 Is the desire body subject to sickness and does it need 
 nutrition and replenishment? . 
 
 Answer: In a certain sense it is, during earth life; that 
 is to say, sickne?s shows itself first in the desire body and 
 in the vital body, which become thinner in texture and 
 do not specialize the ^rital fluid in the same proportion 
 as usual during health. Then the dense physical body 
 becomes sick. When recovery takes place the higher 
 vehicles show improvement before the manifestation of 
 health is apparent in the Physical World. 
 
 But if the inquirer means to ask concerning conditions 
 after death, the matter is different. Although a person 
 may be sick here, perhaps bedridden for years and unable 
 to move- about, when death has taken place, and he feels 
 himself without the dense body, there is at once a sense of 
 relief, a feeling of gladness and lightness which is unusual 
 to him, and he suddenly wakes up to the fact that he has no 
 pain attd is able^to move about. If he understands^ condi- 
 tions, he will also know that it is unnecessary for him to 
 take nourishment, for the desire vehicle needs no replen- 
 ishment. Many people, however, are not aware of the 
 fact and therefore we find in the lower regions of the 
 Desire World that sometimes they will go through all the 
 motions of ordinary house-keeping. Hence the stories of 
 some spiritualistic investigators, who have found these con- 
 ditions in the Invisible World; and this also accounts for a 
 great deal of that which George Du Maurier has told of the 
 life of Peter Ibbettson and the Countess of Towers, in his 
 novel bearing the hero's name. This novel is recommended 
 
26 KOSICEUIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 to the reader as giving a fine illustration of the operation of 
 the subconscious memory where the hero deals with his 
 child-life, and of actual conditions in the lower regions of 
 the Invisible World, where his experiences with the 
 countess are concerned. 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 QUESTION , .No. 11. 
 
 
 
 flow is it that one atones for all sin in Purgatory, then 
 at rebirth must again suffer through the Law of Cause and 
 Effect for sins of a former life? 
 
 i. ' - 
 
 Answer: There are two distinct activities in Purgatory. 
 First, there is the eradication of bad habits. For instance, 
 the drunkard craves drink just as much as he does before 
 death, but now he has no stomach and alimentary canal 
 wherein to contain the liquor, so that, although he may 
 go around to the various saloons, although he may even get 
 inside the whiskey casks and steep himself in the liquor, 
 he obtains no satisfaction, for there are no fumes as when 
 chemical combustion takes place in a stomach. Thus he 
 suffers all the tortures of Tantalus "Water, water every- 
 where, and not a drop to drink/' 
 
 But ; as desire in this world burns out when we realize 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 7 
 
 that it cannot be gratified, so in time the drunkard is cured 
 of hia desire for drink, because he can obtain no liquor, and 
 he is. born innocent of evil so far as that- particular vice 
 is. concerned. However, he must overcome that vice con- 
 sciously, and so at a certain time temptation will come in 
 his way. When he has grown up a companion may ask 
 him to "come and have a drink." Then it depends upon 
 whether he yields or not. If he does, he sins anew and 
 must be purged anew, till at iast the cumulative pains of 
 repeated purgatorial existence will cause him to have a 
 disgust for drink. Then he will have consciously over- 
 come temptation and there will be no more suffering from 
 that source. 
 
 As to the evil that we have done to others, for instance, 
 where we have dealt cruelly with a child placed under our 
 care, where we have beaten and starved it or otherwise 
 maltreated it, the scenes where we have thus done wrong 
 will have impressed themselves upon the atom in the heart ; 
 later on, the etching will have been transferred to the desire 
 body and the panorama of life, which unrolls backward, 
 will again bring these scenes before our consciousness. We 
 shall then ourselves feel as the child felt who was our vic- 
 tim; we shall feel the stripes that we inflicted just as the 
 child felt them; we shall feel the mental anguish and 
 mortification; we shall suffer pang for pang, and then, 
 when we are reborn, we shall meet our victim and have 
 the opportunity to do good to that victim instead of doing 
 evil. If we do so, well and good ; if our old enmity asserts 
 itself as before, then further stripes in the next Purgatory 
 will at last cause us to see that we ought to be merciful 
 with those under our care. So we do not suffer anew for 
 sins of a former life; we are born innocent through the 
 blessed ministrations of Purgatory, and at least .every evil 
 
28 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 act we commit is an act of free will. But temptations are 
 placed before us in order to ascertain whether the purging 
 has been sufficient to teach us the needed lessons, and it is 
 our privilege either to yield or to stand strong and firm 
 for the good. 
 
 - 
 
 -non: "t 
 
 >.'* "till 
 
 fi? iii aiojffc -;:' y v>fev-Hnr.. 
 
 iij oj 
 
 When the- spirit parses out of the body at 
 death, the parroramarof its past life passes before it during 
 the first three -and one-half days after its release from 
 the body. These pictures are etched into the desire body 
 and form the basis of life in Purgatory and the First 
 Heaven, which are located in "the Desire World. ;i!ne past 
 life is reproduced in pictures shifting backward so that 
 the scenes which happened just previous to death are first 
 gone over; then follows the life toward childhood and 
 infancy. In Purgatory only the scenes where the soul did 
 wrong are reenacted, and the soul sees itself as being the 
 one whom it wronged and suffers as those suffered whom 
 it wronged in earth life. The record of these sufferings 
 is indelibly engraven upon the seed atom, which is the only 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 29 
 
 part of the dense body the soul takes with it and keeps 
 permanently from life to life. This is, in a way, the 
 "book" of the "Recording Angel," and as the suffering 
 caused by a certain act has been engraven upon this seed 
 atom in Purgatory, it is evident that when in a new life 
 similar circumstances arise and the old temptations come 
 before us, the suffering which" we experienced because of 
 that wrong deed is present iri'the seed atom to warn us that 
 such and such a course of aetibh was wrong. That is f*e 
 "voice of conscience/' a#d i-f^he suffering entailed in Pur- 
 gatory was sufficiently interise, we shall have the power to 
 resist whatever temptation comes before us. If. on the 
 other hand, from certain different causes, the suffering was 
 not keen enough, we may yield permanently or temporarily 
 in another life to the same^ternptations that cost suffer- 
 ing in previous lives; we :: my VieldeVeh against the small 
 murmurings of conscience. But when^lf'aWreleased from 
 our bodies and p'apg into Purgatory ; 'fh& "next time, we shall 
 there 'have the adiMl suffering 'ca^ed ^by our yielding fe 
 temptation, and'the cumulative effects* of this suffering will 
 at last be sufficient to restrain us from the course which 
 caused us pain. 
 
 When a temptation has come before us in an earth life 
 and has been put aside consciously, we shall have learned 
 the lesson and conscience has accomplished its purpose. 
 
 Replying definitely to the question, we may therefore say 
 that conscience is the spirit's memory of past sufferings 
 occasioned by the mistakes in previous lives. 
 
30 RQSICRUeiAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 13. 
 
 . 
 What is genius? 
 
 . 
 
 
 Answer: From the ordinary standpoint, genius seems 
 to hi;an accident. The theory of heredity will not account 
 lor it, for sometimes the most commonplace people bring 
 a child into the world which is a genius, and the most 
 highly educated and intellectual people have idiots for their 
 children. At other times we find both idiots and geniuses 
 in. the same family. In fact, insanity and genius may be 
 said to be the two extremes where the mental qualities of 
 humanity meet. 
 
 .... If we try to account for genius by heredity, we cannot 
 help asking ourselves why there is not a long line of 
 mechanical ancestors before Thomas Edison, who might 
 then be regarded as the flower of a family. But we find 
 that in all cases the appearance of genius is not possible of 
 deduction to any law when viewed from the mere material 
 standpoint. 
 
 When we bring the law of causation and its companion 
 law, the law of rebirth, to bear upon the problem, the mat- 
 ter is very different. This theory asserts that earth life is 
 a school of experience; that at each new birth we are born 
 with the accumulated experiences of all our past lives as 
 our stock in trade, our capital; that some of us have 
 attended this school of experience during many lives, and 
 have gathered much store. Perhaps we have developed one 
 particular faculty more than others, so that we have become 
 extremely expert in one special line of endeavor. That is 
 genius. 
 
 In order to express some of our faculties, for instance, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 31 
 
 music, it is necessary that we should have certain physical 
 characteristics such as long and slender fingers, a delicate- 
 nervous system, and, particularly, the ear should be spe- 
 cially developed in order that we may express ourselves as 
 musicians. Material required for that expression cannot be 
 found anywhere, but the law of association would naturally 
 draw a musician to other musicians, and there he will find 
 ready to his hand the materials wherewith to build for him- 
 self a body such as is required for the expression of his tal- 
 ent. Therefore, it sometimes seems as if musicians -are 
 born in families ; for instance, twenty-nine musicians were 
 born in the Bach family in two hundred and fifty years. 
 
 
 
 -' . ' - 
 
 QUESTION No. 14. 
 
 Is a soul that is born as a woman always a woman in 
 its after lives, and can it never become a man? And what 
 is the time between incarnations? 
 
 Answer: No, the spirit is double-sexed and usually 
 expresses itself in its successive lives alternately as man 
 and woman. There are, however, sometimes cases where, 
 according to the Law of Consequences, it is preferable that 
 
32 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 a spirit should appear for several successive lives in a 
 certain sex. 
 
 The law is this: 
 
 As the sun moves backward among the twelve constella- 
 tions by the movement which we call the precession of the 
 equinoxes, the climate of the earth, the flora and fauna are 
 slowly changed, thus making a different environment for 
 the human race in each successive age. It takes the sun 
 about two thousand years to go through one of the signs 
 by precession, and in that time the spirit is usually born 
 twice, once as a man and once as a woman. The changes 
 which take place in the thousand years between incarna- 
 tions are not so great but that the spirit will be able to 
 extract the experiences of that environment from the stand- 
 point of both man and woman. 
 
 However, there may sometimes be cases where the time 
 is also changed. Xone of these .laws are inflexible as the 
 laws of the Medes and the Persians, but are administered 
 by Great Intelligences for the benefit of mankind, so that 
 conditions may be changed in order to fit the exigencies of 
 individual cases. For instance, in the case of a musician. 
 He cannot find the material wherewith to build his body 
 everywhere. He needs particular help to build the three 
 semi-circular canals of his ear in such a manner that they 
 will point as nearly as possible in the three directions of 
 space; he also needs special help to build the delicate 
 fibres of Corti, for his ability to distinguish shades of 
 tone depends upon these features. 
 
 In such a case, when a family of musicians with whom 
 he has connection is in a position to give birth to a child, 
 lie may be brought there, though his stay in the Heaven 
 World should not ordinarily terminate for another hun- 
 dred years, for perhaps another opportunity might not offer 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 33 
 
 for two or three hundred years after he should be born if 
 the law were adhered to. Then, of course, such a man 
 is ahead of his time, and not appreciated by the genera- 
 tion among which he lives. He is misunderstood, but 
 even that is better than if he had been born later than he 
 should have been, for then he would have been behind the 
 times. 
 
 Thus it is that we so often see geniuses unappreciated by 
 their contemporaries, though highly valued by succeeding 
 generations who can understand their viewpoint. 
 
 QUESTION No. 15. 
 
 When a man pays his debts, cares for his family and lives 
 a moral life here, will he not be all right hereafter? 
 
 Answer: No, there is something more required, and 
 there are many people of just that belief who have a rather 
 unenviable time in the Desire World after death. They 
 are, of course, to be looked up to from the standpoint of 
 this life only, but at the present time we are required to 
 at least cultivate some altruistic tendencies in order to 
 progress beyond our present evolutionary status. 
 
 We find the people who have neglected the higher duties 
 in the fourth region of the Desire World after death. 
 
34 ROSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 There is the business man who paid a hundred cents on 
 the dollar, who dealt honestly by everyone; who worked 
 for the material improvement of his city and country as a 
 good citizen, paid his employes fair wages, treated his wife 
 and family with consideration, gave them all possible 
 advantages, etc. He may even through them have built 
 a church, or at least given very liberally to it, or he may 
 have built libraries or founded institutes, etc. But he did 
 not give himself. He only took interest in the church for 
 the sake of his family or for the sake of respectability; he 
 had no heart in it, all his heart was in his business, in 
 making money or attaining a worldly position. 
 
 When he enters the Desire World after death he is too 
 good to go to Purgatory and not good enough to go to 
 heaven. He has dealt justly with everyone and wronged 
 nobody. Therefore, he has nothing to expiate. But neither 
 has he done any good that could give him a life in the 
 First Heaven where the good of his past life is assimilated. 
 Therefore, he is in the fourth region between Heaven 
 and Hell, as it were. The fourth region is the centre of 
 the Desire World and the feeling there is most intense; 
 the man still feels a keen desire for business, but there he 
 can neither buy nor sell, and so his life is a most dreadful 
 monotony. 
 
 All that he gave to the churches, institutes, etc., counts 
 as nothing because of his lack of heart. Only when we 
 give for love will the gift avail to ~bring happiness here- 
 after. It is not the amount that we give, but the spirit 
 that accompanies the gift, which matters; therefore, it is 
 within the power of everyone to give and thus benefit him- 
 self and others. Indiscriminate money giving, however, 
 often causes people to become thriftless and indigent, but 
 by giving heartfelt sympathy; by helping people to believe 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 35 
 
 in themselves and start in life with fresh ardor when they 
 have fallen by the wayside; by giving ourselves in services 
 rendered humanity, we lay up treasure in heaven and give 
 more than gold. Christ said: "The poor are with us 
 always." We may not be able to bring them from poverty 
 to riches and that may not be best for them, but we can 
 encourage them to learn the lesson that is to be learned in 
 poverty; we can help them to a better view of life, and 
 unless the man who is in the position designated by the 
 inquirer does that also, he will not be "all right" when 
 he passes out; he will suffer that dreadful monotony in 
 order to teach him that he must fill his life with something 
 of real value, and thus in a succeeding life his conscience 
 will spur him on to do something better than to grind out 
 dollars, though he will not neglect his material duties, for 
 that is as bad as to spurn spiritual endeavor. 
 
 QUESTION No. 16. 
 
 It is sometimes contended that we have a right to think 
 what we will and are not responsible for our thoughts. Is 
 that so from an occult point of view? 
 
 Answer: No, indeed; it is very much the reverse, and 
 we do not need to go as far as what is usually called 
 occultism; we find that idea expressed by Christ in the 
 
36 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 sermon on the mount, where he tells us that "The man who 
 has looked upon a woman with desire has, in fact, already 
 committed adultery 1 ' and when we realize that as a man 
 thinketh in his heart, so is he, we shall have a much clearer 
 conception of life if we only take into consideration the 
 acts of men, for every act is the outcome of a previous 
 thought lut these thoughts are not always our own. 
 
 When we strike a tuning fork, another tuning fork of 
 the same pitch being near, not only the one which is struck 
 will ring, but the other will also commence to sing in 
 sympathy. Likewise, when we think a thought and another 
 person in our environment has been thinking along the 
 same line, our thoughts coalesce with his and strengthen 
 him for good or evil according to the nature of the thought. 
 It is no mere fancy when in the play called "The Witch- 
 ing Hour/' the hero aims to help a scoundrel escape from 
 the State of Kentucky, where the latter is about to be 
 arrested for murder of the Governor. The hero, a man 
 of considerable thought power feels that he may have 
 prompted the criminal. He tells his sister that previous to 
 the time of the murder he had thought that the murder 
 could be committed just in the manner in which it was 
 actually done. He is under the impression that his thought 
 may have been caught by the brain of the murderer and 
 have shown him the way to commit the murder. 
 
 When we go into a jury box and we see before ourselves 
 the criminal, we behold only his act ; we have no cognizance 
 of the thought which prompted him. If we have been 
 in the habit of thinking evil, malicious thoughts against 
 one person or another, these thoughts may have been 
 attractive to that criminal, and on the principle that when 
 we have before ourselves a saturated solution of salt it 
 will only take a single crystal to make that salt solution 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 37 
 
 solidify, . c c also if a man lias saturated his brains with 
 thoughts of murder, the thought that we sent out may be 
 the last straw breaking the back of the camel, destroying 
 the last barrier which would have held him from com- 
 mitting the act. . 
 
 Therefore, our thoughts are of vastly more impoitance 
 than our acts, for if we will only think right, we shall 
 always act right. No man can think love to his fellow- 
 men ; can scheme in his mind how to aid and help them, 
 spiritually, mentally or physically, without also acting out 
 these thoughts at some time in his life, and if we will 
 only cultivate such thoughts, we shall soon find sunshine 
 spreading around us; we shall find that people will meet 
 us in that same spirit that we send out, and if we could 
 realize that the desire body (which surrounds each of 
 us and extends about sixteen to eighteen inches beyond the 
 periphery of the physical body) contains all these feelings 
 and emotions, then we would meet people differently, for 
 we would understand that everything we see is viewed 
 through the atmosphere which we have created around 
 ourselves which colors all we behold in others. 
 
 If, then, we see meanness and smallness in the people 
 whom we meet, it would be well to look within to ascertain 
 if it is not the atmosphere we are looking through which 
 colors them thus. Let us see if we have not within our- 
 selves those undesirable qualities, and then begin to rem- 
 edy the defect within ourselves. The man who is mean 
 and small himself radiates those qualities, and whoever 
 he meets will appear mean to him for lie ivill call out from 
 others the very qualities which he manifests, on the prin- 
 ciple that the vibration of a tuning fork of a certain pitch, 
 when struck, will cause another of identical pitch to vibrate. 
 On the other hand, if we cultivate a serene attitude, an 
 
38 KOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 attitude that is free from covetousness and is frankly 
 honest and helpful, we shall call out the best in other 
 people. Therefore let us realize that it is not until we 
 have cultivated the better qualities in ourselves that we can 
 expect to find them in others. We are thus in very truth 
 responsible for our thoughts, we are indeed the keepers of 
 our brothers, for as we think when we meet them, so do 
 we appear to them, and they reflect our attitude. Apply- 
 ing the foregoing principle, if we want to obtain help to 
 cultivate those better qualities, let us seek the company 
 of people who are already good, for their attitude of mind 
 will be of immense help to us to call forth in us the finer 
 qualities. 
 
 QUESTION No. 17. 
 
 // a person is constantly bothered ly evil thoughts which 
 keep coming into his mind, although he is constantly fight- 
 ing them, is there any way in which he can cleanse his 
 mind so that he will think only pure and good thoughts? 
 
 Answer: Yes, there is, and a very easy way at that. 
 The inquirer has himself suggested the chief difficulty in 
 his question, when he says that he is constantly fighting 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 39 
 
 these thoughts. If we take an illustration we shall see the 
 point. 
 
 Supposing we have a particular dislike for a certain 
 person whom we meet every day upon the street, perhaps 
 a number of times. If we stop each time we meet that per- 
 son and herate him for walking upon the street, for not 
 keeping out of our sight, we are each time adding fuel to 
 the fire of our enmity, we are stirring him up, and for pure 
 spite he may seek to waylay us so much the more. Both 
 like and dislike have a tendency to attract a thought or 
 an idea to us, and the added thought force which we send 
 out to fight evil thoughts will keep them alive and bring 
 them to our mind the oftener, in the same way that quar- 
 reling will cause the person we dislike to waylay us for 
 spite. But if, instead of fighting him, we adopt the tac- 
 tics of indifference. If we turn our heads the other way 
 when we meet him upon the street, he will soon grow tired 
 of following us ; and, on the same principle, when thoughts 
 of evil come into our minds. If we will but turn away 
 with indifference and apply our minds to something that 
 is good and ideal, we shall find in a short time that we are 
 rid of their companionship and have only the good thoughts 
 we desire to entertain. 
 
40 KOS1CRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 18. 
 
 // woman is an emanation from man, as per the rib story, 
 will she in the final return to unity be reabsorbed, losing 
 her individuality in the masculine divinity? 
 
 Answer: The "rib story" is one of those instances of 
 gross ignorance upon the part of the Bible translators 
 who possessed no occult knowledge in dealing with the 
 language of the Hebrews, which in writing was not divided 
 into words and had no vowel points. By inserting vowels 
 at different points and dividing words differently, various 
 meanings to the same text may be obtained in many places. 
 This is one case where a word pointed in one way reads 
 "tsad" and in another way "tsela." The Bible translators 
 read the story that the God had taken something from 
 Adam's side ("tsela"), and they were puzzled as to what 
 it was and so, perhaps, they thought it would have done 
 him the least harm to take a rib ("tsad"), hence the fool- 
 ish story. 
 
 The fact was that man had first been like the Gods, 
 "made in their image," male and female, a hermaphrodite, 
 and later one side was taken away so that he became divided 
 into two sexes. It may be further said that the first organ 
 which was developed as it is now was the female organ, 
 the feminine side having always existed in everything 
 before the masculine, which came later, and, according to 
 the law in evolution, that "the first shall be the last," the 
 feminine will remain a distinct sex longer than the mascu- 
 line, and, therefore, the inquirer is altogether wrong in 
 the supposition. It is the masculine that will be absorbed 
 in the feminine. Even now it is seen that the masculine 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 41 
 
 organ is gradually contracting at its base and will finally 
 cease to be. 
 
 As for losing her individuality, such a thing is impos- 
 sible; it is just the purpose of evolution that we should 
 become individuals, self-conscious and separate during evo- 
 lution, self-conscious and united during the interludes 
 between manifestation. 
 
 QUESTION No. 19. 
 
 Why has woman been cursed by inequality, assumed in- 
 feriority and injustice since the beginning of human ex- 
 istence upon this plane? 
 
 Answer: In the first place, we must remember that the 
 spirit is neither male nor female, but manifests in that way 
 alternately, as a rule. We have all been men and we 
 have all been women. Therefore there can be no question 
 of inequality if we look at life from the larger point of 
 view. Certain lessons must be learned by the spirit in each 
 age which can only be learned from the standpoint of 
 a woman, and there are other lessons only to be learned 
 by incarnation in a male body. Therefore, of a necessity, 
 there must be the change in sex. It sometimes happens, 
 
42 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 of course, that for certain reasons a person must appear 
 as a male for several incarnations and then, of course, 
 when he takes upon himself the female garb, it may jar 
 considerably. In that case we have a very masculine 
 woman, perhaps a suffragette of a militant nature. On 
 the other hand, a spirit may sometimes have been embodied 
 for several incarnations in a female garb and then may 
 appear as a man of a very effeminate nature, a regulai 
 "sissy." But even upon the hypothesis of alternating in- 
 carnations, many of us probably were incarnated in 
 Rome in the opposite sex, and taking the law of causa- 
 tion into consideration, the treatment of women by the 
 men of that time was not such as to cause these Eoman 
 women when incarnated now as men to give any great 
 concessions to their former masters. 
 
 QUESTION No. 20. 
 
 Why was the suffering of Marguerite so extreme and out 
 of proportion to that of Faust, even to imprisonment and 
 the death penalty, while his life, liberty and pursuit of 
 happiness was unmolested? 
 
 Answer: This question has reference to one of the 
 myths which have come down through the ages, and con- 
 trary to the popularly accepted opinion a myth is not a 
 story made out of whole cloth, but is veiled truth, reveal- 
 ing in symbol great spiritual principles. These myths were 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 43 
 
 given to infant humanity for the same reason that we 
 give our children ethical teachings in nursery stories and 
 picture books, which impress themselves upon the infant 
 mind in a way intellectual teaching would be incapable of 
 doing. 
 
 Goethe, who was an initiate, has treated this Faust 
 myth in a way that is wonderfully illuminative, and the 
 key to the problem is found in the prologue, which is 
 laid in Heaven, much in the same way as we find in tho 
 opening of the Book of Job. The Sons of God appear 
 before the Throne and the Devil among them, for he is 
 also one of the Sons of God. He is given permission to 
 try to seduce Faust in order that the spiritual activities 
 may be called forth and virtue developed. It is one of 
 our great mistakes to regard innocence and virtue as syn- 
 onymous; every one among us is born innocent, he comes 
 here without any evil, that has all been purged away, but 
 he has certain tendencies which may develop into vice 
 and, therefore, he must be tried in every life to see whether 
 he will yield to temptation and embrace vice, or whether 
 he will stand firm and develop virtue. Faust is tempted, 
 he falls, but afterwards he sincerely repents and trans- 
 mutes the evil forces to good, so that at last he is saved. 
 Repentance and reform before death has wrought his sal- 
 vation, the impure passion he felt for Marguerite gave 
 place to his pure love for Helen. Marguerite also, yields 
 to the temptation, she repents and is saved by means of 
 the forgiveness of sins. Thus in the case of one it is salva- 
 tion ly acts. By his energy, which dominates the evil 
 forces, he builds a new land, a land where a free people 
 may live under better conditions; he is seeking to lift 
 humanity to a higher plane, and by that act, by his un- 
 selfish work for others, he is redeemed from the powers of 
 
44 ROSICRUCiAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 evil. In Marguerite's case, salvation results from prayer 
 and repentance. Thus we have in that drama, as repre- 
 sented by Goethe, a perfect symbol of the Western teaching 
 that there is both the forgiveness of sins and the expia- 
 tion of a wrong act by a corresponding right act. Death 
 is something that comes to all and the suffering which 
 was incident to the wrong act in each case is surely none 
 the less in the case of Faust, where it was prolonged 
 over a long period of years, than in the case of Marguerite, 
 where the life is ended in a much shorter time. The only 
 difference is that Faust has overcome consciously and will 
 in future life be immune to temptation, while the case 
 of Marguerite is problematical. In a future earth life she 
 will yet have to meet temptation in order that it may be 
 made manifest whether or not she has developed the 
 strength of character requisite to withstand the wrong 
 and adhere to the right. 
 
 QUESTION No. 21. 
 
 Is there any place, either in the Old or New Testament, 
 wherein men were told to marry and then live as brother 
 and sister at any time or under any condition? And if not 
 in the Bible, why do you teach it? 
 
 Answer: The Original Semites were the fifth of the 
 Atlantean races. They came out of the drowning Atlantis 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 45 
 
 as told variously in the stories of Xoah and Moses. They 
 were to go into a Promised Land, not little insignificant 
 Palestine, but the whole earth as it is now constituted. It 
 was promised because the earth was undergoing the changes 
 usual when a new race is to take possession. Floods had 
 destroyed the Atlantean civilization and in the wilderness 
 of Gobi, in Central Asia, wandered the nucleus for the 
 present Aryan races. 
 
 At the time when such a nucleus was to become a world 
 peopling race, naturally, the begetting of children was a 
 prime consideration. Therefore, it was looked upon as the 
 duty of everyone to beget numerous children and be ex- 
 ceedingly fruitful. But we are not living in those times 
 now; the world is well peopled and the re-incarnating Egos 
 are taken care of without special endeavors at generation. 
 We have never advocated general celibacy, or that people 
 should marry and then live at all times as brother and 
 sister ; but we have taught that married people, according 
 to their circumstances, should help to perpetuate the race. 
 That is to say, if both husband and wife are physically, 
 morally and mentally able; when they are possessed of 
 a home, wherein an incarnating Ego may obtain the 
 chance of embodiment and experience, they should offer 
 themselves as a living sacrifice upon the altar of human- 
 ity and give of the substance of their bodies to furnish 
 an Ego with a vehicle, inviting it into their home as they 
 would invite a dear guest, thankful that they may be 
 able to do for it what others have done for them. But 
 when the act of impregnation has been accomplished, they 
 should refrain from further intercourse, until again they 
 feel sufficiently fitted to generate the body for another 
 child. Such is the teaching of the Rosicrucians concern- 
 ing the ideal relation between husband and wife. They 
 
46 KOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 hold that ^he creative function should not be used for 
 sensual purposes, but for the perpetuation of the race for 
 which it has been, naturally, designed. This is an ideal 
 condition and may be beyond most people at the present 
 time, like the injunction to love our enemies ; but if we do 
 not have high ideals we shall make no progress. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 22. 
 
 Is there a soul-mate belonging to every soul through all 
 eternity? If so. would it not be better to remain unmar- 
 ried a thousand years than to marry the wrong mate ? 
 
 Answer: As the light is refracted into the seven colors 
 of the spectrum when passing through our atmosphere, 
 so also the spirits which are differentiated within God are 
 refracted into seven great rays. Each class is under the 
 direct guidance and domination of one of the Seven 
 Spirits before the Throne, which are the planetary genii, 
 the Star Angels. All the Virgin spirits in their successive 
 incarnations are continually intermingling in order that 
 they may gain the most varied experiences; nevertheless, 
 those who have emanated from the same Star Angel are 
 always sister or twin souls, and when they seek the higher 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 47 
 
 life, they must enter the path of initiation through a 
 lodge composed of members of the same ray from which 
 they originally came, thence to return to their primal 
 source. Therefore, all occult schools are divisible into 
 seven, one for each class of spirits. That was the reason 
 Jesus said to his disciples "Your father and mine" None 
 could have come into as close touch with him as these 
 disciples were, except those belonging to the same ray. 
 
 Like all other mysteries, this beautiful doctrine has been 
 degraded to a physical or material idea such as embodied 
 in the popular conception of twin souls or affinities; that 
 one is male and the other female, and very often they 
 are somebody else's wife or husband. In such cases the 
 doctrine of twin souls is often made an excuse for elope- 
 ment and adultery. This is an abominable perversion. 
 Each spirit is complete in itself, it takes upon itself a 
 male or a female body at different times in order to learn 
 the lessons of life, and it is only during the present stage 
 of its development that there is such a feature as sex at 
 all. The Ego was before sex, and will persist after that 
 phase of its manifestation has passed away. 
 
48 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 23. 
 
 Is it wrong for first, second or third cousin-s to marry, 
 and if so, why ? 
 
 Answer: The purpose of marriage is the perpetuation 
 of the race, and according to the physical nature of the 
 parents, plus their environment, will the child be. We 
 find, for instance, that the emigrants who come to our 
 shores are different from the children they beget, and 
 that the children that they beget here in America are dif- 
 ferent from the children begotten in Europe. For in- 
 stance, the longheaded Sicilians beget children who have 
 a more rounded head, and the round-headed Jews beget 
 children who have a more oval shaped head, thus showing 
 in all races a tendency to amalgamate and bring into birth 
 a new American race. 
 
 These changes are not at all brought about by accident. 
 The great leaders of humanity always aim to bring about 
 certain conditions in order to produce certain types. For 
 only in that way can the faculties be evolved that are 
 necessary to the progress of the spirit and there was a 
 time when it was necessary to the evolution of the Ego 
 that they should marry in the family. At that time 
 humanity was not so evolved and individualized as they 
 are now. They were ruled by a family spirit which en- 
 tered into the blood by means of the air they inspired to 
 help the Ego control its instrument. Then humanity had 
 what is known as second sight, and that second sight is yet 
 found among people who have persisted largely in mar- 
 rying inside the family, such, for instance, as the Scotch 
 Highlanders and the Gypsies. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 49 
 
 But it was necessary that men should forget the Spirit- 
 ual World for a time and remember no life but the pres- 
 ent. In order to bring this change in consciousness 
 about, the great leaders took certain steps, one of them 
 being the prohibition of marriages in the family. When 
 we read in the fifth chapter of Genesis that Adam lived 
 for 900 years and all the patriarchs lived for centuries, 
 it does not really mean that the persons named lived 
 themselves during that length of time, but the blood which 
 coursed in their veins was transmitted directly to their 
 descendants and this blood contained the pictures of the 
 family as it now contains the pictures of our individual 
 lives, for the blood is the storehouse of all experiences. 
 Thus the descendants of the patriarchal families saw 
 themselves as Adam, Methusaleh, etc. Of course, during 
 the centuries, these pictures gradually became faint and 
 when the memory of Adam faded out from the blood of 
 his direct descendants it was said that Adam ceased to 
 live. 
 
 As man became more individualized, he was to learn to 
 stand upon his own legs without the help of the family 
 spirit. Then international marriages were permitted, or 
 even commanded, and marrying inside the family was no 
 longer allowed. That killed clairvoyance. Science has 
 demonstrated that when the blood of one animal is inocu- 
 lated into the veins of another animal, haemolysis, or the 
 destruction of blood, takes place, so that the lower animal 
 is killed. But the introduction of strange blood, in what- 
 ever way accomplished, always kills something, if not the 
 form at least a faculty, and the strange blood introduced 
 by marriage killed the clairvoyance possessed by primitive 
 man. That this statement is true about strange blood 
 being destructive can be noted in the case of hybrids. 
 
50 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Where, for instance, a horse and a donkey are mated the 
 progeny is a mule, but that mule is minus the propagative 
 faculty, for it is neither under the group spirit of the 
 horses nor under the dominion of the group spirit of the 
 donkeys, and if it would propagate, the result would be a 
 new race not under the dominion of any group spirit. The 
 mule is not so far evolved, however, that it can guide its 
 instrument without the assistance of a group spirit, and so 
 the propagative faculty is denied the group spirit with- 
 holding the fructifying seed atom. "With humanity it was 
 different, however. When they had come to the stage 
 where international marriages were commanded, they had 
 arrived at the point in evolution of self-consciousness 
 where they were able to steer their own bark and where 
 they must cease to be God-guided automatons and become 
 self-governing individuals. The greater the mixture of 
 blood, the less the indwelling spirit can be influenced by 
 any of the race or family spirits which influenced our an- 
 cestors. Thus greater scope is afforded the incoming Egos 
 when we marry strangers than when we seek a cousin for 
 a mate. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 51 
 
 QUESTION No. 24. 
 
 Would it be wise for two people of the same tempera- 
 ment to marry if they were both born under the same sign 
 of the zodiac?- In August, for instance? 
 
 Answer: It is said that a person is born every second 
 of the day; thus there would be 3,600 born in an hour. 
 86.400 in a day of 24 hours, and about two millions and a 
 half in a month. If they were supposed to have the same 
 temperament and the same fate in life, we should only 
 have twelve kinds of people, and yet we know that there 
 are no two people exactly alike, so that it is foolish to say 
 that people have the same temperament because they are 
 born under the same sign of the zodiac, as determined by 
 the month. 
 
 To cast a horoscope scientifically, it is necessary to take 
 into consideration the day and the year when a person 
 was born, for the planets do not arrive at the same rela- 
 tive positions more than once in twenty-five thousand, 
 eight hundred and sixty-eight years. We must further 
 take into consideration the hour of the birth and if possible 
 try to get the minute, on account of the swiftly changing 
 position of the moon. If we also take into consideration 
 the place, we can calculate the rising sign, which gives the 
 form of the body. Then we have an absolutely individual 
 horoscope, for the degree of the zodiac rising on the eastern 
 horizon changes every four minutes, so that even in the 
 case of twins there would be a difference. 
 
 In order, then, that the astrologer may say whether the 
 marriage of two people will be harmonious or otherwise, 
 it is necessary for him to cast the horoscope of the two 
 
52 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 persons arid endeavor to find out if they will be physically, 
 morally and mentally congenial. The judges by compar- 
 ing the ascendants, or rising signs, which show the physical 
 affinity. The position of Mars and Venus will show 
 whether they are morally of the same caliber, and the Sun 
 and Moon show their mental characteristics. Thus he has 
 an accurate gauge as to whether their natures will blend, 
 but predictions based upon anything short of such a calcu- 
 lation are worthless. 
 
 QUESTION No. 25. 
 
 Please give the views of the occultist regarding the 
 white races intermarrying with the inferior mongolians 
 and negroes; also in regard to their progeny? 
 
 Answer: The human spirit is neither colored nor 
 white, but in different stages of its progress it has used 
 black, yellow and white bodies, and it is the belief of the 
 writer from certain indications that the next great race 
 will be a beautiful blue. The races are only bodies, used 
 for a time in the evolution of the spirit, and we at one time 
 inhabited the black bodies. When we left them, other, and 
 less advanced spirits took possession of the black race 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 53 
 
 bodies. We then occupied the yellow bodies. Later on we 
 left also the yellow bodies, and at present are occupying 
 the white ones. Under our tenancy these various bodies 
 evolved and increased in efficiency, but naturally, when 
 'the other classes of spirits which are not as far advanced 
 as we in the West, entered the bodies we left, those 
 bodies gradually degenerated. 
 
 These lower classes of spirits, our weaker brothers, have 
 to take our leavings; therefore, we naturally owe them a 
 certain debt, and marriage with the lower races is neces- 
 sary in order to create something higher. The negro 
 bodies of the South, the bodies of mulattoes, mestizoes and 
 octoroons are much superior to the black bodies of the 
 negroes in Africa, and are, of course, inhabited by a much 
 higher grade of Ego than the African negro body; and 
 thus there is an unbroken ladder maintained all the time 
 between the pioneers and the lowest races. For, as the 
 flower would be an impossibility if there were not the min- 
 eral soil wherein it can grow, so also is a white race with 
 the sensitive bodies and high strung nerves such as we find 
 in the West, an impossibility if it were not that we as 
 spirits had had the experience gained in our advancement 
 through the lower races. The debt we owe to those who 
 have taken our leavings must be canceled, and that is most 
 successfully accomplished by providing the intermediary 
 links which bridge the gulf between race and race. In the 
 case of the Southern negro there are other reasons a na- 
 tional destiny incurred by us on account of his compulsory 
 importation and subsequent servitude. 
 
54 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 .* 
 
 QUESTION No. 26. 
 
 Why is the negro commonly said to be marked with the 
 curse of Cain? If he is the descendant of Ham, accord- 
 ing to Biblical ethnology, how can that race be any older 
 than the sons of Shem or Japhet? Is not the most in~ 
 tellectual, successful and enduring race that history records f 
 namely, the Jew, the one that has left itself most free from 
 a mixture? 
 
 Answer: The Bible does not state anywhere that the 
 negroes are the 'descendants of Ham; besides it is well 
 known that the Biblical ethnology as commonly under- 
 stood among orthodox people is an utter impossibility in 
 view of the facts of geology and ethnological research. We 
 are past the day when anyone will dare to make a state- 
 ment such as, for instance, was made by a learned Dean 
 of Cambridge University less than a century ago, namely, 
 that the World was created on Friday, the 10th of Oc- 
 tober, 4004 B. C., at nine o'clock in the morning. The 
 Biblical ethnology also has the exact year of the flood and 
 similar events fixed, but from the occult point of view, 
 which is derived from a direct reading in the picture gal- 
 lery of the past, which we call the memory of nature, the 
 case is very different. We find there that there have been 
 various epochs or great stages of unfoldment in the earth's 
 history, and that the negro was the humanity of the third 
 of these epochs, the Lemurian. The whole human race 
 of that time was black skinned. Then came a time, called 
 the Atlantean Epoch, when humanity was red, yellow, ex- 
 cept one race which was white. These people were the 
 Original Semites, the fifth of the Atlantean Races. These 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEES 55 
 
 Atlanteans are called Niebelungen, or children of the mist, 
 in the old folk stories, for at that time the atmosphere of 
 the earth was a very dense fog. In the latter half of the 
 Atlantean Epoch this atmosphere condensed, floods re- 
 sulted and gradually the sea covered the larger part of the 
 globe. Then the atmosphere became clear above the earth. 
 This point in evolution is described in the Bible where 
 Noah, the leader of the Semites, came out from the drown^- 
 ing Atlantis and first saw the rainbow, a phenomenon im- 
 possible in the foggy atmosphere of early Atlantis. We 
 also hear of that emigration in the story of Moses and the 
 Israelites coming out from Egypt while the Egyptian king 
 and his men drown in the waters of the Red Sea. These 
 people had been chosen to become the progenitors of our 
 present Aryan races, but not all of them were true to the 
 commands of their leader. There were some of them who 
 "went after strange flesh," and that is the greatest crime 
 possible at such a time, for when a leader is aiming to 
 instil new faculties into a new race, the admixture of 
 strange blood has a tendency to frustrate his plans. There- 
 fore, some of these chosen people were lost, that is to say, 
 they were abandoned by their leaders and did not become 
 the forbears of the new humanity. 
 
 Those who were thus lost or left behind are, strange to 
 say, the present day Jews, who at one time married into 
 the families of their Atlantean brethren, contrary to the 
 commands of their divine leader, and yet today think 
 themselves the "chosen people" of God. There is no doubt 
 that the earliest Jews remember their sin in marrying out- 
 side of their tribes. Thus they instilled into their de- 
 scendants the strong dislike against mixing with other 
 tribes, and so these rebels have since been faithful to the 
 injunction not to marry among the Gentiles. 
 
56 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 As for their being intellectual as a race, we say No ! 
 In the Polarian Epoch man evolved a dense body, and the 
 vitalizing principle in the Hyperboreon Epoch. In the 
 Lemurian Epoch came the desire body to give in- 
 centive to action, and the mind was added in the Atlantean 
 Epoch, giving to man cunning. Thought, or reason, is 
 the faculty to be evolved in this Aryan epoch, and a study 
 of facts will reveal to us that the Jews still are strongly 
 actuated by the Atlantean faculty cunning. 
 
 The leaders of humanity have been endeavoring to get 
 these people to mix with the other races in order that they 
 might be lifted out of their present condition. Their Bible 
 tells us how they have been exiled time and again, without 
 avail; they have remained a people apart. The Christ was 
 sent to them as one of their own, because it was thought 
 that they would take the word of one from among their 
 midst, but "they chose Barabbas." That was the last 
 straw; it was seen that it was impossible to save them in a 
 body. Since then they have been scattered over the whole 
 world, a people without a country, to induce them to amal- 
 gamate in that way, but such is the stiff-neckedness of this 
 people that to this day they are still separate. Here in 
 America, however, in "the Great Melting Pot," they are 
 beginning to slowly amalgamate. They were lost by marry- 
 ing outside their tribe into a lower race, but in time they 
 will be saved by marrying into the more advanced races, 
 here upon the American continent. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 57 
 
 QUESTION No. 27. 
 
 Has the Rosicrucian Philosophy any specific teaching 
 concerning the training of children? 
 
 Answer: There is perhaps no subject of greater im- 
 portance than that. In the first place, wise parents who 
 are desirous of giving the child all advantages, commence 
 before the birth of the child, even before the conception, 
 to prayerfully turn their thoughts toward the task they 
 are undertaking, and are careful to see that the union 
 which is to bring about the germination takes place under 
 the proper stellar influences, when the moon is passing 
 through signs which are appropriate to the building of a 
 strong and healthy body, having, of course, their own 
 bodies in the best possible physical, moral and mental con- 
 dition. 
 
 Then during the period of gestation they hold before 
 their mind's eye constantly the ideal of a strong, useful 
 life for the incoming entity, and as soon as possible after 
 birth has taken place they cast the horoscope of the child, 
 for the ideal parent is also an astrologer. If the parents 
 have not the ability to cast the horoscope themselves they 
 can at least study the stellar signs that will enable them 
 to intelligently underftand what the astrologer tells them; 
 but under no circumstances will they consult a professional 
 astrologer to help them, one who prostitutes the science 
 for gold, but will seek the aid of a spiritual astrologer, 
 though they may have to seek some time. From the child's 
 natal chart the strength and weaknesses of its character 
 can be readily seen. The parents will then be in the best 
 position possible to foster the good and take appropriate 
 
58 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 means to repress the evil before the tendencies work them- 
 selves out into actualities, and thus they may in a large 
 measure help the incoming entity to overcome his faults. 
 
 Next, the parent must realize that that which we term 
 birth is only the birth of the visible, physical body, which 
 is born and comes to its present high stage of efficiency 
 in a shorter time than the invisible vehicles of man, be- 
 cause it has had the longest evolution. As the foetus 
 is shielded from the impacts of the visible world by 
 being encased in the protecting womb of the mother during 
 the period of gestation, ?o are also the subtler vehicles en- 
 cased in envelopes of ether and desire stuff which protects 
 them until they have sufficiently matured, and are able 
 to withstand the conditions of the outer world. 
 
 Thus the vital body is born at about the age of seven, or 
 the time when the child cuts its second teeth, and the 
 desire body is born at about fourteen, or the time of 
 puberty. The mind comes to birth at about twenty-one, 
 when we say a man has reached majority. 
 
 There are certain important matters which can be taken 
 care of only during the appropriate period of growth, and 
 the parent should know what these are. Though the organs 
 have been formed by the time the child comes to birth, the 
 lines of growth are determined during the first seven years, 
 and if they are not properly outlined during that time, an 
 otherwise healthy child may become a sickly man or woman. 
 
 In the first chapter of St. John, we read that "In the be- 
 ginning was the word . . . And without it was not 
 anything made that was made . . . and the word be- 
 came flesh." The word is a rhythmic sound, and sound is 
 the great cosmic builder, therefore during that first sep- 
 tenary epoch of its life the child should be surrounded by 
 music of the right kind, by musical language the swing 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEES 59 
 
 and rhythm of nursery rhymes being particularly valuable. 
 It does not matter about the sense at all; what matters is 
 the rhythm; the more the child has of that, the healthier 
 it will grow. 
 
 There are two great watchwords which apply to this 
 period of a child's life. They are called imitation and 
 example. There is no creature in the world so imitative 
 as a little child; it follows our example to the smallest 
 detail so far as it is able. Therefore, the parents who seek 
 to bring up their child well will ever be careful when in 
 the presence of the little one. It is no use to teach it not 
 to mind ; the child has no mind, it has no reason, it can 
 only imitate, and it cannot help imitating any more than 
 water can help running down hill. If we have one kind of 
 food for ourselves which is highly seasoned and cooked in 
 French style, perhaps, and we give our child another dish, 
 telling it that what we eat is not good for it, the child may 
 not then be able to imitate us, but we implant the appetite 
 for such food in the little one. When it grows up and can 
 gratify its taste it will do so. Therefore, the careful par- 
 ents 'hould abstain from the foods and liquors they do not 
 wish their child to partake of. 
 
 Regarding the clothing, w r e may say that at that time 
 the child should be entirely unconscious of its sex organs, 
 and therefore the clothing should be particularly loose at 
 all times. This is specially necessary with little boys, for 
 oftentimes a most seriously bad habit in later life may re- 
 sult from the rubbing of too tight clothing. 
 
 There is also the question of punishment to be consid- 
 ered; that too is an important factor at all times in 
 awakening the sex nature and should be carefully avoided. 
 There is no child so refractory that it will not respond to 
 the method of reward for good deeds and the withholding of 
 
60 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 privileges as retribution for disobedience. Besides, we recog- 
 nize the fact that whipping breaks the spirit of a dog, and 
 we oftentimes complain that certain people have cultivated 
 a wishbone instead of a backbone that they are lacking in 
 will. Much of that is due to whippings, mercilessly ad- 
 ministered in childhood. Let any parent look at this from 
 the child's standpoint. How would any of us now like to 
 live with someone from whose authority we could not es- 
 cape, who was much bigger than we, and have to submit 
 to whippings day by day? Leave the whipping alone and 
 much of the social evil will be done away with in a genera- 
 tion. 
 
 When the vital body has been brought to birth at the 
 seventh year, the faculties of perception and memory are 
 to be educated. The watchword for this period should be 
 authority and disciphship. We should not, if we have a 
 precocious child, seek to goad it into a course of study 
 which requires an enormous expenditure of thought. Child 
 prodigies have usually become men and women of less than 
 ordinary mentality. The child should be allowed to follow 
 his own inclination in that respect. His faculties of ob- 
 servation should be cultivated, he should be shown living 
 examples. Let him see the drunkard and what vice has led 
 him to; show him also the good man, and set before him 
 high ideals. Teach him to take everything you say upon 
 authority and endeavor to be such that he may respect your 
 authority as parents and teachers. At this time he should 
 also be prepared to husband the force which is now being 
 awakened in him, and which will enable him to generate 
 his kind at the end of the second period of seven years. He 
 should not be allowed to gather that knowledge from pol- 
 luted sources, because the parents shirk the responsibility of 
 telling him from a mistaken sense of modesty. A flower 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 61 
 
 may be taken as an object lesson, whence all the children, 
 from the smallest to the biggest, may receive the most 
 beautiful instruction in the form of a fairy tale. They may 
 be taught how flowers are like families without bothering at 
 all with botanical terms, so long as the parents have studied 
 in the slightest degree a little elementary botany. Show 
 the children some flowers. Tell them "Here is a flower 
 family where there are all boys (a staminate flower), and 
 here is another flower where there are only girls (a pistilate 
 flower). Here is one where there are both boys and girls 
 (a flower where there are both stamen and pistils). Show 
 them the pollen in the anthers. Tell them that these little 
 flower boys are just like the boys in the human families; 
 that they are adventuresome and want to go out into the 
 world to fight the battle of life, while the girls (the pistils) 
 stay at home. Show them the bees with the pollen basket^ 
 on their legs, and tell them how the little flower boys be- 
 stride those winged steeds, like the knights of old, and go 
 out into the world to seek the princess immured in the 
 magic castle (the ovule hidden in the pistil) ; how the little 
 pollen, the flower boy-knights, force their way through the 
 pistil and enter the ovule; then tell them how that signi- 
 fies that the knight and the princess are married, that they 
 live happy ever afterward and become the parents of many 
 little flower boys and girls. When they have fully grasped 
 that, they will understand also the generation in the animal 
 and human kingdom, for there is no difference ; one is just 
 as pure and chaste and holy as the other. And the little 
 children brought up in that way will always have a rever- 
 ence for the creative function that can be instilled in no 
 better way. 
 
 When a child has been thus equipped, it is well fortified 
 for the birth of the desire body at the time of puberty. 
 
62 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 When the desires and the emotions are unleashed, it enters 
 upon the most dangerous period of its life, the time of the 
 hot youth from fourteen to twenty-one, for at that time the 
 desire body is rampant and the mind has not yet come to 
 birth to act as a brake. At this time it is well for the 
 child that has been brought up as here outlined, for its par- 
 ents will then be a strength and an anchor to it to tide it 
 over that troublesome period until the time when it is full 
 born the age of twenty-one, when the mind is born. 
 
 QUESTION No. 28. 
 
 Why are children born in a family where they are not 
 welcome? 
 
 Answer: It shows a sad state of society when a question 
 such as this can be relevant, as, unfortunately, it is. The 
 primal purpose of marriage is the perpetuation of the race 
 and people who are not willing to become parents have no 
 right to marry. It should be the right of every child to be 
 well born, and welcome. But while we are careful to seek 
 out the best strain in the animals which we use for breeding 
 purposes, in order that we may get the hardiest and best 
 stock, we usually do not think at all of the physical, moral 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 63 
 
 and mental fitness of the one we select to be the father or 
 the mother of our children. In fact, it is usually consid- 
 ered indelicate if not indecent to think of children at all, 
 and when they come in spite of preventatives, the parents 
 are often distracted with grief. But the law of cause and 
 effect is not to be thwarted. The mills of the Gods grind 
 slowly but they are sure to grind very small, and though 
 the centuries may pass by, there will come a time when the 
 one who is an unwilling parent must himself seek an em- 
 bodiment anew, and perhaps he will then be reborn into a 
 family where he is not welcome. Or perhaps the unwilling 
 parent of one life becomes a childless one in the next. 
 Cases are also known to the writer where such a couple has 
 been blessed with numerous children whom they desired 
 and passionately loved, but who died in childhood one after 
 another to the great grief of the parents. 
 
 QUESTION No. 29. 
 
 Where children do not come to a man and wife who 
 deeply long for them, is there not some way to induce some 
 soul in the unseen world to accept their invitations to 
 reincarnate? Where the conditions in the home are most 
 favorable, it would seem that among the many souls await' 
 ing incarnation one would find the conditions right. 
 
 Answer: This is undoubtedly one of the conditions 
 where the would-be parents have some time in a previous 
 
64 BOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 life neglected their opportunity, or, perhaps, have taken 
 precautions to avoid begetting children. Or, if this is not 
 the case, it may be that at a later day their hopes will be 
 fulfilled. The writer has observed a case where a spirit 
 seeking incarnation followed the mother about, and he was 
 told by someone else who had known the mother that that 
 Ego had been following her from before her marriage. 
 The marriage proved barren, however, and only recently 
 came the news of the divorce. It was plain that although 
 this Ego evidently desired incarnation through the mother, 
 it refused the father. We sometimes hear of marriages 
 which are barren, and then when the marriage contract has 
 been dissolved and the partners have each remarried, both 
 have become parents, showing that they were perfectly able 
 to become parents from the physical standpoint, and that 
 it was the incarnating Ego that was lacking. For this 
 should be noted, that unless there is an Ego seeking em- 
 bodiment through a married couple, their efforts will be 
 fruitless. From the ordinary standpoint that would not 
 appear to be so, but it will be readily seen that as the 1 
 chemical constituents of the semen and the ova are at all 
 times the same, there would be no reason why a union of 
 the sexes should be fruitful at one time and barren at an- 
 other if they were the only factors. We know that if we mix 
 hydrogen and oxygen in proper proportions we always get 
 water; we know that water will always flow down hill; and 
 thus all the laws of nature are invariable, so that unless 
 there were another factor than the chemical mixture of 
 semen and ova there would always be issue. And this un- 
 known and unseen factor is the reincarnating Ego which 
 goes only where it pleases and without which there can be 
 no issue. 
 
 If the inquirer will pray earnestly to the angel Gabriel, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 65 
 
 who is the ambassador of the Eegent of the Moon to the 
 earth, and therefore a prime factor in the generation of 
 bodies (vide the Bible), it may possibly avail to bring the 
 desired result. The best time is Monday at sunrise, and 
 from the new Moon to the full. 
 
 QUESTION No. 30. 
 
 How do you explain the fact that a child so often inherits 
 the bad characteristics of the parents? 
 
 Answer: We explain by saying that it is not a fact. Un- 
 fortunately, people seem to lay their bad traits to heredity, 
 blaming their parents for their faults, while taking to them- 
 selves all the credit for the good. The very fact that we 
 differentiate between that which is inherited and that which 
 is our own, shows that there are two sides to man's nature, 
 the side of the form and the life side. 
 
 The man, the thinker, comes here equipped with a mental 
 and a moral nature, which are entirely his own, taking from 
 his parents only the material for the physical body. We 
 are drawn to certain people by the law of causation, and 
 the law of association. The same law which causes mu- 
 sicians to seek the company of one another in concert halls, 
 
66 KOS1CRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 gamblers to congregate at the race tracks or in pool rooms, 
 people of a studious nature to flock to libraries, etc., also 
 causes people of similar tendencies, characteristics, and 
 tastes to be born in the same family. Thus, when we hear 
 a person say, "Yes, I know I am thriftless, but then my 
 people never were used to work, we always had servants/' 
 it shows that similarity of tastes and nothing more is 
 needed to explain it. When another person says, "Oh, 
 yes, I know I am extravagant, but I just cannot help it, it 
 runs in the family," it is again the law of association, and 
 the sooner we recognize that instead of making the law of 
 heredity an excuse for our evil habits, we should seek 
 to conquer them and cultivate virtues instead, the better for 
 us. We would not recognize it as a valid excuse if the 
 drunkard should say, "No, I cannot help drinking, all my 
 associates drink." We would tell him to get away from 
 them as quickly as possible and assert his own individuality, 
 and we would advise people to cease shielding themselves 
 behind their ancestors as an excuse for bad habits. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 67 
 
 QUESTION No. 31. 
 
 Does not the cliild inherit its blood and nervous system 
 from its parents? If so, will it not inherit disease and 
 nervous disorders also? 
 
 Answer: In the foetus, in the lower part of the throat 
 just above the sternum or breast bone, there is a gland 
 called the thymus gland, which is largest during the period 
 of gestation and which gradually atrophies as the child 
 grows older and disappears entirely by or before the four- 
 teenth year, very often when the bones have been properly 
 formed. Science has been very much puzzled as to the use 
 of this gland, and few theories have been advanced to ac- 
 count for it. Among these theories one is that it supplies 
 the material for the manufacture of the red blood corpuscles 
 until the bones have been properly formed in the child so 
 that it may manufacture its own blood corpuscles. That 
 theory is correct. 
 
 During the earliest years the Ego which owns the 
 child-body is not in full possession, and we recognize that 
 the child is not responsible for its doings, at any rate not 
 before the seventh year, and later we have extended it to 
 the fourteenth year. During that time no legal liability for 
 its action attaches to the child, and that is as it should be, 
 for the Ego being in the blood can only function properly 
 in blood of its own making, so that where, as in the child- 
 body, the stock of the blood is furnished by the parents 
 through the thymus gland, the child is not yet its own 
 master or mistress. Thus it is that children do not speak 
 of themselves so much as "I" in the earlier years, but iden- 
 tify themselves with the family; they are Papa's girl and 
 
68 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Mama's boy. The young child will say "Mary wants" this 
 or "Johnny wants that/' but as soon as they have attained 
 the age of puberty and have begun to manufacture their 
 own blood corpuscles, then we hear the boy or girl say, "I" 
 will do this or "I" will do that. From that time they begin 
 to assert their own identity, and to tear themselves loose 
 from the family. 
 
 Seeing, then, that the blood throughout the years of 
 childhood, as well as the body, is inherited from the par- 
 ents, the tendencies to disease are also carried over, not the 
 disease itself but the tendency. After the fourteenth year, 
 when the indwelling Ego has commenced to manufacture 
 its own blood corpuscles, it depends a great deal upon itself 
 whether or not these tendencies shall become manifested 
 actualities in its life. 
 
 QUESTION No. 32. 
 
 Can a person be influenced in natural sleep as he can in 
 hypnotic sleep, or is there a difference? 
 
 Answer: Yes, there is a difference. In the natural sleep 
 the Ego, clothed in the mind and desire body, draws out- 
 side the physical body and usually hovers over the body, or 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 69 
 
 at any rate remains close to it, connected by the silver cord, 
 while the vital body and the dense body are resting upon 
 the bed. 
 
 It is then possible to influence the person by instilling 
 into his brain the thoughts and ideas we wish to communi- 
 cate. Nevertheless, we cannot then get him to do anything 
 or to entertain any idea except that which is in line with 
 his natural proclivities. It is impossible to command him 
 to do anything and to enforce obedience, the same as it is 
 when he has been driven out by the passes of the hypnotist, 
 for it is the brain which moves the muscles, and during the 
 natural sleep his brain is interpenetrated by his own vital 
 body and he is in perfect control himself, while during the 
 hypnotic sleep the passes of the hypnotist have driven the 
 ether of which his vital body is composed out of the brain, 
 down to the shoulders of the victim, where it lies around his 
 neck and resembles the collar of a sweater. The dense 
 brain is then open to the ether from the hypnotist's vital 
 body, which displaces that of the proper owner. Thus in 
 the hypnotic sleep the victim has no choice whatever as to 
 the ideas he entertains or the movements he makes with his 
 body, but in the ordinary sleep he is still a free agent. 
 In tact, this method of suggestion during sleep is some- 
 thing which mothers will find extremely beneficial in treat- 
 ing refractory children, for if the mother will sit by the 
 bed of the sleeping child, hold its hand, speak to it as she 
 would speak when it is awake, instill into its brain ideas of 
 such a nature as she would wish it to entertain, she will 
 find that in the waking state many of these ideas will have 
 taken root. Also in dealing with a person who is sick or is 
 addicted to drink, if the mother, nurse or others use this 
 method, they will find it possible to instill hope and heal- 
 ing, materially furthering recovery or aiding self-mastery. 
 
70 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 .This method may of course be used for evil, but we cannot 
 refrain from publishing it, as we believe that the good 
 which can be done in this way will much more than offset) 
 the few cases where some misguided person may use it for 
 the wrong purpose. 
 
 QUESTION No. 33. 
 
 What are dreams? Have they all a significance, and 
 how can we invite or induce dreams? 
 
 Answer: In the waking state, the different vehicles of 
 the Ego, the mind, desire body, vital body and dense body 
 are all concentric. They occupy the same space, and the 
 Ego functions outwardly in the Physical World. But at 
 night, during the dreamless sleep, the Ego, clothed in the 
 desire body and the mind, withdraws, leaving the physical 
 and the vital body upon the bed, there being no connection 
 between the higher and the lower vehicles, save a thin, 
 glistening thread, called the silver cord. It happens, how- 
 ever, that at times the Ego has been working so inter- 
 estedly in the Physical World and the desire body has be- 
 come so stirred up that it refuses to leave the lower vehicles 
 and is only half withdrawn. Then the connection between 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 71 
 
 the sense centers of the desire body and the sense centers 
 of the physical brain are partly ruptured. The Ego sees 
 the sights and scenes of the Desire World which, in them- 
 selves, are extremely fantastic and illusory, and they are 
 transmitted to the brain centers without being connected 
 by reason. From this condition come all the foolish and 
 
 fantastic dreams which we have. 
 
 h 
 
 It happens at times, however, that when the Ego is 
 altogether outside the dense body, as in dreamless sleep, it 
 sees an event concerning itself about to materialize, for 
 coming events cast their shadows before, and ere anything 
 happens in the material world it has already happened in 
 the spiritual worlds. If, upon awaking from such an ex- 
 perience, the Ego succeeds in impressing the brain with 
 what it has seen, we have a prophetic dream, which in due 1 
 time will come true, or which the Ego, if its Fate permits, 
 may modify by a new action. For instance, if warned of an 
 accident, it may take steps to counteract the impending 
 calamity. 
 
 Eegarding the second part of the question, "How can we 
 invite or induce dreams," we may say that, of course, it is 
 of no advantage to invite or induce dreams of the confused 
 and fantastic kind, and, as for the other kind, there comes 
 a time in a man's life when he begins to live the higher 
 life. Then, gradually, by certain exercises, he evolves the 
 faculty of leaving his body consciously at night or at any 
 other time. He is then perfectly conscious in the invisible 
 worlds. He can go wherever he pleases to the ends of the 
 earth in minutes of time and as he learns how to con- 
 sciously work in those invisible worlds, he does not "dream'* 
 any longer, but lives another life that is fuller or more 
 real than the one he now lives. 
 
72 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 34. 
 What is sleep and what causes the body to go to sleep? 
 
 Answer: During the daytime the vital body specializes 
 the colorless solar fluid which is all about us, through the 
 organ we call the spleen. This vitality permeates the 
 whole body and is seen by the clairvoyant as a fluid of a 
 pale rose color, having been transmuted upon entering the 
 physical body. It flows along every nerve, and when it is 
 sent out by the brain centers in particularly large quantities 
 it moves the muscles to which the nerves lead. 
 
 The vital body may be said to be built of points which 
 stick out in all directions, inward, outward, upward and 
 downward, all through the body, and each little point goes 
 through the center of one of the chemical atoms, causing 
 it to vibrate at a higher rate than its natural speed. This 
 vital body interpenetrates the dense body from birth to- 
 death under all conditions except when, for instance, the 
 blood circulation stops in a certain part, as when we rest 
 a hand upon the edge of a table for some time and it "goes 
 to sleep," as we say. Then, if clairvoyant, we may see the 
 etheric hand of the vital body hanging down below the 4 
 visible hand as a glove, and the chemical atoms of the hand 
 relapse into their natural slow rate of vibration. When we 
 slap the hand to cause it to "wake up," as we say, the 
 peculiar prickling sensation we feel is caused by the points 
 of the vital body which then reenter the sleeping atoms of 
 the hand and start them into renewed vibration. 
 
 The vital body leaves the dense body in a similar man- 
 ner when a person is dying. Drowning persons who have 
 been resuscitated experience an intense agony caused by the 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 73 
 
 entrance of these points, which they feel as a prickling 
 sensation. f 
 
 During the daytime, when the solar fluid is being ab- 
 sorbed by the man in great quantities, these points of the 
 vital body are blown out or distended, as it were, by the 
 vital fluid, but as the day advances and poisons of decay 
 clog the physical body more and more, the vital fluid 
 flows less rapidly; in the evening there comes a time when 
 the points in the vital body do not get a full supply of the 
 life giving fluid; they shrivel up and the atoms of the body 
 move more sluggishly in consequence. Thus the Ego feels 
 the body to be heavy, dull and tired. At last there comes a 
 time when, as it were, the vital body collapses and the 
 vibrations of the dense atoms become so slow that the Ego 
 can no longer move the body. It is forced to withdraw 
 in order that its vehicle may recuperate. Then we say the 
 body has gone to sleep. 
 
 Sleep is not an inactive state, however; if it were there 
 would be no difference in feeling in the morning and no 
 restorative power in sleep. The very word restoration im- 
 plies activity. 
 
 When a building has become dilapidated from constant 
 wear and tear and it is necessary to renovate and restore it, 
 the tenants must move out to give the workmen full play. 
 For similar reasons the Ego moves out of its tenement at 
 night. As the workmen work upon the building, to make 
 it fit for re-occupancy, so the Ego must work upon its build- 
 ing before it will be fit to reenter. And such a work is done 
 by us during the nighttime, although we are not conscious 
 of it in our waking state. It is this activity which re- 
 moves the poisons from the system, and as a result the body 
 is fresh and vigorous in the morning when the Ego enters 
 at the time of waking. 
 
74 KOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 35. 
 
 Do the Rosicrucians believe in materia medica, or do they 
 follow Christ's method of healing? 
 
 Answer: It is generally acknowledged by the best prac- 
 titioners that materia medica is an empirical science; that 
 drugs do not act in the same way on all persons, and that, 1 
 therefore, it is necessary for the physician to experiment 
 with his patients. Hence materia medica is unsatisfactory. 
 Drugs cannot be relied upon to do the work at all times. 
 
 Observation shows that while all oxen will thrive on 
 grass; and all lions are content with a diet of flesh, we find 
 in the human being that there is always an individuality 
 which makes each different from all the rest of his kind; 
 and this peculiarity of the human race arises from the fact 
 that while each species of animals is the expression of one 
 single group spirit which guides the separate animals from 
 without, there is in each human being an individual in- 
 dwelling spirit, an Ego, and therefore one man's meat is 
 often another's poison. 
 
 It is only when materia medica takes this point into con- 
 sideration that it can be of real service in all cases, and 
 the way to find out the peculiarities of the spirit that dwells 
 in the patient body is to cast his horoscope to see when the 
 times are propitious for the administration of drugs, giving 
 the appropriate herbs at the proper time. Paracelsus did 
 that, and therefore he was always successful with his pa- 
 tients ; he never made a mistake. There are some who use 
 astrology for that purpose today; the writer, for instance, 
 has thus used it in diagnosis in many cases. He has then 
 always been able to see the crises in the patient's condition, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 75 
 
 the past, present and the future; and has thus been able 
 to afford much relief to persons suffering from various ill- 
 nesses, it is to such uses that astrology should be put, and 
 not degraded into fortune telling for the sake of gold, for, 
 like all spiritual sciences, it ought to be used for the benefit 
 of humanity, regardless of mercenary considerations. If 
 physicians would study the science of astrology, they would 
 thus with a very slight effort be able to diagnose their pa- 
 tients' condition in a manner altogether impossible from 
 the ordinary diagnostician's point of view. Some phy- 
 sicians are waking up to that fact and have discovered 
 by their experiences that the heavenly bodies have an in- 
 fluence upon the human frame. For instance, when the 
 writer was in Portland, Oregon, a physician mentioned as 
 his observation that whenever it was possible for him to 
 perform an operation while the moon was increasing in 
 light, that is to say, going from the new to the full moon, 
 the operation was always successful and no complications 
 would set in. On the other hand, he had found that when 
 circumstances compelled him to perform an operation when 
 the moon was going from the full to the dark there was 
 great danger of trouble, and that such operations were 
 never as satisfactory as those performed while the light of 
 the moon was increasing. 
 
 There is also a tendency among physicians more and 
 more to cure by suggestion, giving to the patient a harmless 
 pill and a good suggestion. Every mother, whether she 
 knows the potency of suggestion or not, at times uncon- 
 sciously applies it in the case of her child. If the little 
 one falls, she may by her suggestion cause it to either cry 
 or laugh. If she says to the little one, "Oh, you poor little 
 baby, you've hurt yourself very bad, that poor little head 
 of yours," the child will commence to cry; but if, on the 
 
76 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 other hand, she points to the floor and exclaims, "Oh, dear, 
 how you hurt that poor floor, why that is too bad kiss it !" 
 the child will be very sorry it hurt the floor, thinking not at 
 all of its own lesions. 
 
 In a similar manner the physician influences his patient, 
 and it is criminal for a physician to enter the sickroom with 
 a gloom} 7 mien, asking the patient to make his will, telling 
 him that he has not long to live. Those things act upon 
 the patient in a manner far greater than realized, and many 
 a physician has thus killed those whom he might have 
 saved. On the other hand, if he is cheerful and comes into 
 the sickroom with a smile and an encouraging word, if he 
 gives a harmless cure and a good suggestion the patient is 
 apt to recover where otherwise he might succumb to the dis- 
 ease. Thus, suggestion is far beyond materia medica. The 
 faith which the patient has in the physician will work 
 wonders, either for good or for evil, and faith was the 
 method which Christ used in his healing. If the inquirer 
 will look up the instances where the Christ healed the sick 
 in the Bible, he will find that there was always a question 
 concerning the faith of the one seeking healing. To each 
 applicant the Christ said, "According to thy faith, be it 
 unto you." 
 
 That skepticism destroyed even His power is, perhaps, 
 most evident from the passage where we are told that He 
 journeyed to His native city and found that a prophet is 
 not without honor save in his own country. This story is 
 told in the thirteenth chapter of Matthew, also by Mark, 
 and it is significant that the last verse in the thirteenth 
 chapter of Matthew says that He did not do many mighty 
 works because of their unbelief. Mark tells us that be- 
 cause of their skepticism He was only able to heal a very few 
 people by laying His hands upon them. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 77 
 
 The open mind is an essential requisite to all investiga- 
 tion and skepticism is absolutely fatal to the attainment 
 of knowledge. As an illustration, we may mention that the 
 writer was in Columbus a few years ago and there went to a 
 lecture by Professor Hyslop, the Secretary of the Society 
 for Psychological Research. The subject of the lecture 
 was "New Evidence of a Future Life." The writer was 
 astonished to find that Prof. Hyslop did not present in his 
 lecture one single point which had not been brought out in 
 the last twenty years in the reports of the Society to which 
 he belongs. But the solution came after the lecture, when 
 a question brought out the fact that Prof. Hyslop did not 
 believe in anything that had been said in the Society's re- 
 ports, lie did not believe in the results obtained by anyone 
 but himself. This evidence which he had just presented 
 had been collected by him; therefore it was new to him 
 and he expected his audience to take his word, although he 
 himself was unwilling to take the word of anyone else, 
 and as an illustration of how skepticism acts, he uncon- 
 sciously gave a very fine example, when he related that, go- 
 ing to a medium on a certain day, Eichard Hodgson, de- 
 ceased, spoke through the medium and Prof. Hyslop com- 
 menced to ask questions which, though quite simple, Mr. 
 Hodgson had great difficulty in answering. Prof. Hyslop 
 at last impatiently said, "Why, what is the matter with you, 
 Eichard; when you were alive you were quick enough; 
 why can't you answer now?" "Then," said Prof. Hyslop, 
 came the answer, quick as lightning, "Oh, every time I get 
 into your wretched atmosphere I go all to pieces." Prof. 
 Hyslop could not understand the reason why, but anyone 
 who has seen a pupil before a Board of Examiners which 
 has made up its mind that he is a dunce will know why, 
 und understand that it was Prof. Hyslop's critical skeptical 
 
78 ROSICBUCIAX PHILOSOPHY 
 
 attitude of mind which caused Richard Hodgson's great 
 difficulty in communicating. We may, therefore, say that 
 we believe in materia medica when used in conjunction with 
 astrology and also in Christ's method of healing, which 
 is Faith Cure, and in the power of suggestion and the vari- 
 ous other systems of healing. They all contain some truth, 
 though unfortunately many are made into fads and carried 
 to extremes. Then they lose their power for good and be- 
 come menaces to those who might otherwise have been bene- 
 fitted. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 36. 
 
 Since suffering is the result of our own actions, do you 
 think it wrong to take medicine to remove pain if one is 
 not hopelessly ill or dying? 
 
 Answer: This question reveals an attitude of mind that 
 is extremely deplorable; as well ask if it is right to try 
 to save one's self if drowning, for falling in the water is 
 also an effect of some self -generated cause. Certainly, it 
 is our duty to take medicine administered by a properly 
 qualified person, or attempt to cure the ills from which we 
 suffer in any other way possible that appeals to us. We 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEES 79 
 
 should be doing decidedly wrong if we allowed our physical 
 instrument to deteriorate for lack of proper care and at- 
 tention. It is the most valuable tool we possess, and un- 
 less we use it circumspectly and care for it, we are 
 amenable to the law of cause and effect for that neglect. 
 
 A question such as this reveals an altogether erroneous 
 idea of the law of cause and effect. It is our duty to ^ry 
 to rise above conditions instead of allowing circumstances 
 to guide our lives. There is a beautiful little poem which 
 aptly enunciates this idea : 
 
 "One ship sails east and another sails west 
 
 With the self same winds that blow; 
 ; Tis the set of the sail and not the gale 
 Which determines the way they go. 
 
 "As the winds of the sea are the ways of Fate 
 
 As we voyage along through life, 
 'Tis the act of the soul which determines the goal 
 And not the calm or the strife." 
 
 If we endeavor to turn the sails of our bark of life 
 aright, we shall always be able to modify if not to alto- 
 gether change conditions, and make our lives what we 
 will instead of sitting supinely waiting for the clouds to 
 pass by, because we have made those clouds ourselves. The 
 very fact that we have made them ought to be an inspira- 
 tion to give us the courage and energy to unmake them, 
 or push them away as quickly as possible. 
 
80 KOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 37. 
 
 What form of healing do you advise, physicians or prac- 
 titioners, as in the Christian Science belief? 
 
 Answer: That depends upon the nature of the sickness 
 and the temperament of the patient. If it is a case of a 
 broken leg, a surgeon is obviously the one to call. If there 
 is an internal disorder and it is possible to get a broad 
 minded physician, then in certain cases he is the one to 
 get. If, on the other hand, a mental healer, Christian 
 Science healer or anyone else who is spiritually minded can 
 be brought in, they may help a person who is himself 
 strong in faith, for, as a tuning fork which is of certain 
 pitch will respond when another tuning fork of the same 
 pitch is struck, so will the person filled with faith respond 
 to the ministrations of these last named ones. But where 
 faith in their methods is lacking in the patient, it is far 
 better to send for a regular physician in whom the patient 
 has confidence, for health or sickness depends almost alto- 
 gether upon the state of the mind, and in the conditions 
 of sickness where a person is enfeebled, he becomes hyper- 
 sensitive and should not be thwarted in his preferences. 
 Besides, whatever good there is in any system of healing, 
 the effects upon a certain person will be beneficial or the 
 reverse in exact proportion to his faith in its healing 
 power. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 81 
 
 QUESTION No. 38. 
 
 What is your opinion in regard to fasting as a means of 
 curing disease? 
 
 Answer: We may readily conceive that there are more 
 people in the West who die from over eating than from 
 getting too little food. And under certain conditions fast- 
 ing for a day or two is undoubtedly beneficial, but just as 
 there are gourmands and gluttons, so there are also others 
 who go to the opposite extreme and fast to excess. There 
 lies a great danger. The better way is to eat in modera- 
 tion and to eat the proper kinds of food; then it will not 
 be necessary to fast at all. 
 
 If we study the chemistry of food we shall find that 
 certain foods have properties of value to the system under 
 certain conditions of disorder, and taken properly food is 
 really medicine. All the citric fruits, for instance, are 
 splendid antiseptics. They cleanse and purify the alimen- 
 tary canal. Thus they prevent disease. All the cereals, 
 particularly rice, are anti-toxins; they will kill disease 
 and the germs of putrefaction. Thus, by knowing these 
 medicinal properties of the different foods, we may very 
 readily secure a supply of that which we need to cure our 
 ordinary ailments b} r food instead of by fasting. 
 
82 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 39. 
 
 Do you consider it wrong to try to cure a bad habit, such 
 as, for instance, drunkenness, by hypnotism ? 
 
 Answer: Most decidedly yes. Looked at from the 
 standpoint of one life, such methods as for instance those 
 employed by the healers of the Immamiel movement, are 
 undoubtedly productive of an immense amount of good. 
 The patient is seated in a chair, put into a sleep and there 
 he is given certain so called "suggestions." He rises and 
 is cured of his bad habit; from being a drunkard he be- 
 comes a respectable citizen who cares for his wife and fam- 
 ily, and upon the face of it the good seems to be un- 
 deniable. 
 
 But looking at it from the deeper standpoint of the oc- 
 cultist, who views this life as only one in many, and look- 
 ing at it from the effect it has upon the invisible vehicles 
 of man, the case is vastly different. When a man is put 
 into a hypnotic sleep, the hypnotist makes passes over him 
 which have the effect of expelling the ether from the head 
 of his dense body and substituting the ether of the hyp- 
 notist. The man is then under the perfect domination of 
 another; he has no free will, and, therefore, the so called 
 " suggestions" are in reality commands which the victim 
 has no choice but to obey. Besides, when the hypnotist 
 withdraws his ether and wakens the victim he is unable to 
 remove all the ether he put into him. To use a simile, 
 as a small part of the magnetism infused into an electric 
 dynamo before it can be started for the first time is left 
 behind and remains as residual magnetism to excite the 
 fields of the dynamo every time it is started up, so also 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 83 
 
 there remains a small part of the ether of the hypnotist's 
 vital body in the medulla oblongata of the victim, which 
 is a club the hypnotist holds over him all his life, and it is 
 due to. this fact that suggestions to be carried out at a 
 period subsequent to the awakening of the victim are in- 
 variably followed. 
 
 Thus the victim of a hypnotic healer does not overcome 
 the bad habit by his own strength, but is as much chained 
 in that respect as if he were in solitary confinement, and 
 although in this life he may seem to be a better citizen, 
 when he returns to earth he will have the same weakness 
 and have to struggle until at last he overcomes it him- 
 self. 
 
 QUESTION No. 40. 
 
 Are there any methods of eradicating the calcareous 
 ter which comes into our bodies by wrong methods of 
 diet ? 
 
 Answer: The question shows that the inquirer is awara 
 that our bodies are gradually hardening from childhood 
 to old age, on account of the chalky substances contained 
 in most of the foods we usually nourish our bodies upon, 
 
84 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 This calcareous matter is primarily deposited in the walk 
 of the arteries and veins, causing what is known to the 
 medical profession as arterio-sclerosis or hardening of the 
 arteries. The arteries of a little child are extremely soft 
 and elastic, like a rubber tube, but gradually as we ad- 
 vance through childhood, youth and on toward old age, the 
 walls of the arteries become harder in consequence of the 
 deposits of chalk left by the passing blood. Thus in time 
 they may become as stiff and unelastic as a pipe stem. 
 There is a condition which is called pipe-stem artery. The 
 arteries then become brittle and may break, causing hemor- 
 rhage and death. Therefore it is said truly that a man 
 is as old as his arteries. If we can clear the arteries and 
 capillaries of this earthy matter, we may greatly prolong 
 life and the usefulness of our body. 
 
 From the occult standpoint, of course, it is no matter 
 whether we live or die, as the saying is, for death to us 
 does not mean annihilation but only the shifting of the 
 consciousness to other spheres; nevertheless, when we have 
 brought a vehicle through the useless years of childhood, 
 past the hot years of youth, and have come to the time of 
 discretion when we are really beginning to gain experience, 
 then the longer we can prolong the time of experience the 
 more we may gain. For that reason it is of a certain value 
 to prolong the life of the body. 
 
 In order to accomplish that result, we must first select 
 the foods that are least impregnated with the choking 
 substances which cause the induration of arteries and 
 capillaries. These may be briefly stated to be the green 
 vegetables and all fruits. Next, it is of importance to seek 
 to eradicate the choking matter which we have already 
 absorbed, if that is possible, but science has not yet 
 found any food or medicine that will with certainty pro- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 85 
 
 duce that effect. Electric baths have been found to be ex- 
 ceedingly beneficial but not entirely satisfactory. Butter- 
 milk is the best agent for eradicating this earthy sub- 
 stance, and next comes grape juice. If taken continually 
 and in generous quantities, these substances will consid- 
 erably ameliorate the hardened condition of the arteries. 
 
 QUESTION No. 41. 
 
 Is not nature guilty of frequent physical malformations 
 in the plant and animal world as well as in the human race, 
 .and can there be a perfectly whole and sane intelligence 
 with a forceful will in a diseased or malformed body? 
 
 Answer: We would ask, what do you mean by nature? 
 Bacon says that nature and God differ only as the print 
 and the seal. Nature is the visible symbol of God, and we 
 are too apt to think of nature nowadays in a materialistic 
 sense. Back of every manifestation in nature there are 
 forces, not blind forces, but intelligences. Perhaps an 
 illustration will enable us to realize our relation to them. 
 
 Supposing we have materials and tools; we are en- 
 gaged in making a table and a dog is sitting looking at us. 
 
86 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Then the dog, a being of a lower kingdom, will gradually 
 see us planing the wood and putting the top on the legs ; 
 it will see the table coming into existence by degrees; it 
 may watch the process, though it may not know the use 
 of the table and may not understand what is in our minds 
 while we are fashioning the table. It simply beholds a 
 manifestation, it sees us working and views the results. 
 Supposing further, for the sake of illustration, the dog 
 could see the materials and how they were gradually being 
 shaped into a table, but could not see us working and 
 putting the various pieces together to form this table; 
 then the dog would be in about the same relation to us 
 as we are to the nature forces. What we speak of as 
 electricity, as magnetism, as expansion in steam, etc., are 
 intelligences which work unseen to us when certain condi- 
 tions are brought about. Nature spirits build the plants, 
 form the crystals of the rock, and with numerous other 
 hierarchies are working around and about us unseen, but 
 nevertheless busy in making that which we call nature. 
 
 These are all evolving beings, like ourselves, and the 
 very fact that they are evolving shows that they are im- 
 perfect and therefore apt to make mistakes which natur- 
 ally result in malformations, so that it may be said in an- 
 swer to the question that the invisible intelligences which 
 make what we call nature are guilty of frequent mistakes 
 as well as we. 
 
 As to the second part of the question, whether there 
 can be a perfectly whole and sane intelligence with a force- 
 ful will in a diseased or malformed body, we may say 
 "yes, undoubtedly," but as the expression of that intelli- 
 gence is dependent upon the efficiency of its instrument, 
 it may, naturally, be hampered by the physical deformity, 
 on the same principle that no matter how skilled the work- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEES 87 
 
 man is, his efficiency depends in a great measure upon 
 the condition of his tools. 
 
 QUESTION No. 42. 
 
 What is the effect of vaccination from the occult point 
 of view? 
 
 Answer: Bacteriologists have discovered that many dis- 
 eases are caused by microorganisms which invade our body, 
 and also that when this invading army begins to create a 
 disturbance the body commences to manufacture germs of 
 an opposing nature or a substance which will poison the 
 invaders. It is then a question of which are the strong- 
 est, the invaders or the defenders. If the defending mi- 
 crobes are more numerous than the invaders or if the 
 poison which is noxious to the invaders is manufactured 
 in sufficient quantities, the patient recovers. If the de- 
 fenders are vanquished or the body is unable to manufac- 
 ture a sufficient quantity of the serum necessary to poison 
 the invaders, the patient succumbs to the disease. It was 
 further discovered that when a certain person has once 
 successfully recovered from a specific malady, he is im- 
 mune from renewed attacks of that disease for the reason 
 
88 ROSICKTJCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 that he has in his body the serum which is death to the 
 germs that cause the disease he has once weathered. 
 From the above facts certain conclusions were drawn : 
 
 (1) If a healthy person is inoculated with a few of the 
 germs of a certain disease he will contract that disease in 
 a mild form. He will then be able to develop the saving 
 serum and thus he will become immune to that disease in 
 the future. 
 
 That is the philosophy of vaccination as a means of pre- 
 venting disease. 
 
 (2) When a person has contracted a disease and is un- 
 able to manufacture a sufficient quantity of the serum 
 which will destroy the invading microorganisms, his life 
 may be saved by inoculation with the serum obtained 
 from another who has become immune. 
 
 As it is not easy to get such antitoxins or cultures from 
 human beings, these germ-cultures and poisons have been 
 obtained from animals, and much has been written both 
 for and against the use of such methods of fighting disease. 
 With these we are not here concerned; the inquirer asks 
 for the occult viewpoint, which goes deeper than the ques- 
 tions at issue, as seen from the material side of life. There 
 are undoubtedly cases where disease has been prevented by 
 vaccination and cases where death has been prevented by 
 the use of antitoxin ; there are also cases where vaccination 
 and antitoxin have caused the fatality they were designed 
 to prevent, but that is beside the question. From the 
 occult viewpoint vaccination and the use of antitoxin 
 obtained by the processes in use in bacteriological institutes 
 is to be deplored. These methods work a wrong on the 
 helpless animals and poison the human body, making it 
 difficult for the Ego to use its instrument. 
 
 If we study the chemistry of ' our food we shall find 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 89 
 
 that nature has provided all necessary medicine, and if 
 we eat right we shall be immune from disease without 
 vaccination. 
 
 When in normal health the body specializes a far greater 
 quantity of the solar energy than it can use. The surplus 
 is radiated from the whole surface of the body with great 
 force and prevents the entrance of microorganisms which 
 lack the strength to battle against this outwelling current, 
 nay, more ! on the same principle that an exhaust fan 
 will gather up particles of dust in a room and hurl them 
 outward does this vital fluid cleanse the body of inimical 
 matter, dangerous germs included. It must not surprise 
 us that this force is intelligent and -capable of selecting 
 the materials which should be eliminated, leaving the 
 beneficial and useful. Scientists recognize this fact of 
 selective osmosis. They know that while a sieve will 
 allow any particle of matter to pass through which is 
 smaller than the mesh of the sieve, the kidneys, for instance, 
 will keep certain fluids of use to the body, while allowing 
 waste products to pass. In a similar manner the vital 
 fluid makes a distinction, it rids the body of the poisons 
 and impurities generated inside and repels similar prod- 
 ucts from without. 
 
 This emanation has been called N^-rays, or Odic fluid, 
 by scientists who have discovered it by means of chemical 
 reagents which render it luminous. During the process 
 of digestion it is weakest, for then an extra quantity of 
 the solar energy is required for use inside the body in the 
 metabolism of the food; it is the cementing factor in 
 assimilation. The heartier we have eaten, the greater is the 
 quantity of vital fluid expended within the body and the 
 weaker the eliminative and protective outrushing current. 
 Consequently we are in the greatest danger from an inva- 
 
90 KOSICRUC1AN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 sion by an army of inimical microorganisms when we have 
 gorged ourselves. 
 
 On the other hand, if we eat sparingly and choose the 
 foods which are most easily digestible, the diminution of 
 the protective vital current will be correspondingly mini- 
 mized and our immunity from disease will be much en- 
 hanced without the necessity of poisoning our body with 
 vaccine. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 43. 
 
 If, as you state, the Ego dwells in the blood, is not then 
 the practice of blood transfusion from a healthy to a dis- 
 eased person dangerous? Does it affect or influence the 
 Egos in any way, and if so, how ? 
 
 Answer: Among the latest discoveries of science is 
 haemolysis the fact that inoculation of blood from the 
 veins of a higher animal into one of a lower species, 
 destroys the blood of the lower animal and causes its 
 death. Thus the blood of man injected into the veins 
 of any animal is fatal. But from man to man it is found 
 that transfusion may take place, althought at times there 
 are deleterious effects. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 91 
 
 . In olden days people married in the family; it was then 
 looked upon with horror if one should "seek after strange 
 flesh." When the sons of God married the daughters of men, 
 that is to say, when the subjects of one leader married out- 
 side the tribe, there was great trouble, they were cast off by 
 their leader and destroyed, for at that time certain qual- 
 ities that we now possess were to be developed in humanity 
 and were thus implanted in the common blood which ran 
 pure in the family or small tribe. Later on when mar- 
 was to be brought down into more material conditions, 
 international marriages were commanded and, from that 
 time on, it has been looked upon as equally horrible if 
 persons within the same family united in marriage. 
 
 The old Vikings would not allow anyone to marry into 
 their family unless they had first gone through the cere- 
 mony of mixing blood to see if the transfusion of the 
 blood of the stranger into their family was detrimental 
 or otherwise. All this was because in earlier times human- 
 ity was not as individualized as it is today. They were 
 more under the domination of the race spirit or family 
 spirit, which dwelt in their blood, as the group spirit of 
 animals does in the blood of animals. Later the inter- 
 national marriages were given to free humanity from that 
 yoke and make every separate Ego sole master of its own 
 body without outside interference. 
 
 Science has lately found that the blood of different 
 people has different crystals, so that it is possible now to 
 tell the blood of a negro from the blood of a white man; 
 but there will come a day when they will know a still 
 greater difference, for just as there is a difference in the 
 crystals formed by the different races, so there is also a 
 difference in the crystals formed by each individual man. 
 The thumb-marks of no two people are alike, and it will be 
 
92 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 found in time that the blood of each human being is dif- 
 ferent from the blood of every other individual. This 
 difference is already evident to the occult investigator, and 
 it is only a question of time when science will make 
 the discovery, for the-distinguishing features are becom- 
 ing more marked as the human being grows less and less 
 dependent, more and more self-sufficient. 
 
 This change in the blood is most important and in 
 time, when it lias become more marked, it will be produc- 
 tive of most far-reaching consequences. It is said that 
 "nature geometrizes," and nature is but the visible sym- 
 bol of the invisible God whose offspring and images we are. 
 Being made in His likeness, we are also beginning to 
 geometrizc, and naturally we are starting on the sub- 
 stance where we, the human spirits, the Egos, have the 
 greatest power, namely, in OUT blood. 
 
 When the blood courses through the arteries, which are 
 deep in the body, it is a gas; but loss of heat nearer the 
 surface of the body causes it to partially condense, and in 
 that substance the Ego is learning to form mineral crys- 
 tals. In the Jupiter Period we shall learn to invest them 
 with a low form of vitality and set them out from ourselves 
 as plant-like structures. In the Venus Period we shall 
 be able to infuse desire into them and make them like 
 animals. Finally, in the Vulcan Period, we shall give 
 them a mind and rule over them as race spirits. 
 
 At the present time we are at the very beginning of this 
 individualization of our blood. Therefore it is possible 
 at present to transfuse blood from one human being to 
 another, but the day is near at hand when that will be 
 impossible. The blood of a white man will kill all who 
 stand lower, and the blood of an advanced person will poi- 
 son the less cultured. The child at present receives its sup- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 93 
 
 ply of blood from the parents, stored in the thymus gland, 
 for the years of childhood. But the time will come when 
 the Ego will be too far individualized to function in. 
 blood not generated by itself. Then the present mode of 
 generation will have to be superseded by another whereby 
 the Ego may create its own vehicle without the help of 
 parents. 
 
 QUESTION No. 44. 
 
 What are the causes of insanity? 
 
 Answer: To answer that question would require vol- 
 umes, but we may say that from the occultist's standpoint 
 there are four classes of insanity. 
 
 Insanity is always caused by a break in the chain of 
 vehicles between the Ego and the physical body. This 
 break may occur between the brain centers and the vital 
 body, or it may be between the vital and desire body, be- 
 tween the desire body and the mind, or between the mind 
 and the Ego. The rupture may be complete or only partial. 
 
 When the break is between the brain centers and the 
 vital body, or between that and the desire body, we have 
 the idiots. When the break is between the desire body and 
 
94 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 the mind, the violent and impulsive desire body rules and 
 we have the raving maniac. When the break is between 
 the Ego and the mind, the mind is the ruler over the 
 other vehicles and we have the cunning maniac, who 
 may deceive his keeper into believing that he is perfectly 
 harmless until he has hatched some diabolical, cunning 
 scheme. Then he may suddenly show his deranged men- 
 tality and cause a dreadful catastrophe. 
 
 There is one cause of insanity that it may be well to 
 explain, as it is sometimes possible to avoid it. When 
 the Ego is returning from the invisible world toward re- 
 embodiment, it is shown the various incarnations available. 
 It sees the coming life in its great and general events, 
 much as a moving picture passing before its vision. Then 
 it is given the choice, usually, of several lives. It sees 
 at that time the lessons it has to learn, the fate it has 
 generated for itself in past lives, and what part of that 
 fate it will have to liquidate in each of the embodiments 
 offered. Then it makes its choice and is guided by the 
 agents of the Recording Angels to the country and family 
 where it is to live its coming life. 
 
 This panoramic view is seen in the Third Heaven 
 where the Ego is naked and feels spiritually above sordid 
 material considerations. It is much wiser then than it 
 appears here on earth, where it is blinded by the flesh to an 
 inconceivable extent. Later, when conception has taken 
 place and the Ego draws into the womb of its mother, on 
 about the eighteenth day after that event, it comes in con- 
 tact with the etheric mold of its new physical body which 
 has been made by the Recording Angels to give the brain 
 formation that will impress upon the Ego the tendencies 
 necessary to work out its destiny. 
 
 There the Ego sees again the pictures of its coming life, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 95 
 
 as the drowning man perceives the pictures of his past life 
 in a flash. At that time the Ego is already partially 
 blind to its spiritual nature, so that if the coming life 
 seems to be a hard one, it will oftentimes shrink from 
 entering the womb and making the proper brain connec- 
 tions. It may endeavor to draw itself out quickly and 
 then, instead of being concentric as the vital and the dense 
 bodies should be, the vital body formed of ether may be 
 drawn partially above the head of the dense body. In 
 that case the connection between the sense centers of the 
 vital body and the dense body are disrupted and the result 
 is congenital idiocy, epilepsy, St. Vitus dance, and similar 
 nervous disorders. 
 
 The inharmonious relation between the parents which 
 sometimes exists is often the last straw that makes an 
 Ego feel that it cannot enter such an environment. There- 
 fore, it cannot be too seriously impressed upon prospective 
 parents that during the gestatory period it is of the utn. >st 
 importance that every thing should be done to keep the 
 mother in a condition of contentment and harmony. For 
 it is a very hard task for the Ego to go through the womb ; 
 it taxes all its sensibilities to the very utmost, and inhar- 
 monious conditions in the home it is entering are, of 
 course, an added source of discomfort, which may result in 
 the above named dreadful state of affairs. 
 
96 SOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 45. 
 
 When an insane person dies, will lie still be insane in the 
 Desire World? 
 
 Answer: That depends upon where the break is, for 
 insanity is a rupture in the vehicles between the Ego and 
 the physical body, and this derangement may occur between 
 the Ego and the mind, between the mind and the desire 
 body, or between the desire body and the vital body, and 
 also between the latter and the dense body. If the break 
 is between the dense and the vital body or between that and 
 the desire body, the Ego will be perfectly sane in the 
 Desire World immediately after death, because it has then 
 discarded the two vehicles which were afflicted. 
 
 Where the break occurs between the desire body and 
 the mind, the desire body is, as a matter of course, still 
 rampant, and often causes the Ego much trouble during 
 its existence in the Desire World; for the Ego, of course, 
 is at no time insane. What appears as insanity arises 
 from the fact that the Ego has no control over its vehicles ; 
 the worst of all, obviously, is where the mind itself has 
 become affected and the Ego is tied to the personality for 
 a long time until these vehicles are worn away. 
 
SECTION II 
 
 Questions dealing with 
 
 LIFE AFTER DEATH 
 
1st Cosimc Pl&ne 
 Tofc'bW 
 
 Cosmic Planer 
 
 Tth Cosmic Plane include 5 all 
 
 ii line, the Sever? worlds bnj 
 Subdivisions o} it. 
 
 World oV VW 
 
 UJorldoj- Divine 
 
 "World o\ 
 
 (*>"> h* "UJorldof 
 
 Phvt-'.c&l UWld 
 
QUESTION No. 46. 
 
 What is the use of knowing about the after-death state, 
 what happens in the invisible world, and all these things? 
 Is it not far better to take one world at a time? Sufficient 
 unto the day is the trouble thereof. Why borrow more? 
 
 Answer: If we knew beyond a doubt that at some time 
 we should be forced to leave our country and go to another 
 place to live for a great many years before we would be 
 allowed to return, would it not be a good policy for us 
 to acquaint ourselves with the language, the customs, and 
 the laws of that country? Thus equipped we would not 
 feel so strange, and we would be able to take advantage 
 of whatever opportunities for growth and study we should 
 find there; we would not be apt to run contrary to its laws 
 and get into trouble in consequence of our ignorance, and 
 in many similar ways it would be to our advantage to know 
 about that country. 
 
 The foregoing illustrates aptly our position with regard 
 to the Invisible Worlds. After death we shall find our- 
 selves there, and if we are able now to obtain information 
 concerning the conditions there, it will surely benefit us 
 greatly. In the first place, there is the advantage that 
 knowledge will take away from us the fear of death, because 
 we never fear that which we know. In the second place, 
 by knowing about Purgatory and the First Heaven, and 
 by knowing about the evening exercise where we review the 
 
 99 
 
100 ROSICRTJCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 happenings of the day in reverse order, we may live our 
 Purgatory here and now in small doses, obtaining the for- 
 giveness of sins instead of waiting to expiate our evil deeds ; 
 and if we take advantage of our knowledge we shall be liv- 
 ing in an attitude such as we would not attain before 
 entering the future lives, by assimilating daily the good 
 that we have done and expurgating the evil. Thus we 
 shall be able to go soaring through Purgatory and the 
 First Heaven immediately after death. 
 
 By knowing what we are expected to accomplish in the 
 Second Heaven, we can more intelligently apply ourselves 
 to the work there; we gain greater consciousness of that 
 realm by familiarizing ourselves with it daily. Thus in 
 various ways we shall be fitting ourselves to become invis- 
 ible helpers, to live consciously all the time and shorten 
 our evolution by millions of years. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 47. 
 
 Is there any limit of time set to the earth life before we 
 are born? 
 
 Answer: Yes, at the time when the Ego is coming to 
 rebirth, it forms the creative archetype of its physical form 
 in the Second Heaven with the help of the Creative Hier- 
 
QUESTIONS AND AX3Yv T E2S 101 
 
 archies. That archetype is a singing, vibrating thing, 
 which is set into vibration by the Ego with a certain forci 
 commensurate with the length of the life to be lived upon 
 earth, and until that archetype ceases to vibrate the form 
 which is built of the chemical constituents of the earth 
 will continue to live. 
 
 The law of cause and effect, however, is the arbiter of 
 the way the life is to be lived, and certain opportunities 
 for spiritual grow r th are set before the Ego at various 
 points in its earth life. If these opportunities are made 
 use of, the life will continue along the straight path, but 
 if not, it diverges, as we might say, into a blind alley where 
 the life then is terminated by the creative hierarchies, which 
 destroy the archetype in the Heaven World. Thus we may 
 say that the ultimate length of an earth life is determined 
 before we are born physically, but the life may be shortened 
 if we neglect certain opportunities. There is also the pos- 
 sibility in the case of a few, where the life has been thor- 
 oughly lived, where it has been very full, and where the 
 person has endeavored in all cases to live up to his oppor- 
 tunities, that more life may be infused into the archetype 
 than had been done in the first place, and so the life 
 may be prolonged, but as said, that is only in exceptional 
 -cases. 
 
102 BOSICKUCIAX PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 48. 
 
 7s it possible to shorten the time between death and a 
 new birth, so as to hasten one's evolution, and, if so, how? 
 
 Answer: Yes, it is possible for everyone who will take 
 the pains to review this life every day, in the reverse order, 
 from evening until morning, judging himself for the 
 things he has done amiss, promising himself to rectify 
 his mistakes and doing it to the best of his endeavor. 
 When he does that he will eradicate the sins he has com- 
 mitted from his life and he will steadily become a very 
 much better man or woman than those who do not per- 
 form this simple exercise. Thus the sins which would 
 otherwise be expurgated in Purgatory have been already 
 dealt with in life and so the Purgatorial existence will be 
 materially shortened. When at the time of the evening 
 exercise, the man reviews the good he has done and prom- 
 ises himself to endeavor to do even better in the future 
 he is also assimilating the good he has done each day, and 
 will therefore make enormous strides in soul growth so 
 that he will also obviate the necessity for life in the First 
 Heaven. Such a man will then be definitely treading the 
 path of initiation; he is then in reality outside the ordi- 
 nary laws which govern mankind, for he is a helper in 
 evolution and will, therefore, be given the opportunity to 
 return to earth in that capacity much sooner than would 
 otherwise be the case. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 103 
 
 QUESTION No. 49. 
 
 Are there any seasons and times, ages and epochs, in the 
 other world? 
 
 Answer: Xo. We might say that there it is all one long 
 day. There is no time, for that which makes time here is 
 the rotation of the earth upon its axis and its orbital 
 revolution around the sun. These motions make day and 
 night, summer and winter, heat and cold, etc., because 
 the earth's opaque and solid composition renders it imper- 
 vious to the rays of light and heat emitted by the sun, so 
 that one-half of the earth is always cold and dark. But 
 in that other world nothing is opaque nor solid, hence, 
 there is neither heat nor cold, there is neither summer nor 
 winter, there is no light, there is no night, but it is one 
 long bright day. 
 
 Therefore, we often find that those who have passed 
 out by death, while fully remembering their past earth 
 life, will have no sense of time since passing out, and 
 may sometimes ask the question as to the length of time 
 which has elapsed since that event. 
 
 There is only one method there of gauging time, and this 
 is used by the trained clairvoyant in fixing events when 
 he is reading in the memory of nature, namely, by astrol- 
 ogy, by noting the positions of the stars. Of course, if the 
 event he is looking for is something which happened in his- 
 torical times, he may readily fix the year of the occurrence 
 by noting some historical event which happened at the same 
 time, but where he has to go back for many thousands of 
 years, as, for instance, when he wishes to determine the 
 time of the Atlantean floods, he uses particularly the 
 
104: EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 precession of the equinoxes, which is the motion of the sun 
 backward through the twelve signs of the zodiac, a motion 
 that requires about twenty-six thousand years to bring the 
 sun once around the circle. He may then read back to 
 the times of the Atlantean floods, counting how many of 
 such periods of twenty-six thousand years elapsed between 
 the first flood and the second, the second and the third, 
 and then the years from then to our present time. If he 
 is ignorant of the stellar science, he cannot do that, so 
 that is one more reason why the student of occultism should 
 familiarize himself with astronomy. 
 
 QUESTION No. 50. 
 
 Does a person who lias been buried alive become conscious 
 of his condition? And how does the spirit get back to the 
 body when it lays in the grave ? 
 
 Answer: It is evident from the changed position of 
 corpses in coffins that sometimes when a body has been 
 buried before tlie spirit had definitely left it, that spirit has 
 returned to the body and moved that body about in ago- 
 nizing attempts to obtain the necessary air. And, of course, 
 that would show that consciousness had been regained in 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 105 
 
 the body. The spirit, of course, is not at all hindered by 
 the solid nature of the earth and the coffin from coming 
 and going, a spirit passes just as easily through a wall or 
 other opaque or dense obstacle as we pass through the air. 
 
 QUESTION No. 51. 
 Why do children die? 
 
 Answer: There are many causes for the death of chil- 
 dren. We will give a few of the principal ones. In the 
 first place, when an Ego returns to earth life, it is drawn 
 to a certain family because it can there get the environ- 
 ment which is calculated to further its progress, and where 
 it may liquidate a certain amount of the fate generated by 
 itself in previous existences. Then when parents make 
 such radical changes in their lives that the Ego would 
 not be able to get that experience, or liquidate that fate, 
 the Ego is usually withdrawn and sent to another place 
 where it may get the right conditions for its growth at that 
 time. Or it may be withdrawn for a few years and reborn 
 in the same family when it is seen that the conditions can 
 be obtained there at that late time. But there is a cause 
 that is responsible for infant mortality which lies much 
 
106 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 farther back, namely, in" previous lives, and to understand 
 this cause it is necessary to know something about what 
 takes place at death and immediately after. 
 - When a spirit is passing out of the body, it takes with it 
 the desire body, the mind and the vital body, and the vital 
 body is at that time the storehouse for the pictures of the 
 past life. These are then etched into the desire body dur- 
 ing the three and one-half days immeditely following 
 death. Then the desire body becomes the arbiter of man's 
 destiny in Purgatory and the First Heaven. The pains 
 caused by expurgation of evil and the joy caused by the 
 contemplation of the good in life are carried over to the 
 next life as conscience to deter man from perpetuating the 
 mistakes of past lives and ta entice him to do that which 
 caused him joy in the former life more abundantly. 
 
 When those next of kin to a dying person who are 
 present in the death chamber burst into hysterical lamenta- 
 tions at the time the spirit passes out, and keep that up 
 for the next few days, the spirit which is at that time 
 in exceedingly close touch with the Physical World will be 
 much moved by the grief of the dear ones, and will not 
 be. able to focus its attention closely upon the contempla- 
 tion of its past life, and thus the etching made in the 
 desire body will not be as deep as it would if the passing 
 spirit were left in peace and undisturbed. Consequently 
 the sufferings in Purgatory will not be as keen nor will 
 the pleasures in the First Heaven be as great as otherwise 
 and therefore, when the Ego returns to earth life, it will 
 have lost a certain part of the experience from the previous 
 life. That is to say, the voice of conscience will not speak 
 with the same emphasis as would have been the case had 
 the. Ego been left undisturbed by lamentations. 
 .In order to compensate for this lack, the Ego is then 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 107 
 
 usually brought to birth among the same friends who 
 lamented over it, and it is then taken away from them 
 while yet in the years of childhood. Then it enters the 
 Desire World, but, of course, a little child has not com- 
 mitted any sins that need to be expurgated and so its desire 
 body and mind remain intact; it then goes directly into the 
 First Heaven to wait until a new embodiment offers, bufc 
 this waiting time is used to school it directly in the effect 
 of the different emotions, both good and evil. And often a 
 relative meets it and takes it in charge, having the task of 
 teaching it that which it had lost through the lamentation 
 that person indulged in, or else it is taught by others. At 
 any rate, the loss is more than made up, so that when the 
 child returns to the second birth it will have as full a^ 
 moral growth as it would have had under ordinary circum- 
 stances had there been no lamentation at the time when it 
 passed out. 
 
 QUESTION No. 52. 
 
 What is the cause of the vast number of deaths which 
 occur in infancy and childhood? 
 
 Answer: When the man passes out at death, he takes 
 with him the mind, desire body, and vital body, the latter 
 
108 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 being the storehouse of the pictures of his past life. And 
 during the three and one-half days following death these 
 pictures are etched into the desire body to form the basis 
 of the man's life in Purgatory and the First Heaven where 
 the evil is expurgated and the good assimilated. The ex- 
 perience of the life itself is forgotten, as we have for- 
 gotten the process of learning to write, but have retained 
 the faculty. So the cumulative extract of all his experi- 
 ences, both during past earth lives and past existencies in 
 Purgatory and the various Heavens, are retained by the 
 man and form his stock in trade in the next birth. The 
 pains he has sustained speak to him as the voice of 
 conscience, the good he has done gives him a more and 
 more altruistic character. 
 
 Now, when the three and a half days immediately fol- 
 lowing death are spent by the man under conditions of 
 peace and quiet, he is able to concentrate much more upon 
 the etching of his past life and the imprint upon the 
 desire body will be deeper than if he is disturbed by the 
 hysterical lamentations of his relatives or from other 
 cause?. And he will then experience a much, keener feeling 
 for either good or bad in Purgatory and in the First 
 Heaven, and in after lives that keen feeling will speak 
 to him with no unmistakable voice; butwhere the lamen- 
 tations of relatives take away his attention or where a 
 man passes out by an accident, perhaps in a crowded street, 
 in a train wreck, theater fire, or under other harrowing 
 circumstances, there will, of course, be no opportunity for 
 him to properly concentrate: neither can he concentrate 
 upon a battle field if he is slain there, and yet it would not 
 be just that he should lose the experiences of his life on 
 account of passing out in such an untoward manner, so 
 the law of cause and effect provides a compensation. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 1Q9 
 
 We usually think that when a child is born it is born 
 and that is the end of it; but as during the period of 
 gestation the dense body is shielded from the impact of 
 the outside world by being placed within the protecting 
 womb of the mother until it has arrived at sufficient ma- 
 turity to meet the outside conditions, so are also the vital 
 body, desire body and mind in a state of gestation and 
 are born at later periods because they have not had as 
 long an evolution behind them as the dense body and, 
 therefore, it takes a longer time for them to arrive at a 
 sufficient state of maturity to become individualized. The 
 vital body is born at the seventh year, when the period 
 of excessive growth marks its advent. The desire body 
 is born at the time of puberty, the fourteenth year, and 
 the mind is born at twenty-one, when the child is said to 
 have become a man or woman to have reached majority. 
 
 That which has not been quickened cannot die, and 
 so when a child dies before the birth of the desire body 
 it passes out into the invisible world in the First Heaven. 
 It cannot ascend into the Second and Third Heaven be- 
 cause the mind and desire body are not born and wil) 
 not die, so it simply waits in the First Heaven until 
 a new opportunity for embodiment offers, and where it 
 has died in its previous life under the before-mentioned 
 harrowing circumstances, by accident or upon the battle 
 field or where the lamentations of relatives rendered it 
 impossible for it to gain as deep an impression of the 
 evil committed and the good accomplished as would have 
 been the case had it died in peace, it is instructed when it 
 has died in the next life as a child in the effects of pas- 
 sions and desires so that it learns the lessons then which 
 it should have learned in the Purgatorial life had it re- 
 mained undisturbed. It is then reborn with the proper 
 
HO EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 development of conscience so that it may continue its 
 evolution. 
 
 As in the past man has been exceedingly warlike and 
 not at all careful of the relatives who passed out at death 
 because of his ignorance, holding wakes over those who 
 died in bed, which were few, perhaps, compared to those 
 who died on the battle field, there must necessarily on that 
 account be an enormous amount of infant mortality, but 
 as humuanity arrives at a better understanding and realizes 
 that we are never so much our brother's keeper as when 
 he is passing out of this life and that we can help him 
 enormously by being quiet and prayerful, so also will 
 infant mortality cease to exist on such a large scale as at 
 present. 
 
 QUESTION No. 53. 
 
 Does the cremation of the dense body after death affect 
 the spirit in any way? 
 
 Answer: During life and in the waking state of con- 
 sciousness, the vehicles of the Ego are all together and con- 
 centric, but at death the Ego, clothed in the mind and 
 desire body, withdraws from the dense body, and as the 
 vital functions are at an end, the vital body also is taken 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS HI 
 
 out of the dense body, leaving it inanimate upon the bed. 
 One little atom in the heart is taken out and the rest of 
 the body disintegrates in due course. But at that time 
 there is an extremely important process going on, and 
 those who attend the passing spirit in the death chamber 
 should be very careful that the utmost quiet reigns there 
 and in the whole house, for the pictures of the whole 
 past life which have been stored in the vital body are pass- 
 ing before the eye of the spirit in a slow and orderly pro- 
 gression, in reverse order, from death and back to birth. 
 This panorama of the past life lasts from a few hours to 
 three and one-half days. The time is dependent upon 
 the strength of the vital body which determines how long 
 a man could keep awake under the most severe stress. 
 Some persons can work for fifty, sixty and seventy hours 
 before they fall down exhausted, while others are capable of 
 keeping awake only a few hours. The reason why it is 
 important that there should be quiet in the house of death 
 during the three and one-half days immediately following 
 death is this: During that time the panorama of the past 
 life is being etched upon the desire body which will be the 
 man's vehicle while he stays in Purgatory and the First 
 Heaven, where he is reaping the good or ill that he has 
 sown, according to the deeds done in the body. 
 
 Now, where the life has been full of events and the 
 man's vital body is strong, a longer time will be given 
 to this etching than under conditions where the vital body 
 is weak, but during all that time the dense body is con- 
 nected with the higher vehicles by the silver cord and any 
 hurt to the dense body is felt in a measure by the spiri-t. 
 So that embalming, post mortem examinations and cre- 
 mation are all felt. Therefore, .these should be avoided 
 during the first three and one-half days after the time 
 
EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 of death, for when the panorama has been fully etched 
 into the desire body, then the silver cord is broken, the 
 vital body gravitates back to the dense body and there is 
 no more connection with the spirit, which is then free to 
 go on with its higher life. 
 
 When the body is buried, the vital body disintegrates 
 slowly at the same time as the dense body, so that when, 
 for instance, an arm has decayed in the grave, the etheric 
 arm of the vital body which hovers over the grave also dis- 
 appears, and so on until the last vestige of the body is 
 gone. But where cremation is performed the vital body 
 disintegrates at once, and as that is the store-house of the 
 pictures of the past life, which, being etched upon the 
 desire body to form the basis of life in Purgatory and the 
 First Heaven, this would be a great calamity where cre- 
 mation is performed before the three and a half days are 
 past. Unless help were given, the passing spirit could not 
 hold it together. And that is part of the work that is done 
 by the invisible helpers for humanity. Sometimes they are 
 assisted by nature spirits and others detailed by the Crea- 
 tive Hierarchies or leaders of humanity. There is also 
 a loss where one is cremated before the silver cord has 
 broken naturally, the imprint upon the desire body is never 
 as deep as it would otherwise have been, and this has an 
 effect upon future lives, for the deeper the imprint of the 
 past life upon the desire body, the keener the sufferings in 
 Purgatory for the ill committed and the keener also the 
 pleasure in the First Heaven which results from the good 
 deeds of the past life. It is these pains and pleasures in 
 Purgatory of our past lives that are what we call con- 
 science, so that where we have lost in suffering we lose also 
 the realization of wrong which is to deter us in future 
 lives from committing the same mistakes over and over 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 113 
 
 again. Therefore, the effects of the premature cremation 
 are very far reaching. Sad it is to say, that while we 
 have a science of birth with obstetricians, trained nurses, 
 antiseptics and everything else necessary to the comfort and 
 well being of a little stranger, we sadly lack a science of 
 death to help us to care for the departing friends of a life- 
 time. 
 
 QUESTION No. 54. 
 
 // a person has lost his memory through nervous shock 
 or fever, does that affect his vital body and prevent him 
 from getting the record of his life in the three days imme- 
 diately following death? 
 
 Answer: No. Memory is of three kinds : There is, in 
 the first place, the record which is made by our senses. 
 We look about us in the world, we see and hear things, 
 these impressions are engraven upon the cells of our brain 
 and we are able to consciously call them back yet not 
 always, but in varying degree, for this memory is extremely 
 unreliable and capricious, and were this the only method 
 of gaining a record of our lives the law of cause and effect 
 would be invalidated our after life would not be a sequence 
 of what we have done or left undone in the past. 
 
114 EOSICBUCTAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 There must be another memory, and this is what scien- 
 tists have called the subconscious mind. Just as ether car- 
 ries to the camera of the photographer a record of the sur- 
 rounding landscape and imprints it upon the sensitive 
 plate to the minutest detail, regardless of whether the 
 photographer observed these details or not, so also does the 
 same ether which carries a picture to our eye and imprints 
 it upon the retina carry into our lungs a similar picture 
 which then is absorbed by the blood, and as the blood passes 
 through the heart this record is indelibly inscribed upon 
 the sensitive seed atom which is located in the left ventricle 
 of the heart near the apex. The forces of that seed atom 
 are taken out by the spirit at death and contain the record 
 of the whole life to the minutest detail, so that, regardless 
 of whether we have observed the facts in a certain scene or 
 not, they are, nevertheless, there. 
 
 George Du Maurier has written a story called "Peter 
 Ibbettson," wherein this theory of the subconscious memory 
 is very clearly shown. Peter Ibbettson, a prisoner in an 
 English penitentiary, learned how to "dream true,' 7 that is 
 to say, by putting his body in a certain position he learned 
 how to lock the currents of ether within himself so that at 
 night he was able at will to keep in touch with any scene 
 in his past life that he desired to ; there he would see him- 
 self as a spectator (grown man that he was), and he would 
 also see himself among his parents and playmates and in 
 the environment as he was at the time that scene wa-> 
 enacted. He would see the whole scene with many more 
 details than he had been able to observe at the time when 
 the events took place in this material world. That was 
 because, under these circumstances, he could get in touch 
 with his own subconscious memory. He would have been 
 unable to gain any information concerning the future, but 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 115 
 
 the past had been inscribed upon the tablet of his heart and 
 was, therefore, accessible under the proper conditions. It 
 is from this subconscious memory that the record of life 
 is taken after death, and as that is dependent upon the 
 breath alone, it continues regardless of all other circum- 
 stances while life is in the body, and though a man may 
 lose his conscious memory and become unable to recall past 
 events at will, the subconscious memory contains them all 
 and will give them up at the proper time. 
 
 QUESTION No. 55. 
 
 // a disembodied spirit can pass through a wall, can it 
 also pass through a mountain and the earth, and can it see 
 what is inside? 
 
 Answer: That depends upon what kind of a disem- 
 bodied spirit the enquirer has in mind. When a man dies, 
 he is just the same as he was before with the exception that 
 he has no dense body and, therefore, it is perfectly possible 
 for him to pass through a wall or mountain either. But 
 he is not able to pass through the earth. 
 
 It is a well known fact that, though most clairvoyants 
 and ordinary psychics are capable of telling much about 
 
116 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 the sights and the scenes of the Desire World, there is very 
 little information at hand concerning the inside of the 
 earth, for it is found by ordinary clairvoyants that if they 
 attempt to enter the earth there is something like the same 
 effect as when a man hurls himself against a wall. That 
 is because the earth is the body of a great spirit and that 
 spirit may not be approached in its inner recesses, except 
 by the path of initiation. There are nine layers of vary- 
 ing thickness in the earth around the core, which forms, as 
 it were, a tenth part, and the Lesser Mysteries are the gate 
 which leads to that innermost core. There are nine degrees 
 in the Lesser Mysteries, and in each degree the candidate 
 becomes able to penetrate into the corresponding layer of 
 the earth, while the tenth initiation belongs to the Greater 
 Mysteries where there are four divisions. The first teaches 
 all that can be known by man in the Earth Period; the 
 second of the great initiations would bring him the knowl- 
 edge that will be gained by all humanity at the end of the 
 Jupiter Period ; the third of the great initiations would 
 bring him the wisdom attained by humanity at the end of 
 the Venus Period, and the fourth would end his evolution 
 in the present scheme. He would have the same standing 
 as humanity will have at the end of the Vulcan Period. 
 Then he will know all that the earth will contain in this 
 embodiment and its future manifestations. The Lesser 
 Mysteries will alo have taught him the evolution he went 
 through in the three periods previous to our present Earth 
 Period. It is these secrets which are locked up in the 
 earth, until man has opened the door himself in the proper 
 manner, so that no spirit, whether in the body or discarnate, 
 can see what is inside the earth until the gate of initiation 
 has opened its latent faculties. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 QUESTION No. 56. 
 
 Do we meet our loved ones after death, even if they hav4 
 held a different belief from our own? Or, perhaps, been 
 atheists? 
 
 Answer: Yes, we certainly meet them and we know 
 them, for there is no transforming power in death. The 
 man will appear just as he was here because he thinks of 
 himself as being of that shape, but the place where we 
 meet, of course, depends upon several things. 
 
 In the first place, if we have lived a very religious life, 
 so that we shall have no existence at all in Purgatory and 
 but a very short existence in the First Heaven, going almost 
 directly to the Second Heaven, whereas, the one whom we 
 love was of such a nature that he would have a long stay 
 in the Desire World, then, of course, we should not meet 
 until he arrived in the Second Heaven. If we pass out 
 shortly after our friend, the meeting would not take place 
 for perhaps twenty years; but then, that would not mat- 
 ter, for in those regions a person is entirely unconscious of 
 time. 
 
 The materialistic friend, if he had lived a good moral 
 life, as we usually find that those people do, would remain 
 in the fourth region of the Desire World for a certain 
 number of years, according to the length of time he had 
 lived, and would then pass into the Second Heaven, 
 though he would not have there as full and as perfect a 
 consciousness as that possessed by a person who had been 
 dwelling on the realities of life. 
 
 We would see him, know him and be associated with him 
 for centuries in the work upon our future environment, and' 
 
118 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 there he would not be materialistic at all, for when the 
 spirit arrives in that high region, it is not under the delu- 
 sions which sometimes envelop it here in this material 
 world. Each and every one knows himself as a spiritual 
 being and feels the memory of this earth life as we feel a 
 bad dream. The spirit, upon entering that world, wakes up 
 to its own true nature in any case. 
 
 QUESTION No. 57. 
 
 Do we recognize loved ones who have passed out through 
 the gate of death? 
 
 Answer: Yes, we certainly do. When a man passes 
 out of this body, he is exactly the same as he was before. 
 There is no difference whatever, except that he has no 
 physical body; he sees himself i-n the Desire World, and as 
 he retains in his consciousness a picture of himself as he 
 looked here, this desire body will at once take the shape 
 possessed by the physical body, so that any one who had 
 known him in earth life will also know him when he has 
 passed over into the beyond. Besides, it may be well to 
 add that there is no transforming power in death that man 
 is also mentally and morally the same person. We often 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS H9 
 
 hear people who have loved some one speak of the dear, 
 departed angel, even if they conceded that he was very much 
 of a devil here in earth life, but they usually think it 
 irreverent to refer to him as such when he has passed out. 
 The fact remains, nevertheless, that only those who were 
 good here are good there. 
 
 QUESTION No. 58. 
 
 Does the man who commits suicide stay longer in Purga- 
 tory than the people ivho die naturally? 
 
 \ Answer: When the Ego is coming down to rebirth it 
 descends through the Second Heaven. There it is helped 
 by the Creative Hierarchies to build the archetype for its 
 coming body, and it instills into that archetype a life that 
 will last for a certain number of years. These archetypes 
 are hollow spaces and they have a singing, vibratory mo- 
 tion which draws the material of the Physical World into 
 them and sets all the atoms in the body to vibrating in 
 tune with a little atom that is in the heart, called the seed 
 atonn, which, like a tuning fork, gives the pitch to all the 
 rest of the material in the body. At the time when the full 
 life has been lived on the earth the vibrations in the arche- 1 
 
120 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 type cease, the seed atom is withdrawn, the dense body 
 goes to decay and the desire body, wherein the Ego func- 
 tions in Purgatory and the First Heaven, takes upon itself 
 the shape of the physical body. Then the man commences 
 his work of expiating his evil habits and deeds in Purga- 
 tory and assimilating the good of his life in the First 
 Heaven. 
 
 The foregoing describes the ordinary conditions when the 
 course of nature is undisturbed, but the case of the suicide 
 is different. He has taken away the seed atom, but the 
 hollow archetype still keeps on vibrating. Therefore he 
 feels as if he were hollowed out and experiences a gnawing 
 feeling inside that can best be likened to the pangs of in- 
 tense hunger. Material for the building of a dense body 
 is all around him, but seeing that he lacks the gauge of the 
 seed atom, it is impossible for him to assimilate that matter 
 and build it into a body. This dreadful hollowed-out feel- 
 ing lasts as long as his ordinary life should have lasted. 
 Thus the law of cause and effect teaches him that it is wrong 
 to play truant from the school of life and that it cannot 
 be done with impunity. Then in the next life, when diffi- 
 culties beset his path, he will remember the sufferings of 
 the past which resulted from suicide and go through with 
 the experience that makes for his soul growth. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 121 
 
 QUESTION No. 59. 
 
 Does a good man have to go through Purgatory and be 
 conscious of all the evil there before he can get into the 
 First, Second and Third Heaven? And, if so, isn't that an 
 undeserved punishment for him? 
 
 Answer: The inquirer should get away from the idea 
 of punishment. There is no such thing as punishment. 
 Whatever happens to a man is in consequence of immutable, 
 invariable laws, and there is no personal God who gives 
 rewards or punishments as he sees fit, according to an in- 
 scrutible will or any other such method. When the Ego 
 invests itself with bodies, or when it divests itself of its 
 vehicles, this is done on the very same principle and by the 
 very same laws that govern, for instance, in the case of a 
 planet. When a planet is being formed from the central 
 firemist, a crystallization has taken place at the poles where 
 motion is the slowest. The crystallized matter is thrown 
 out by centrifugal force and flies into space because it is 
 heavier than the rest of the firemist. For similar reasons, 
 when the body of the spirit which is densest has become so 
 crystallized and heavy that the spirit can no longer use it 
 to gain experience the process of disrobernent is accom- 
 plished by the centrifugal force which naturally eliminates 
 the dense body first. That is what we call death. Then 
 the spirit is free for a time, but the coarsest desire 
 matter which was the embodiment for the lowest pas- 
 sions and desires must also be thrown off, and it is the 
 forcible ejection of low desires that causes pain in Pur- 
 gatory where the centrifugal force of repulsion is the 
 strongest. If a man has any of that coarse matter in his 
 
122 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 desire body, naturally he will have to stay in Purgatory 
 and undergo the process of purgation before he can enter 
 the First Heaven. There the centripetal force of attrac- 
 tion whirls all the good in the life inward to the spiritual 
 center, where it is assimilated as soul power available for 
 the use of the spirit in its next earth life as conscience. 
 Thus our stay in Purgatory depends upon how much of the 
 coarse desire matter there is in the man, and a good man 
 naturally would have very little or nothing of that kind. 
 Therefore, he would have no life to speak of in Purgatory; 
 he would pass directly through those regions into the 
 Heaven World. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 60. 
 
 What is the condition of the victim of a murder and the 
 victim of an accident subsequent to death? 
 
 Answer: There is no such thing as an accident, at least 
 where the accident terminates fatally. The life of any 
 person in its ultimate length is ordinarily decreed before 
 birth, but there are certain points of life where there is as 
 it were a parting of the ways, where certain opportunities 
 for growth are placed before the person, which he may 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 1^3 
 
 either take or leave. Where he fails to use his opportuni- 
 ties, the life, as it were, runs into a blind alley, and 
 terminates shortly afterward. 
 
 That, however, is not usually the case in an accident, but 
 there may be certain reasons which make it desirable that 
 the man should be cast out of his body in a violent manner. 
 He is then in the same position as all others when they have 
 passed out ; he commences his Purgatorial existence at once. 
 
 The case of the victim of murder, like the case of the 
 suicide, is different. Man, on account of his divine nature, 
 is the only being who has the prerogative of causing dis- 
 order in the scheme of his unfoldment, and as he may end 
 his own life by an act of will, so may he also end the life 
 of a fellow creature before its time has come. The suffer- 
 ing of the suicide would also be the suffering of the mur- 
 dered, for the archetype of his body would keep on gather- 
 ing material which it would be impossible for him to assimi- 
 late ; but in his case, the intervention of other agencies pre- 
 vent the suffering and he will be found floating about in his 
 desire body, in a comatose state, for the length of time that 
 he would ordinarily have lived. If the murderer is brought 
 to justice, as we say, and suffers capital punishment, the 
 magnetic attraction will bring him together with his vic- 
 tim, who will constantly remain before his gaze, and that 
 is really a much more severe punishment than any which 
 we could mete out to him ; but the victim knows naught of 
 the presence of its slayer. 
 
124: EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 61. 
 Where is heaven? 
 
 Answer: The Christ said "Heaven is within," and yet 
 we are shown that at the time when He left His disciples, 
 He ascended into heaven. To understand this, we must 
 analyze the constitution of a planet, and according to the 
 hermetic action "as above so below," we shall understand 
 better if we first analyze the constitution of man. 
 
 The man has first the dense body which we see with our 
 eyes, but that dense body is not as solid as it appears; in 
 fact it is permeated by a number of invisible vehicles. It 
 is composed of the solids, the liquids and the gases of the 
 chemical region, but these, science tells us, are interpene- 
 trated by ether, for man's body is no different from all 
 other things in the world, and in the densest solid as in the 
 rarest gas, science says, and says truly, every little atom is 
 vibrating in a sea of ether. This ether is still physical 
 matter; a considerable portion is specialized by man and 
 forms an exact counterpait of our dense body, besides pro- 
 truding about an inch and a half beyond the periphery of 
 our visible body. It was this part that the doctors in Bos- 
 ton weighed by placing dying people on scales. They noted 
 that when the last breath was drawn something having 
 weight left the body and the side of the scales which had 
 the weight on it fell to the floor with startling suddenness. 
 The newspaper reporters claimed that the doctors had 
 weighed the soul, but what they did weigh was this vital 
 body composed of ether which leaves the body at death. 
 
 We have a still finer vehicle called ilia desire body, which 
 is composed of what occultists call desire stuff, and it may 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 125 
 
 be seen by one having the sixth sense unfolded as an egg- 
 shaped cloud enveloping the dense body on all sides, so that 
 the latter is located in the center of the desire body, as 
 the yolk is in the center of the egg, with the differ- 
 ence only that while the white envelops the yolk but does 
 not interpenetrate, this desire body permeates both the vital 
 body and the dense body in every nook and cranny. There 
 is a still finer material in the makeup of man which we may 
 call "mind stuff," composed of the coarsest material of the 
 world of thought, the material wherein we form our con- 
 crete thoughts, and this envelopes the indwelling Ego. 
 
 The world is similarly constituted. Besides this visible 
 world which we see, composed of the solids, liquids and 
 gases, , and interpenetrated by ether, there is also a Desire 
 World which permeates every part of the Physical World 
 and reaches out into space beyond both air and ether. Then 
 there is the World of Thought, and that also penetrates 
 every part of our planet, from center to circumference, 
 reaching out into space still farther than any of the other 
 worlds. 
 
 During earth life, man lives upon this firm, visible earth, 
 but after death, according to the deeds done in the body, he 
 may be still imprisoned here, as the Purgatory regions are 
 everywhere around and about us, also below in the inner 
 recesses of the earth. The First Heaven is also here in a 
 certain sense, insofar as similar material to that of which 
 it is constituted is around and about us, but the First 
 Heaven itself, the place where the spirits who have beer/ 
 liberated usually dwell, is beyond our atmosphere. The 
 Second Heaven may also be truly said to be within, for the 
 material of which it is constituted is here and the spirits 
 who are there might visit us, yet the conditions here, the 
 thought currents, etc., would be derogatory to their work 
 
126 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 and development. Therefore, they prefer to stay in the 
 farthermost, outermost part of our planet, where the pure 
 mind stuff is unsullied by our selfish and deleterious 
 thought currents. 
 
 The Third Heaven is a place of which very few people 
 at the present stage of development have any consciousness, 
 because most of us are guided in our thought activities 
 more by emotions and feelings concerning concrete things 
 than by abstract thought, which is the peculiar faculty per- 
 taining to the Third Heaven. When we think of love, we 
 usually think of love in connection with some person; that 
 is a concrete thought. But of Love in the abstract, very 
 few of us are able to think. We can think of a house, an 
 animal, etc., they are concrete, but we dislike to think of an 
 abstract proposition such as, for instance, that the square 
 of the hypothenuse equals the squares of the other two sides 
 of a triangle. Therefore, most of us have very little con- 
 sciousness in the Third Heaven, and consequently very little 
 of the material of that world is in the makeup of our 
 planet. 
 
 1 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 127 
 
 QUESTION No. 62. 
 
 It is said that there is no sorrow in heaven, but if our 
 loved ones are met there and then pass on, does not the part- 
 ing from them involve at least a sense of dissatisfaction? 
 
 Answer: No, it does not, for there we see things as 
 they are. Here we are blinded. When the Ego comes 
 into the Physical World, it is in one sense a cause for 
 rejoicing, as we rejoice at the birth of a child, for this 
 world affords us experience and material for soul growth. 
 But looking at it from another point of view, when the 
 Ego comes into this world and enters the prison house of 
 the dense body, it is in the most limited condition imagi- 
 nable, and to rejoice at the time when the child is born 
 and lament when it is liberated by death is in reality 
 analogous to rejoicing when a friend is put in jail and 
 giving way to hysterical lamentations when he is liberated. 
 
 When the spirit passes into the Heaven World, it meets 
 a number of those with whom it has associated in earth 
 life in the First Heaven, but there it has already become 
 so spiritual and so much in touch with the realities that 
 it knows there is no death. Therefore, when someone 
 passes into the beyond there is a rejoicing and a pleasure at 
 the preferment of one whom we hold dear, and the knowl- 
 edge that we shall meet again will certainly take away 
 any pang that might be felt by those who are left behind. 
 
128 EOSICRUCTAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 63. 
 
 Please explain Jiow to concentrate in order to help those 
 in the other world? Do you mean sitting in the silence 
 and sending out loving, helpful thoughts to them? 
 
 Answer: The ability to send out a thought and the 
 power that that thought has to accomplish the purpose 
 for which it is sent, depends upon the definiteness where- 
 with the thinker is able to visualize that which he desires 
 to accomplish. And the usual occult schools, particularly 
 those along the lines of Eastern thought, advise the method 
 of concentration whereby thoughts are focused upon one 
 single point, as the rays of the sun are brought to a focus 
 in a magnifying glass, for thus their forces are massed, 
 and as the sun's rays will burn when focused, so will the 
 thought invariably accomplish its object when concen- 
 trated to a sufficient intensity. 
 
 It takes long practice, however, to learn how to do that, 
 and there are very few people in the West who are able to 
 thus direct their thoughts to any purpose. The western 
 religion, recognizing this disability, teaches another method 
 which is much more efficient than concentration, namely, 
 prayer. 
 
 Therefore, if we wish to help those who have passed 
 out of the body, we may pray earnestly for their welfare 
 and that they may learn the lessons of this life thoroughly 
 in their experiences in Purgatory and the First Heaven; 
 then we shall accomplish much more than if we try the 
 cold, intellectual method of concentration. The attitude 
 of the body sometimes has a great deal to do with the 
 intensity of the prayer, and if a kneeling position seems 
 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 139 
 
 to facilitate the act, the kneeling position should be taken. 
 On the other hand, as Emerson said: 
 
 "And though your knees are never bent 
 To Heaven, your hourly prayers are sent; 
 And, be 1 hey formed for good or ill, 
 Are registered and answered still," 
 
 so that the attitude of the body during the act of prayer is 
 immaterial except as found to be conducive to produce the 
 greatest intensity of purpose; for that is what makes the 
 prayer effective. 
 
 QUESTION No. 64. 
 
 Do those who have passed out of earth life keep watch 
 and ward over us who are left behind; for instance, do 
 mothers look after their little children, or even the larger 
 ones ? 
 
 Answer: Yes; very often a mother who has recently 
 passed out will watch over her little children for a long 
 time, and instances have been recorded where mothers 
 have saved their babes from dangers. Though not know- 
 ing consciously how to materialize, love for the little ones 
 and intense fear for their safety caused the mothers in 
 
130 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 such instances to draw to themselves material so that they 
 could be seen by the little ones. Those whom we call dead 
 do not usually go away from the house where they have 
 lived until quite a long time after the funeral. They 
 stay in the familiar rooms and move about among us, 
 although they are unseen by us. Of course, when their 
 time comes to go into the First Heaven, they do not remain 
 any longer in our houses, but very often they visit them. 
 When in time they enter the Second Heaven, they are no 
 longer conscious of this physical sphere in the sense of 
 having homes, or friends, or relatives ; they are then rather 
 to be looked upon as nature forces, for the time being, for 
 they work upon the earth and humanity in the very same 
 manner as the nature forces who do not take human' 
 embodiment. 
 
 Thus it is perfectly true that they watch over their 
 loved ones for a long time after they have passed out, and 
 it has been often noted by persons attending the death of 
 a mother whose children had passed out, perhaps a num- 
 ber of years before, that at fne time of dying she would 
 see the children around her bed and exclaim : "Why, there 
 is Johnny, and what a big boy he has grown to be," and 
 so on. The people around the bed would probably think 
 that a hallucination, but it is not, and it will be noted that 
 a certain phenomenon always attends those visions, namely, 
 when a person dies there comes over him a darkness which 
 he feels descending upon him. Many persons pass out 
 without again seeing the Physical World. That is the 
 change from our light vibrations to the vibrations of the 
 Desire World, and is similar to the darkness that spread 
 over the earth at the time of the crucifixion. With other 1 
 people it happens that the darkness lifts after a moment 
 and then the person is clairvoyant, seeing both the present 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 world and the Desire World, and there, of course, appear 
 the loved ones, who have been attracted by the impending 
 death, which is a birth into their world. 
 _ Thus we may say tliat_ouxJ.oyed_ ones are interested in 
 our welfare for a long time after passing out, but it must 
 be remembered that there is no transforming power" in 
 death; that it does not give them any special ability to care 
 for us, and that they have, no means of really influencing 
 'our affairs, so that it is not quite right to look upon them 
 as our guardian angels. They are merely Interested spec- 
 tators except in a few specific cases where an intense love 
 enables them to perform some slight service in case of 
 great need. That service, however, would never take the 
 form of enriching us or anything 'like that, but is more 
 in the nature of a warning of danger or the like. 
 
 * 
 
132 
 
 KOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 A-LIFE-GYCLE 
 
 Almdsserice 
 Thoufhf v 5oul-Essence of 
 'Rifht Reltof built mt 
 
 ds 
 
 Desire fw Experience- 
 d SoulGrovtfr 
 drdivs the EV> 
 To Re.Birth 
 
 Good inpevst life butUinto 
 the M'md asHi^ 
 Uo K-orh on New 
 
 It Gathers 
 Materials for 
 
 Nev Mind 
 
 World 
 
 dnd 
 
 Thought 
 
 Essence of dim built info 
 Soul ds Rvjht "Feeling 
 
 Suffering purj-5 Soul 
 
 Soul views panorama of I _ 
 ... 1 -.c, Gl I feet* 
 
 past L>'i[ 
 
 of Ment&lit? 
 
 Chans*- 
 
 pr'nne of L'i[e 
 
 [42 p 14 
 
 :paGro^ri^ te 5^ft* of fU- Majority 
 
 lal 
 World 
 
 Bfc<j |Rr7ia ? of Serious Lffe 
 
 This chart shows the passage of the Ego, which is represented 
 by the wheel at the top of the diagram, through Purgatory; the 
 various Heavens, and its return to Rebirth; also the septenary- 
 epochs of earth-life. 
 
SECTION III 
 
 Questions concerning 
 
 REBIRTH 
 
QUESTION No. 5. 
 
 Why, with a few exceptions, are we reincarnated, with- 
 out having the slightest knowledge of any previous exist- 
 ence, to suffer blindly in this life for transgressions com- 
 mitted in some former life of which we are now entirely 
 ignorant? Could we not advance better and quicker spir- 
 itually if we knew where we had erred before and what acts 
 we must correct before we can progress? 
 
 Answer: It is one of the greatest blessings to man that 
 he does not know his previous experiences until he has at- 
 tained considerable spiritual advancement, because there 
 are in our past lives (when w T e were much more ignorant 
 than we are now) dark deeds that call for retribution, and 
 this fate is being gradually liquidated, so that did we 
 know our past lives, did we know how and when the law 
 of cause and effect w r ill bring to us retribution for past 
 misdeeds, we would see this impending calamity hovering 
 over us, and fear of our fate would then be apt to rob us 
 of the strength wherewith to battle against it, and at the 
 time of its arrival we should stand appalled and helpless. 
 
 On the other hand, not knowing what is behind us, we 
 escape knowing what is before us, and, therefore, we learn 
 the lessons without being deprived of our strength by fear 
 Besides, for those who wish to know, there are certain 
 means of knowing what lessons we are to learn and how 
 best to learn them. For instance, our conscience tells what 
 
 135 
 
136 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 we are to do or not to do. If we care to study the science 
 of astrology the horoscope tells us our tendencies and the 
 lines of least resistance, so that by working with these laws 
 of nature Tre may advance quickly, and the more we follow 
 the dictates of our conscience the more we study the laws 
 of nature as revealed by astronomy, the quicker we shall 
 be. ready for first-hand knowledge. 
 
 In "Zanoni," Bulwer Lytton speaks of a fearsome specter 
 which met Glyndon as he was attempting to enter a step 
 in unfoldment not hitherto attained by him, and that is 
 called in Occultism the "Dweller on the Threshold." Be- 
 tween the time of death and a new birth, this Dweller on 
 the Threshold is not seen by man, but it is the embodiment 
 of all our past evil deeds, that must first be passed by one 
 who wishes to enter the inner worlds consciously and attain 
 to a full knowledge of conditions there: but there is also 
 another Dweller which is the embodiment of all our good 
 deeds, and that one may be said to be our Guardian Angel. 
 
 If we have the courage to pass the hideous one, which is 
 perceived first because formed of coarse desire matter, we 
 shall soon obtain the conscious help of the other and then 
 we shall have the strength to stand fearless in the storms 
 of villification that come to all who attempt the path of 
 unselfishness. But before we have passed this specter we 
 are not fitted for knowledge of our previous lives; we 
 must rest content with the ordinary view given to mankind. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEBS 137 
 
 QUESTION No. 66. 
 
 Are all the human beings that people the earth at the 
 present time souls that have gone through earth life before* 
 or are new souls being created all the time? 
 
 Answer: The ingress of the spirits into the human 
 bodies, as constituted at the present time, commenced in 
 the stage of the world's solidification known as the Lemu- 
 rian Epoch, and was not fully completed until the middle 
 of the Atlantean Epoch, a period of time occupying, per- 
 haps, millions of years. But since that time, there has 
 been no farther ingress ; the door is definitely closed be-* 
 cause we have now evolved so far that those who had no*., 
 reached the stage where they could manipulate a human 
 body at that time would be too far behind us to catch up 
 with our further development. Since that time, the spirits 
 which were embodied in human shapes have been evolving 
 by repeated embodiments so that, without exception, every 
 one of the human beings now on earth has been embodied 
 at difterent times and in different environments. 
 
138- EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 67. 
 
 How do we know beyond a doubt that rebirth is a fact? 
 Is it not possible that those who so state may be suffering 
 from hallucination ? 
 
 Answer: The trained clairvoyant who is able to read 
 in the memory of nature may follow the life of a person 
 from their present state backward, through the years of 
 childhood. He will then see them in infancy,- follow them 
 through the gestatory period to the time when the spirit 
 entered the womb of the mother. He may go back through 
 their heaven life, their life in Purgatory, arriving at the 
 time of death inline- previous life, then follow them back- 
 ward and see the whole life. But in the case of an adult, 
 the time involved is usually a thousand years or more, and 
 of course, it is possible, were there no other means of veri- 
 fication, that this might be hallucination. In the cases 
 of children, however, who have not reached puberty there 
 is a comparatively short interval between incarnations. In 
 such a case it is easy to verify a reembodiment among one's 
 own acquaintances, and that is in fact part of the educa- 
 tion of a pupil of the Elder Brothers. He is shown a child 
 which is about to die and is told to watch that child in the. 
 invisible world for perhap'one or two years, following it 
 step by step until it takes a new embodiment perhaps 
 with the same and possibly with other parents. When the 
 pupil has thus followed an Ego through the invisible worlds 
 from one death to the next birth, he knows absolutely that 
 the law of rebirth is a fact in nature, and he often has 
 occasion on account of his other investigations, to pursue 
 such studies of the past lives of many individuals. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 139 
 
 Still, it may be urged, is not this clairvoyance of which 
 he speaks as his means of investigation in itself a hallu- 
 cination?; May he not be, although perfectly honest, the 
 victim of a chimerical vision? It may be stated in answer 
 to that suggestion, that he has every day at his disposal 
 the means for verifying his observations When a man has 
 visited the city of New York and has seen the city he will 
 never be tempted to say, I wonder if I could have been 
 mistaken? He lias 'been there and knows it. So it is 
 with the clairvoyant. At times when he leaves his body he 
 meets and works with people whom he does not know in 
 ordinary life. Later he may be invited to visit these 
 friends from the invisible world; he may travel by their 
 clairvoyant direction to a city where Le is a stranger; he 
 may find them in the street and house seen clairvoyantly, 
 recognize them and be himself recognized. He may then 
 converse with these friends of the things they did and the 
 places they visited in their invisible bodies, and if he evei 
 had any doubt of the reality of his life outside the dense 
 physical world, he is then once and for all time convinced 
 of the reality of his experiences while out of the body. 
 He knows that they are not strange, he knows that he can- 
 not have been glamored, but that his life there, his work 
 there and his experiences there are as real as his life, his 
 work and his experiences here. 
 
140 BOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 68. 
 
 Do the souls that have passed into Purgatory and through 
 the' First, Second and Third Heavens come back here and 
 reincarnate on this earth, or do they go to other spheres? 
 
 ; Answer: They come back to this earth again until they 
 have learned the lessons that can be .learned here. It is 
 essentially the same principle as when we send a child to 
 school. We do ; not send it to kindergarten one day, to 
 grammar school the nex-t, and to college the third day, but 
 we send it to kindergarten day after day for a long time, 
 until it has learned all the lessons that are to be learned 
 there. The knowledge it has gained in kindergarten forms 
 the basis for what it is to learn in the grammar school; 
 that again is sthe foundation for the lessons of the high 
 school and the college. By a similar process we have 
 learned lesson? under different conditions in the past, and 
 in the future, when we have learned all that can be learned 
 from our present earth environment, wo shall also find the 
 tasks of higher evolutions awaiting. us. There is endless 
 progress, for we are divine as our Father in heaven, and 
 limitations are impossible. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 QUESTION No. 69. 
 
 Do we come in contact with the friends of one life when 
 we are born again into a new earth life? 
 
 Answer: The law of rebirth has for its companion law 
 the law of causation. It will be manifestly apparent that 
 there are many causes set going by all of us which do not 
 bring about effects in this life. For instance, a husband 
 is sick and the wife cares for him with great self-sacrifice. 
 There is obviously a debt there, and if the sickness con- 
 tinues until the end of the husband's life, there is in that 
 life no opportunity for a return of the favor. 73ut if we 
 know what the laws of nature are and how they operate, 
 we shall understand that they are not set aside by such 
 small matters as cessation of life in a certain body. If 
 we break a limb it is not healed the next day, although we 
 may have slept at night unconscious of our hurt; but when 
 we awaken the limb is in about the same condition as on 
 the previous day. So it is with the deeds done in the body 
 in one life. Although we pass through the life between 
 death and a new birth, and are now unconscious of former 
 lives, nevertheless, when we enter upon a new life, the law 
 of association, the causes generated in a former life, will 
 bring us into a new environment where we shall find our 
 old friends and our old foes. We know them, too, al- 
 though perhaps we do not directly recognize them. Some- 
 times, however, we meet a person for the first time and are 
 drawn to that person; we feel as if we had known that 
 person all our lives, and that we could trust him or her 
 with everything we have. . That is because the spirit within 
 sees an old friend and recognizes him, though unable to 
 
142 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 impress the recognition upon the brain it now possesses. 
 Or perhaps we may meet a person and feel that we would 
 not care to be in his company; we instinctively dislike 
 him though we have no reason from ordinary points of 
 view ; but there also it is the recognition of the spirit which 
 bridges the past and sees an old-time enemy. Thus our 
 instinctive likes and dislikes are guides, dictated by former* 
 experiences, and they will usually be found to be reliable 
 in the light of subsequent experience. 
 
 QUESTION No. 70. 
 
 Is the experience gained in each incarnation recorded 
 separately and added to the previous ones, so that in the 
 end the spirit will be entirely conscious of the complete sum 
 of its experiences, or is the experience of one life more or 
 less unconsciously absorbed by the next succeeding incarna- 
 tion, so that only a general effect is obtained? 
 
 Answer: When we were children we learned to write 
 and we went through many awkward motions before we 
 had finally cultivated the faculty. In the years that have 
 gone by we have forgotten all about the experiences we 
 went through while learning, but our faculty remains ready 
 for our use at any time required. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 148 
 
 In a similar manner, experiences we have had in differ- 
 ent lives are usually forgotten by the man, but the faculties 
 he has cultivated remain and are ready for his use at any 
 time. Thus we sometimes see a man who has never had 
 a lesson in painting who is nevertheless an artist to the 
 very tips of his finger ends, able to paint the most wonder- 
 ful pictures. He has brought over from past lives a fac- 
 ulty which he is now able to use. When we hear of a 
 Mozart composing at three years of age, that also shows 
 the accumulation of the sense of harmony in the past'. 
 Thus it may be said that, although we do not remember, 
 we always have the faculties cultivated in our past lives for 
 use in the present. It is thaf which makes the difference 
 between man and man; between the dunce and the sage. 
 
 There is, however, also a record m nature of our past 
 lives in their minutest detail. The trained clairvoyant 
 who is able to read in the memory of nature can follow the 
 past lives of a man backwards, as, for instance, the film 
 of a moving picture is unrolled in reverse order. He will 
 see the man's present life first, his birth, his previous so- 
 journ in the invisible world, next the death of the previous 
 life, which will then unroll itself in reverse order through 
 old age, manhood, youth, childhood and infancy, back to 
 that birth, and so on through the various lives. 
 
144 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 71. 
 
 When the spirit, coming down to rebirth, has drawn to 
 itself its mind stuff and sinks into the Desire World, is it 
 not then in Purgatory again ? 
 
 Answer: The difficulty of the inquirer is that he has 
 not fully comprehended what constitutes Purgatory. Pur- 
 gatory is in the lower regions of the Desire World, but 
 these regions are not Purgatory to those who have nothing 
 to be purged from. The low desires of man are formed of 
 the desire stuff from this region, and as they cannot be 
 gratified, the man suffers. Besides, there the force of re- 
 pulsion is supreme, and w r hen the Ego is passing outward 
 to the Heaven World it has in its desire body pictures of 
 the evil acts it has committed. These pictures are formed 
 also of coarse desire stuff, because they were generated by 
 the passions of the man at the time he committed the evil 
 act which they depict, and the centrifugal force of repul- 
 sion seeks to expel them from his makeup. It is the 
 process of tearing them out that causes the pain he feels. 
 When, on the other hand, the Ego passes through this 
 region on its way to rebirth, the centripetal force of attrac- 
 tion brings new desire matter into its makeup. Then it is 
 not Purgatory at all ; neither is it Purgatory for the Invis- 
 ible Helpers who go among the spirits in prison endeavor- 
 ing to aid them in learning the lessons that shall make 
 them better men and women. It is only where evil has to 
 be expurgated by a spirit that it feels this region as being 
 purgative. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 145 
 
 QUESTION No. 72. 
 
 How can you believe in the theory of reincarnation that 
 we come back here in the body of an animal? Is it not 
 much more beautiful to believe in the Christian doctrine 
 that we go to heaven with God and the angels? 
 
 Answer: The writer has never advocated the views at- 
 tributed to him by the inquirer, who, evidently, has not 
 studied the question at all. There is a doctrine among 
 some of the most ignorant tribes in the East teaching the 
 theory of transmigration, that the human spirit may incar- 
 nate in the bodies of animals, but that is very different 
 from the doctrine of leincarnation, which holds that man 
 is an evolving being progressing through the school of life 
 by means of repeated embodiments in bodies of gradually 
 improving texture. The Christ said to his disciples, "Be 
 ye therefore perfect, as the Father in heaven is perfect." 
 That was a definite command, and the Christ would never 
 have given it if it were unattainable; but we all know 
 that we cannot reach that goal in one short life. Given 
 time and the opportunities afforded by repeated embodi- 
 ments and changed environments, however, we shall some 
 time accomplish the work of perfecting ourselves. 
 
 There is no authority in any of the sacred writings of 
 the East, even, for such a belief as transmigration. The 
 only semblance to such an idea is found in the Kathopani- 
 shad, Chapter 5, Verse 9, which says that some of the 
 souls, according to their deeds, return to the womb to be 
 reborn, but others go into the motionless. Meaning, in 
 the opinion of some, that they may reincarnate down even 
 as low as the mineral kingdom. The Sanskrit word used 
 
146 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 in that place is sthanu, which also means a pillar, and read 
 thus it gives the same idea as the passage in Revelation 
 which says : "To him that overcometh, I will make a pillar 
 in the house of my God, thence he shall no more go out." 
 When humanity has reached perfection, there will come a 
 time when they will no more be tied to the wheel of births 
 and deaths, but will remain in the Invisible Worlds to 
 work thence for the upliftment of other beings. 
 
 Besides, transmigration is an impossibility in nature, 
 because there is in every human body an indwelling indi- 
 vidual spirit, while each tribe of animals is ruled by a com- 
 mon, or group spirit, of which these animals all form a 
 part, and no self-conscious Ego can enter into a body ruled 
 by another. 
 
 The inquirer asks whether it is not much more beautiful 
 to believe in a heaven with God and the angels? Perhaps 
 it is, but we are not concerned so much with that which 
 may be pleasing to our passing fancy as with finding the 
 Truth, and although this doctrine of reincarnation is some- 
 times derided by wiseacres as impossible and a heathen 
 doctrine, it is really not a question of whether it is heathen 
 or not either. When we deal with a mathematical prob- 
 lem, we do not care who first solved it ; all we are concerned 
 with is, has it been properly solved? Likewise with this 
 doctrine, no matter who taught it first, it is the only one 
 that will solve all the problems of life in a rational manner, 
 whereas, the theory that a man who perhaps never cared 
 about music and did not know the first thing about har- 
 mony, immediately after he has died develops an insatiable 
 passion for music and will remain content to toot in a 
 trumpet or strum on a harp for all eternity, is rather more 
 ridiculous. 
 
SECTION IV 
 
 Questions concerning 
 THE 
 
 BIBLE TEACHINGS 
 
QUESTION Xo. 73. 
 
 Why is it that every sect interprets the Bible differently 
 and that each one gets an apparent vindication for its ideas 
 from that book? 
 
 Answer: That question, if asked by a skeptic, affords 
 him a great deal of satisfaction, for he sees in it a vindica- 
 tion for his idea that all sects are wrong in their beliefs and 
 that the Bible is a conglomerate mass of nonsense, while 
 in fact the case is very much the other way. We do not 
 contend for the Divinity of this Book or hold that it is the 
 Word of God from cover to cover; we recognize the fact 
 that it is a poor translation of the originals and that there 
 are many interpolations which have been inserted at dif- 
 ferent times to support various ideas, but, nevertheless, the 
 very fact that so much truth has been massed into such 
 a small compass is a source of constant wonder to the 
 occultist, who knows what that Book really is and has the 
 key to its meaning. 
 
 There is one fact that the skeptic fails to see. His idea 
 is that if a certain interpretation is true, all other inter- 
 pretations must necessarily be false. That idea is most 
 emphatically wrong. Truth is many sided and eternal ; 
 the quest for truth must also be all embracing and never 
 ending. We may liken truth to a mountain, and the vari- 
 ous interpretations of that truth to different paths leading 
 
 149 
 
150 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 up to the summit. Many people are traveling along all 
 of these paths and every one thinks his path is the only one 
 while he is at the bottom ; he sees only a small part of the 
 mountain and may therefore be justified in crying to his 
 brothers, "You are wrong; come over in my path; this is 
 the onl}v one that leads to the top." But as all these 
 people progress* upward, they shall see that the paths con- 
 verge at the top and that they are all one in the ultimate. 
 It may be said most emphatically that no system of 
 thought which has ever been able to attract and hold thd 
 attention of a large number of people for a considerable 
 time has been without its truth ; and whether we perceive 
 it or not, there is in every sect the kernel of divine teaching 
 which is gradually bringing them upward toward the top 
 of the mountain, and therefore we should practice the 
 utmost toleration for every belief. 
 
 QUESTION No. 74. 
 What is meant by the second aspect of the Triune God? 
 
 Answer: God is one, just as the light is one, but, as the 
 light passing through the atmosphere is refracted into three 
 primary colors red, yellow and blue so also God, when 
 he manifests or reflects himself in nature, is threefold in 
 his manifestation. There is first the Creative principle, 
 next there is the Preservative principle, and in the third 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 151 
 
 place there is the principle of Destruction of the forms 
 which have been created, preserved for a time while useful, 
 then to be destroyed in order that the material from which 
 they were constructed may be used in the building of new 
 forms. 
 
 These three principles of God have been called by dif- 
 ferent names in different religions, and much ink and 
 many goosequills have been used in latter years to defend 
 or decry the idea of a Trinity, though that ought to be 
 manifest to anyone who will look about him in nature with 
 a thoughtful mind. In the Western World, we have been 
 used to calling the Second Aspect of the Triune God, the 
 unified preserving principle, Christ; and it is very appro- 
 priate in a certain sense, because the Christ came as the 
 teacher of Love and Universal Brotherhood which was to 
 supersede nations that war against one another, and He 
 Himself said that there was a still higher stage when the 
 kingdom He was to establish should be delivered to the 
 Father and all should be one in Him. 
 
 QUESTION No. 75. 
 Are the Recording Angels individual Beings? 
 
 Answer: Yes, they are mighty Individualities, the am- 
 bassadors of the Great Planetary Angels, and as such they 
 
152 ROSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 are concerned in the birth of man, helping him in the se- 
 lection of his environment and allotting to each life the 
 right destiny which is ready to be worked out into effects. 
 They guide the stellar influences so that they affect each 
 one in such a way as to facilitate the liquidation of his past 
 indebtedness to others, helping him, also, to reap the benefit 
 of whatever good he has done in past lives. 
 
 In this the Recording Angels are helped by a mighty 
 host of agents and the nature spirits, which are not indi- 
 vidualized yet, but work under the direction of these Great 
 Beings unconsciously, much as the animals are guided by 
 group spirits. 
 
 QUESTION No. 76. 
 
 Do the Angels and Archangels watch over us individually 
 as well as collectively and know just what our lives are? 
 
 Answer: The Lords of Mind, which Paul calls the 
 "Powers of Darkness" because they were the humanity of 
 the dark Saturn period when the universe was just coming 
 out of chaos, work only with man. 
 
 The Archangels, who were human in the fiery Sun 
 Period where the universe was of the consistency of "desire 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 153 
 
 stuff," work now as the helpers of the group spirits of the 
 animals and as race spirits for humanity, because these 
 classes of beings have a desire body. 
 
 The Angels, who were ihe humanity of the Moon Period, 
 work with both man, animal and plant, for in the Moon 
 Period the universe was of the consistency of "ether" and 
 the vital bodies of the three kingdoms named is formed of 
 that material. The Angels are, therefore, properly helpers 
 in the vital functions such as assimilation, growth and 
 propagation, and in their work with humanity they are 
 family spirits. They cause the increase in the family, in 
 man's cattle and in the yield of his fields. 
 
 Man, himself, who is a little lower than the Angels, 
 works with the minerals, which are found in the chemical 
 region of the Physical World, composed of the gases, liquids 
 and solids. He is to the minerals what the Higher Beings 
 are to us. He is gradually waking them to life by mold- 
 ing them into houses, bridges, railways, etc. 
 
 In a future incarnation of the earth, when these min- 
 erals have become plant-like, man will have learned to work 
 with life and will then be in a similar position with regard! 
 to them as the Angels occupy now with regard to us. Thus 
 there is endless progression, the higher always helping the 
 less evolved, until all shall have reached perfection. 
 
 Answering the question more specifically, we may say 
 that the Archangels work with the nations and the races 
 of the earth, while the Angels are concerned particularly 
 with the families and the individuals in the family. The 
 "Guardian Angel," however, is not exactly an entity from 
 a higher evolution, but is rather the personified embodi- 
 ment of our good deeds in all our past lives, which, though 
 unseen by us, is still with us always, impelling us toward 
 right action and the doing of more good. 
 
154 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 77. 
 
 Have Angels wings as shown in pictures? 
 
 Answer: No; none of them have such bird wings as 
 they are shown to have in pictures, but there are some 
 classes of Beings in the Spirit World which have wing-like 
 appendages. These, however, are not for the purpose of 
 flying or moving through space, but are currents of out- 
 welling force that may be hurled in one direction or an- 
 other, as we use our arms and limbs. Thus an Archangel 
 who is impelling the armies of two nations to battle may 
 send out a current .of spiritual force in one direction, numb- 
 ing the soldiers of one army with fear, and may send an- 
 other force to imbue the opposing army with added cour- 
 age, thus influencing the battle in a manner little dreamed 
 of by the contestants. 
 
 QUESTION No. 78. 
 
 Do the Rosicrucians accept the Bible as the "Word of 
 God" from cover to covert 
 
 'Answer: Certainly not, and more particularly not in the 
 extremely narrow interpretation of some people who think 
 that the book we now have with us is the only genuine one 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERG 
 
 ever given to humanity. At most, it could only be one of 
 the books of God, for there are many other sacred writings 
 which have a claim to recognition and cannot be ruled out 
 of court by a few wiseacres such as those who have 
 delegated the so-called apocryphal books to the literary 
 scrap heap. 
 
 In the first place, it should be remembered that the Old 
 Testament was written in Hebrew at various times and by 
 numerous writers, and that no collection of these writings 
 was made prior to Ezra. Of these Hebrew writings, there 
 is not now a single scrap in existence. Even as long ago 
 as 280 B. C. the Hebrew language had been abandoned, so 
 far as scriptural writing was concerned, and the Sep- 
 tuagint, or Greek Translation, was in general use. That 
 was the only Bible in existence at the time of the birth of 
 Christ. Later some of the Hebrew writings have been col- 
 lected and collated by the Masoretes, a sect which existed 
 about 700 A. D. This is the best and most accurate text. 
 
 The English translation, most in use today, is the King 
 James Version, but His Majesty was not so much after 
 accuracy in translation as after peace, and the act which 
 authorized the translation of the Bible prohibited the 
 translators from translating any passages in such a way 
 that it would interfere with existing beliefs. This was 
 done to avoid any uprising or dissension in his kingdom, 
 and of the forty-seven translators, only three were Hebrew 
 scholars and two of them died before the Psalms had been 
 translated. A number of the books were thrown aside as 
 apocryphal, and altogether words were wrenched out of 
 their original meaning to conform to the superstition of 
 the age. Martin Luther, in Germany, translated from the 
 Latin text which had itself been translated from the Greek 
 and thus the chances of conveying wrong meanings. have 
 
156 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 been enhanced in many and various ways. Add to this that 
 in the old style Hebrew vowel points are omitted and there 
 is no division into words, so that by inserting vowel points 
 in different ways, words and sentences of entirely different 
 meanings may be obtained from almost any sentence. In 
 view of these facts it is evident that the chances of our 
 getting an accurate version of what was originally written 
 were small indeed. 
 
 Moreover, it was not intended by the original writers to 
 make the Bible an open "Book of God," as can well be seen 
 by the following quotation from the Zohar : "Woe to the 
 man who sees in the Thorah (the law the Bible) only 
 simple recitals and ordinary words, because if in truth it 
 contained only these, we would even today be able to com- 
 pose a Thorah more worthy of admiration. But it is not 
 so ; each word in the Thorah contains an elevated meaning 
 and a sublime mystery . . . The recitals of the Thorah 
 are the vestments of the Thorah . . . Woe to him who 
 tanes this vestment of the Thorah for the Thorah itself 
 . . . The simple take notice of the garments and re- 
 citals of the Thorah alone ; they know no other thing, they 
 see not that which is concealed under the vestment; the 
 more instructed men do not pay attention to the vestment, 
 but to that which it envelops" . . . 
 
 In other words, they pay no attention to the letter, but 
 take only the spirit. And, as in a field sown with potatoes 
 there are not only these vegetables, but also the soil in which 
 they are hidden, so in the Bible the pearls of occult truth 
 are hidden in what are often hideous garments. The occult- 
 ist who has fitted himself to possess these pearls has re- 
 ceived the key, and sees them plainly. To others they 
 remain obscure until they also have worked for that key. 
 Thus, while the story of the wanderings of the children of 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 157 
 
 Israel and the dealings of a certain God with them are 
 partially true, the/o is also a spiritual significance that is 
 far more important than that material history. Even 
 though the Gospels contained the great outlines of the life 
 of an individual called Jesus, they are formulae of initia- 
 tion showing the experiences which everyone must event- 
 ually pass through on the way to the truth and the life. 
 
 This path was foreseen by the various persons who wrote 
 the Bible and who were thus prophets and seers, but only 
 in so far as that was possible at their time and age. A 
 new era will require a new Bible, a new word. 
 
 QUESTION No 79. 
 
 What is the viewpoint of the Rosicrucians concerning the 
 creation of the world in seven days? 
 
 Answer: There are two creation stories in the Bible. 
 One commences with the first verse of the opening chapter 
 and ends with the third verse of the second chapter of 
 Genesis. Another account commences with the fourth 
 verse. 
 
 These two creation stories seem to be greatly at variance 
 in several particular?. The first account states that in the 
 beginning the earth r/as covered with water; the 
 
158 KOSICRTJCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 avers that it was dry. The first informs us that man was 
 created last ; the second version says he was the first crea- 
 ture, etc. These discrepancies seem to be irreconcilable, and 
 afford the skeptic great satisfaction when he recounts them 
 with a smile of supercilious pity for the poor ignorant fools 
 who believe such silly nonsense. Yet the two accounts are 
 not really incongruous, they are complementary and in 
 harmony with scientific facts. The first account deals with 
 the genesis of form, the second chapter with the evolution 
 of consciousness. The human form as at present constituted 
 is the chef-d'oeuvre of evolution, built upon the basis of - 
 all lower forms which have gone before. The Life which 
 is man, the thinker, is without beginning or end, eternal as 
 God Himself, and that Life was here before all forms, as 
 told by the second creation story. 
 
 Eegarding the time in which this creation of form is 
 said to have taken place, the Rosicrucians do not teach or 
 believe that it was accomplished in seven days of twenty- 
 four hours each, but in our scheme of manifestation seven 
 great transformations of the earth are necessary to facilitate 
 the full evolution of self-consciousness and soul power by 
 the evolving spirits. Thiee and one-half of these periods 
 have been spent in obtaining vehicles; the remainder will 
 be required for the evolution of consciousness. 
 
 The opening verse of the Bible states that in the begin- 
 ning the earth was dark and without definite form. That 
 was in the Saturn Period, when the incipient firemist was 
 forming from the root substance of space. 
 
 The third verse informs us that God said "Let there be 
 Light," a passage which has been jeered at as showing the 
 ignorance of the authors and the inconsistency of the ac- 
 count with scientific facts ; for, says the scoffer. "When the 
 sun and moon were not created till the fourth day, how 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 159 
 
 could there be light previous to that time ? We are not 
 dealing with the world as it is today, a solid mass. That, 
 of course, would be dark without an outside source of light, 
 but at that time the earth was a world in the making, and 
 according to the nebular theory there must first be the stage 
 of dark heat to which we have given the name Saturn 
 Period. Later the mist is ignited and luminous; the light 
 is within and is not dependent upon an exterior sun and 
 moon. This second stage in the development of our planet 
 is called the Sun Period. 
 
 Next we are told that God said, "Let there be 'an ex- 
 pansion' in the waters to divide the water from the w^ter." 
 The word here rendered "expansion" is translated "fir- 
 mament" in the authorized version, but we use the Maso- 
 retic text, which was translated by translators of knowledge, 
 who were unrestricted by a royal edict such as that which 
 hampered King James's translators. The use of the term 
 "expansion" harmonizes the Bible with the nebular theory, 
 for, when a firemist appears in space moisture is generated 
 by the contact of this heated mass with the surrounding 
 space, which is cold. This moisture becomes heated and 
 expands into st earn which rushes outward from the fiery 
 core, is there cooled, and condensed, and gravitates back to 
 the source of heat. Thus the expansion in the waters 
 divided the water from the water, the dense moisture re- 
 maining nearest the fiery core and the steam outside. This 
 stage in the consolidation of the earth is called the Moon 
 Period. 
 
 The continual boiling of the water surrounding the fiery 
 core finally caused an incrustation and dry land appeared. 
 We are told that "God called the dry land Earth." 
 
 During the first part of the present Period the earth was 
 
160 EOSICRUCTAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 as dark as in the Saturn Period. Only mineral substances 
 existed them. This stage is called the Polarian Epoch. 
 
 The fiery Sun Period finds its replica in the Hyperborean 
 Epoch, which is described in verses 11-19 as the time when 
 plants were generated, and the earth became a planet 
 lighted from without by sun and moon. This ends the work 
 described as having been performed on the fourth great day 
 in the development of our earth. 
 
 In the Lemurian Epoch we have a recapitulation of con- 
 ditions during the Moon Period, a fiery core and an 
 atmosphere of fire fog, also the genesis of the lower grades 
 of animals, described in the Bible story as the work of the 
 fifth day. 
 
 In the Atlantean Epoch the vertebrate mammals and man 
 were formed, as described under the heading of the sixth 
 day, and when man became a reasoning being in the 
 present Aryan Epoch, the Gods rested to let him work out 
 his own salvation under the twin laws of Kebirth and 
 Causation. 
 
 QUESTION No. 80. 
 
 The Bible teaches the immortality of the soul in an 
 authoritative manner. The Rosicrucian Philosophy teaches 
 the same professedly by appealing to reason. Are there no 
 positive proofs of immortality? 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 161 
 
 Answer: The inquirer is mistaken when he says that the 
 Bible teaches the immortality of the soul. There is not a 
 single mention of the word immortality or heaven in the 
 sense of a possession of man in the Old Testament. There 
 at is explicitly stated that "Heaven, even the heavens are 
 the Lord's, but the earth has he given to the children of 
 men"; Psalms 115, 16th verse. It is explicitly taught 
 that "the soul that sinneth, it shall die." If the soul were 
 immortal that would be an impossibility. In the New 
 Testament the word "immortal" or "immortality" is only 
 used six times. It is designated as something to be striven 
 for, or something which is an attribute of God. 
 
 So far as the spirit is concerned, howe?er, the case is 
 different, and even where that is the theme, the word im- 
 mortal is not used. Immortality is implied in the same 
 way that the doctrine of rebirth is implied in so many 
 passages, but even the doctrine of rebirth has the advantage 
 of the doctrine of immortality of the human spirit, for the 
 doctrine of rebirth was taught definitely at least once in 
 Matthew 11 :47, where the Christ said of John the Baptist, 
 "This is Elijah." In this teaching the doctrine of im- 
 mortality was again implied, for if the spirit Elijah was 
 reborn as John the Baptist he must have survived bodily 
 death. The teaching of immortality was at that time one 
 of the mystery teachings, and even to this day it can hardly 
 be received until a man has entered the path of initiation 
 and there sees for himself the continuity of life. 
 
 It may be stated, however, in answer to the question, 
 that everything hinges upon what is meant by "positive 
 proof" and what the qualifications of the person are who 
 asks for the proof to judge of these proofs? We cannot 
 prove a problem in trigonometry to an infant, but if the 
 infant is given time to grow and is properly taught the 
 
162 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 preliminaries, it will be easy to prove the problem. Neither 
 ran we prove the existence of color and light to a man who 
 was born blind ; they are facts which he cannot appreciate, 
 because lacking in the requisite faculty. But if he acquires 
 the faculty of sight by an operation, it will be unneces- 
 sary to prove these facts to him, he will then see their 
 verity. For similar reasons no one can appreciate proofs 
 of the immortality of the spirit until he has fitted himself 
 to see the spirit; then it will be easy for him to obtain 
 positive proof of the immortality of spirit, its existence 
 prior to birth and persistence after death. Until he has 
 thus qualified himself, he must be satisfied with reasonable 
 inferences such as may be obtained in many ways. 
 
 QUESTION No. 81. 
 
 Is there any authority in the Bible for the theory of re- 
 birth? 
 
 Answer: Yes, there is plenty of authoritj*, although it 
 is only taught directly in one place. The Jewish priests 
 believed in the theory of rebirth, or they would not have 
 sent to ask John the Baptist "Art thou Elijah?" as it is 
 recorded in the first Chapter of John in tho twenty-first 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 163 
 
 verse; and in the Gospel of Matthew, we have the words 
 of Christ concerning John the Baptist which are unambig- 
 uous and unequivocal. He said, "This is Elijah." Also on 
 the later occasion, at the time when they had been upon 
 the Mount of Transfiguration, the Christ said, "Elijah has 
 come and they have done to him as they listed," and we 
 are told that the disciples "knew He was speaking of John" 
 who had then been beheaded by Herod. 
 
 In Matthew, the 16th chapter, 14th verse, He is asking 
 His disciples "Who do the people say I am?" and the 
 answer which they give Him is "Some say that you are John 
 the Baptist, others say that you are Elijah, and again others 
 say that you are Jeremiah or one of the Prophets." It is 
 noteworthy that the Christ did not contradict them at all, 
 for He was a teacher, and if they had entertained a wrong 
 idea concerning the doctrine of rebirth, it would have been 
 His undoubted duty to set them right. But He did not do 
 that. He moreover taught it directly, as per the above 
 passage. 
 
 There are also cases mentioned in the Bible, where a 
 person has been chosen for a certain work before his birth. 
 An Angel foretold the coming of Samson and his mis- 
 sion to slay the Philistines. The Lord said to the prophet 
 Jeremiah, "Before thou earnest out of the womb, I sancti- 
 fied thee and I ordained thee a prophet unto the nations." 
 John and Jesus had their missions allotted to them before 
 they were born. A person is chosen for a mission because 
 of a special fitness. Proficiency presupposes practice and 
 practice prior to birth must have been in a previous life. 
 Thus the doctrine of rebirth is also taught by implication in 
 the cases cited. 
 
164 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 82. 
 
 According to the Bible only man was given a soul. Why 
 do you then say that the animals have a group spirit? 
 
 Answer: In the first chapter of Genesis, verse 20, we 
 are told that God said : "Let the water bring forth 
 abundantly the moving creature that has life." The word 
 used in Hebrew is nephesh, which means "breath." That 
 word is also used in the second chapter, verse 7, where it is 
 said that "The Lord God formed man of the dust of the 
 ground and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life 
 (nephesh), and man became a 'nephesh chayim,' a breath- 
 ing creature." Not a living soul, as there translated. The 
 translation of King James has been modified by people who 
 had a little more regard for the truth than for preconceived 
 ideas ; they have consented to put the word "soul" in the 
 margin as an alternative reading of the word in chapter 1, 
 verse 20, where the creation of the animals is recorded, so 
 that even in the Bibles of today, it is admitted that animals 
 have a soul. 
 
 This translation is not correct, however; nephesh means 
 breath and not soul; the Hebrew word for soul is 
 neshamah. Soul is not synonymous with spirit, which is 
 called Ruach, so that Genesis does not mention the spirit of 
 either man or animal, for spirit has no genesis, IT is. The 
 forms of animal and man which are sustained by breath 
 had a beginning and that is what Genesis records. That 
 idea is perfectly in line with the words of Solomon in 
 Ecclesiastes 3:19, where we are told that (so far as the 
 body formed of the dust is concerned) man has no pre- 
 eminence above the beast, for as one dieth so dieth the 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 165 
 
 other; they have all one breath (nephesh) and as one dieth 
 so dieth the other. All go unto one place (namely, the 
 Desire World). 
 
 If the inquirer accepts only the English word and version 
 of the Bible, as if that book had been written directly in 
 our language, it would seem fair to ask: If man obtained 
 his soul as described in the Bible, where did .woman receive 
 her soul ; or is she without a soul ? 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 83. 
 Is it true that Eve was taken out of Adam's side? 
 
 Answer: Among the forty-seven translators of King 
 James's Bible only three understood Hebrew and two of 
 them died before the Psalms had been translated. Besides, 
 in the Hebrew language, particularly the old style writing, 
 the vowel points are never put in, and thus a wprd may be 
 given different meanings, according to the way these points 
 are entered. In the case of the story of Adam's rib, the 
 word translated "rib" when pointed in one way reads tsad, 
 which really means rib, but pointed another way it reads 
 tscla,"whieh.- means side. The occult teaching concerning 
 the development of the earth and man states that there was 
 
166 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 a time when man was like the God or Elohim who created 
 him, in one particular sex. He was both male and female, 
 a hermaphrodite, capable of generating another being from 
 himself. Later it became necessary to his further evolution 
 that a brain should be evolved, and whereas he had pre- 
 viously sent out from himself the double creative force, 
 positive and negative, half of that was then retained for 
 the purpose of building a brain, a larynx, and a nervous 
 system, as organs of thought and a keyboard whereby the 
 spirit might manipulate its organism and express itself 
 vocally. Some of the spirits retain the positive creative 
 force and send out only the negative, or female force, while 
 others retain the female or negative force and send out 
 the positive. Thus it may be said that God took away from 
 them one side of their being, but not the rib. This reading 
 of the word has as good a claim to recognition as the 
 translation rib, and also has the further merit that it helps 
 to explain an otherwise unexplainable fact. 
 
 QUESTION No. 84. 
 
 // God made man in His image and likeness, supposedly 
 perfect, why were the different epochs prior to the Fall of 
 Adam and Eve necessary 1 ? 
 
 Answer: The inquirer is laboring under a misapprehen- 
 sion. The Bible says that God saw his work, and that it 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 167 
 
 was "good" but not perfect. Had it been perfect, there 
 would have been nothing further to do, and evolution would 
 have been superfluous. The human race did not become 
 definitely human until the latter pait of the Lemurian 
 Epoch when the spirit commenced to draw into the 
 bodies. The humanity of that time, Adam and Eve, 
 were very different from our present day humanity. They 
 were also products of evolution, for there is no instantaneous 
 creation. These beings had progressed through stages of 
 plant-like and animal-like development from the mineral 
 kingdom wherein they started, and it was not a single pair, 
 as is usually understood by orthodox religionists, but a 
 humanity that was both male and female at the time 
 mentioned in the Bible. It is said that male and female 
 created He them ; moreover, it was not the first time that 
 man had been upon the earth, or that the earth had been 
 peopled, as can be seen from- Genesis 1 :28, where they were 
 commanded to go out and RE-plenish the earth, showing 
 that the earth had been the abode of certain other beings 
 previous to the advent of those which are called Adam and 
 Eve. Josephus says that Adam means "red earth" and 
 the Hebrew "Admali" from which Adam is derived, means 
 "firm ground"; that describes the state very well. Adm 
 (as it is given in the Hebrew text), did not come upon the 
 earth until it had solidified and become firm, yet he came 
 before the earth had become properly cooled as it is now, 
 and so the earth was really in a red and fiery state at that 
 time. He had been here before. During the earlier Epochs 
 before the Lemurian, the spirits hovered over the fiery 
 earth and helped to form and mold it as it is now. The 
 human spirits were at that time learning lessons with which 
 we have no present concern. We were unconscious at that 
 time, but did the work just as well as, for instance, our 
 
168 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 digestive organs perform the chemical operations necessary 
 to digestion and assimilation although we are unaware of 
 these processes in our conscious mind. It must be plain, 
 however, that as the work of children in the kindergarten 
 and grammar school is the all important foundation for the 
 later teachings of high school and college, so were the 
 earlier epochs the foundation stones for our present condi- 
 tions. They were as necessary as it is to learn the alphabet 
 before we attempt to read. 
 
 QUESTION No. 85. 
 
 What was the sin or fall in Eden? 
 
 Answer: When the earth came out of chaos, it was at 
 first in the dark red stage known as the Polarian Epoch. 
 There humanity first evolved a dense body, not at all like 
 our present vehicle, of course. When the condition of the 
 earth became fiery, as in the Hyperborean Epoch, the vital 
 l>ody was added and man became plant-like, that is to say, 
 he had the same vehicles as our plants have today, and also 
 a similar consciousness, or, rather, unconsciousness, to that 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 169 
 
 which we have in dreamless sleep when the dense and vital 
 bodies are left upon the bed. 
 
 At that time, in the Hyperborean Epoch, the body of man 
 was as an enormous gas bag, floating outside the fiery earth, 
 and it threw off plant-like spores, which then grew and 
 were used by other incoming entities. At that time man 
 was double sexed, a hermaphrodite. 
 
 In the Lemurian Epoch, when the earth had somewhat 
 cooled and islands of crust had begun to form amid boiling 
 seas, then also man's body had somewhat solidified and had 
 become more like the body we see today. It was ape- 
 like, a short trunk with enormous arms and limbs, the heels 
 projecting backward and almost no head at least the upper 
 part of the head was nearly entirely wanting. Man lived 
 in the atmosphere of steam which occultists call fire-fog, 
 and had no lungs, but breathed by means of tubes. He 
 had a bladder-like organ inside, which he inflated with 
 heated air to help him leap enormous chasms when volcanic 
 eruptions destroyed the land upon which he was living. 
 From the back of his head there projected an organ which 
 has now been drawn into the head and is called by 
 anatomists the pineal gland, or the third eye, although it 
 was never an eye, but a localized organ of feeling. The 
 body was then devoid of feeling, but when man came too 
 close to a volcanic crater, the heat was registered by this 
 organ to warn him away before his body was destroyed. 
 
 At that time the body had already so far solidified that 
 it was impossible . for man to continue to propagate by 
 spores, and it was necessary that he should evolve an organ 
 of thought, a brain. The creative force which we now use 
 to build railways, steamships, etc., in the outer world, was 
 then used inwardly for the building of organs. Like all 
 forces it was positive and negative. One pole was turned 
 
170 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 upward to build the brain, leaving the other pole available 
 for the creation of another body. Thus man was no longer 
 a complete creative unit. Each possessed only half the 
 creative force, and it was therefore necessary for him to seek 
 his complement outside himself. 
 
 But at that time, "their eyes had not been opened," and 
 the human beings of that age were unconscious of each other 
 in the Physical World, though well aware and awake in the 
 Spiritual World. Therefore, under the guidance of the 
 Angels, who were particularly fitted to help them in respect 
 to propagation, they were herded together in great temples 
 at certain times of the year when the lines of force running 
 between the planets were propitious, and there the creative 
 act was performed as a religious sacrifice. And when this 
 primal man Adam came into the intimate sexual contact 
 with the woman, the spirit for the moment pierced the 
 flesh and "Adam knew (01 became aware of) his wife;"' he 
 sensed her physically. It is this which the Bible has 
 recorded, using that chaste expression all through its 
 leaves, for we are told that "Elkanah knew his wife Hannah, 
 and she bore Samuel." Even in the New Testament where 
 the angel comes to Mary telling her that she is to be the 
 mother of the Savior, she answers, "How shall that be pos- 
 sible seeing I know not a man?" 
 
 Sin is action contrary to law, and while humanity prop- 
 agated under the guidance of the Angels, who understood 
 the cosmic lines of force, parturition was painless, as it is 
 now among wild animals, which propagate only at the 
 proper time of the year under the guidance of the group 
 spirit. But when man, acting on the advice of certain 
 spirits half-way between humanity and the Angels, under- 
 took to create at any and all times of the year, regardless of 
 cosmic lines of force, that sin, or "eating of the tree of 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSYYEKS 171 
 
 "knowledge," caused the painful parturition which the Angel 
 proclaimed to Eve. He did not curse her, but simply stated 
 what would be the result of the ignorant and indiscriminate 
 use of the creative function. 
 
 QUESTION No. 86. 
 
 Is the Tree of Life spoken of in the Bible the same as the 
 philosopher's stone of the alchemists? 
 
 Answer: Yes and no. To understand the matter it is 
 necessary to go back in the history of mankind. There was 
 a time when humanity was double sexed and capable of 
 generating a body without the help of another. But when 
 it became necessary to build the brain in order that the 
 spirit might be able to create by thought as well as in the 
 Physical World, one-half the sex force was retained to build 
 an organ of thought. Then it became necessary for each to 
 seek the cooperation of another who expressed the opposite 
 pole of the creative force which he had available himself for 
 sex purposes. Having no brain, and as "their eyes had not 
 been opened," they were of course unconscious in the 
 Physical World and unable to guide themselves. Therefore, 
 the Angels herded them together at certain times of the 
 
172 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 year when the planetary forces were propitious to perform 
 the generative act as a religious sacrifice, whereby they 
 gave up part of their bodies for the generation of a vehicle 
 for another spirit. In that close embrace, the spirit first 
 pierced the veil of the flesh and Adam "knew" his wife. 
 Later on, when the consciousness of humanity had become 
 focused a little more upon the Physical World and a few 
 among them had begun dimly to perceive the bodies of 
 which we now are so thoroughly conscious, these pioneers 
 began to preach the gospel of the body, telling the others 
 that they possessed a physical body, for the majority were 
 then unconscious of that instrument as we now are of 
 having a stomach when in good health. 
 
 Then it was noticed that those bodies died, and the ques- 
 tion arose among the pioneers as to how such a body could 
 be replaced. The solution was given to man by a certain 
 class of spirits who were stragglers from the evolution of the 
 Angels, demi-gods, as we might say. These Lucifer Spirits, 
 or light givers, enlightened nascent humanity regarding 
 their powers of generating a body at any time. But these 
 bodies were not perfect then- they are not perfect today 
 and of course generation without reference to the planetary 
 conditions has produced even inferior bodies to what would 
 have been otherwise generated, in addition to the painful 
 parturition prophesied by the Angel. 
 
 Since then the generative function has been exercised un- 
 restrictedly by the ignorant human race. But by the fact of 
 death it has been possible for the Angels to teach humanity 
 between death and a new birth how to build a gradually im- 
 proving body. Had man learned in that far past how to 
 renew his vital body, as he was taught to generate a dense 
 vehicle at his own pleasure, then death would indeed have 
 been an impossibility and man would have become immortal 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 173 
 
 as the Gods. But he would then have immortalized his im- 
 perfections and made progress an impossibility. It is the 
 renewal of this vital body which is expressed in the Bible 
 as "eating of the Tree of Life." At the time of his en- 
 lightenment concerning generation man was a spiritual 
 being whose eyes were not yet blinded by the material 
 world, and he might have learned the secret of vitalizing 
 his body at will, thus frustrating evolution. Thus we see 
 -that death, when it comes naturally, is not a curse but our 
 greatest and best friend, for it frees us from an instrument 
 from which we can learn no more; it takes us out of an 
 environment which we have outgrown, that we may learn 
 -to build a better body in an environment of wider scope 
 in which we can make more progress toward the goal of 
 perfection. 
 
 In this pilgrimage there comes at last a time when man 
 is fitted to have the powers of life. The body which he has 
 made for himself becomes pure and is of service for a 
 much longer time than heretofore. Then he begins to seek 
 after the philosopher's stone, the elixir vitas, or whatever 
 name he may choose t6~~employ. 'The alchemists aimed to 
 manufacture this pure and holy vehicle, but not by a 
 chemical process in a laboratory, as supposed by the 
 ignorant multitude. Nomenclature which gave color to that 
 idea was made necessary because they lived in an age when 
 a dominant and apostate church would have brought them 
 to death had the truth been known. When they spoke of 
 transmuting base metals to gold, they spoke the truth not 
 only from the material standpoint but also from the 
 spiritual, for gold has ever been the symbol of spirit and 
 these alchemists aimed to spiritualize their bodies, which 
 are of baser texture. 
 
 Everywhere the pure and beautiful symbol of transpar- 
 
174 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 ency has been given to designate the power of purity. In 
 the Old Testament we hear of the Temple of Solomon that 
 was "built without sound of hammer." The most beautiful 
 ornament there was the molten sea. Hiram Abiff, the 
 master-workman, as his final achievement, succeeded in 
 smelting all the metals of the earth into an alloy as 
 transparent as glass. In the New Testament we are told 
 the last about a beautiful city having in its midst a sea of 
 glass. In the East, the initiate aims to become the diamond- 
 soul, pure and transparent. In the West the Philosopher's 
 Stone is the symbol of the purified soul extracted from the 
 bodies which have been transmuted and spiritualized. The 
 soul that sinneth, it shall die, but the pure soul is im- 
 mortalized by the elixir vitas, the "Tree of Life," into a 
 vital body that will last milleniums as a vehicle for the 
 spirit. 
 
 QUESTION No. 87. 
 
 The Lord had respect unto Abel and his bloody offering, 
 but unto Cain and his sweet and clean offering, He had not 
 respect. Why ? 
 
 Answer: The inquirer is under a misapprehension. The 
 offering of Abel was not a bloody offering. It is nowhere 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 175 
 
 stated that Abel killed an animal. The legend of the occult 
 free masons, which we will give in part, tells the story : 
 
 Once upon a time, the Elohim created Eve; he united 
 with her and she bore Cain; he left her before the birth of 
 Cain and Cain was thus "the son of the widow." Then 
 the Elohim Jehova created Adam who united with Eve 
 and she bore Abel. In time Cain and Abel brought their 
 offerings to Jehovah. Abel brought of his flocks created 
 by God while Cain brought the work of his own hands, the 
 grain. And Jehovah received the gift which Abel had 
 found ready to his hand, made by nature, but he despised 
 the sacrifice which was the outcome of the creative ability 
 of Cain. Then Cain slew Abel and was cursed. Adam 
 again united with Eve, and she bore Seth. 
 
 From Cain and Seth came two classes of people. The 
 descendants of Cain were Tubal-Cain and Hiram Abiff, 
 cunning master workmen, who knew how to fashion things 
 with their hands, having within themselves the divine 
 ability of creation, of making two blades of grass grow 
 where there was only one before, and from them come all 
 those who work with their hands and strive to conquer the 
 earth and its resources. 
 
 From Seth descended the kings and the priests, who re- 
 ceived their wisdom ready made from the Gods, and take 
 things as they find them. Among them was Solomon, the 
 wisest of men, but he had not worked for his wisdom him- 
 self, he received it as a gift of God. These two classes are 
 still found upon earth today and are battling for suprem- 
 acy. One is the progressive temporal Powers, the other the 
 conservative Priest-craft. 
 
 The reason, then, why Jehovah accepted the offering of 
 Abel was because he had taken things as they were found 
 created; he was a son of man, and did not aspire to divine 
 
176 KOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 creatorship. But Cain was of a divine nature; Tie had with- 
 in him the creative instinct; and that was not to the liking 
 of the God. 
 
 QUESTION No. 88. 
 
 What is the esoteric significance of the Ark of the 
 Covenant? 
 
 Answer: We read in the earliest chapters of the Bible 
 about the Fall in Eden, when man took the creative force 
 into his own hands, used it ignorantly and thus sinned 
 against the laws of nature. Propagation is a faculty of the 
 vital body which is the shadow of the life spirit, the 
 second aspect of the threefold spirit in man. 
 
 Cherubim are described as having been put on guard with 
 a flaming sword when man was driven out from Eden, lest 
 he eat of the Tree of Life and become immortal, for they 
 are the great creative hierarchy which had charge over the 
 earth in the Sun Period, when the vital body germinated 
 and the life spirit was awakened. 
 
 Then commenced the long pilgrimage through the wilder- 
 ness of matter, and the ark of the covenant was the symbol 
 of man in this migratory phase of his existence. During 
 the pilgrimage in the wilderness, the staves which were 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 177 
 
 used to carry the ark were always left in their places to 
 show that it had no abiding place, but when it came to the 
 temple made without sound of hammer, the Temple of 
 Solomon,, its pilgrimage was ended, and the staves were 
 removed. 
 
 In its character as a symbol of man the ark contained 
 the Book of the Laiv^given to teach man right action. 
 There was the rod of Aaron which budded, a wand of power, 
 symbolizing the spiritual force latent in every man. This 
 rod was a replica of the spear of Parsifal, which was an 
 instrument of harm in the hands of Klingsor, the Black 
 Magician, and likewise in the hands of the Roman soldier, 
 but the pure and spiritual Parsifal used it to heal the 
 wounds of Amfortas. The rod of Aaron had been used 
 among the Egyptians to cause distress and sorrow, and was 
 then hidden within the ark, symbolical of the fact that man 
 had at one time possessed and misused the spiritual power 
 now hidden within. 
 
 There was the pot of manna. This was not a food for 
 the body as materialistically explained. The word manna 
 is almost universal. In the Sanskrit we have "manas," the 
 thinker. In German, the English, the Scandinavian 
 languages, and in many others, we have the same word 
 "man" to designate the thinker. The placing of the pot of 
 manna within the ark commemorates the time when the 
 Ego drew into the form it had built and became an in- 
 dwelling individual spirit. 
 
 That was the "fall" into material conditions, neces- 
 sitating the generation of dense bodies. When man ar- 
 rogated to himself the power to generate at any time, he 
 was exiled from the Etheric Region lest he possess himself 
 of the secret of vitalizing the imperfect bodies he generates 
 and render evolution impossible. 
 
178 ROSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 It is stated in the first part of our answer, the Cherubim 
 were the authors of our vital powers, so they must guard 
 them until man is qualified to have control himself. There- 
 fore they are said to have heen placed at the garden of 
 Eden with a Flaming Sword, and it is of the greatest 
 significance that upon the doors to the Temple of Solomon 
 there stood the Cherubim, holding in their hands no longer 
 the Flaming Sword, but an open flower. The flower is the 
 generative organ of the plant, which accomplishes the act 
 of generation in a pure, passionless manner, and when man 
 has learned how to become pure and passionless so that 
 each and every form is immaculately conceived, he can 
 enter into the temple of God as the ark entered the Temple 
 of Solomon, and he may remain there, as signified by the 
 removal of the staves, and as prophetically told in Revela- 
 tion where the spirit said: "To him that overcometh, I 
 will make a pillar in the House of my God; thence he shall 
 no more go out." 
 
 QUESTION No. 89. 
 
 Is there an occult significance in the various Christian 
 feasts of the year? 
 
 Answer: Yes, the feasts of the year have the very deep- 
 est occult significance. From the material point of view, 
 the planets are but so many masses of matter going about 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 179 
 
 in their orbits in obedience to so-called blind laws, but to 
 the occultists they appear as Great Spirits, moving about 
 in space as we move in the world. 
 
 When a man is seen gesticulating, we attach a certain 
 significance to his gestures. If he shakes his head, we 
 know that he is negativing a certain proposition, but if he 
 nodds, we infer that he agrees. If he beckons, having the 
 palms of his hands turned toward him, we know that he 
 is motioning for someone to come to him, but if he turns 
 the palms outward, we understand that he is warning some- 
 one to stay away. In the case of the universe, we usually 
 do not think that there is any significance to the altered 
 position of the planets, but to the occultist there is the 
 very deepest meaning in all the varied phenomena of the 
 heavens. They correspond to the gestures of man. 
 
 Krisma means anointed, and anyone who had a special 
 mission to perform was so anointed in olden times. When, 
 in the winter time, the sun is below the equator at the 
 nadir point of its travel, the spiritual impulses are the 
 greatest in the world. For our material welfare, however, 
 it is necessary that the sun should come again into the 
 northern hemisphere, and so we speak of the time when 
 the sun starts upon its journey northward as Christmas, 
 the birthday of the Savior, anointed to save us from the 
 famine and cold which would ensue if he were to stay at 
 the nadir point always. 
 
 As the sun passes toward the equator, it goes through the 
 sign Aquarius, the water-man, at that time the earth is 
 deluged with rain, symbolizing the baptism of the Savior. 
 Then comes the passage of the sun through the sign Pisces, 
 the fishes, in the month of March. The stores of the past 
 year have been all consumed, and the food of man is scant, 
 hence we have the long fast of Lent, where the eating of 
 
180 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 fish symbolizes this feature of the solar journey. Then 
 comes the Passover, when the sun passed over the equator. 
 This is the time of Easter, when the sun is at his eastern 
 node, and this crossing of the equator is symbolized by the 
 crossification or crucifixion, so called, of the Savior; the sun 
 then goes into the sign of Aries, the Ram, and becomes the 
 Lamb of God, which is given for the salvation of the world 
 at the time when the plants begin to sprout. In order that 
 the sacrifice may be of benefit to man, however, he (the 
 sun) must ascend into the heavens where his rays will have 
 power to ripen the grape and the corn, and so we have the 
 feast of Whit-Sunday and the Ascension of the Savior to 
 the Throne of the Father, which is at the summer solstice 
 in June. There the sun remains for three days, when the 
 saying "Thence he shall return" takes effect as the sun com- 
 mences his passage toward the western node. At the time 
 when he enters the sign Virgo, the Virgin, we have the feast 
 of the Assumption and later on, when he leaves the sign 
 Virgo, the nativity of the virgin, who seems, as it were, to 
 be born from the sun. 
 
 The Jewish feast of Tabernacles occurred at the time 
 when the sun was crossing the equator on its passage into 
 the winter months, and this feast was accompanied by the 
 weighing in of the corn and the harvest of the wine, which 
 were the gifts of the solar God to his human worshipers. 
 
 Thus all the feasts of the year are connected with the 
 motions of the stars through space. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 181 
 
 QUESTION No. 90. 
 
 I understood you to say that the Christ has been incar- 
 nated only once in Jesus; was he not previously incarnated 
 in Gautama Buddha and still earlier in Krishna? 
 
 Answer: No. Jesus Himself was a spirit belonging to 
 our human evolution, and so was Gautama Buddha. The 
 writer has no information concerning Krishna, but is in- 
 clined to believe that he was also a spirit belonging to the 
 human race, because the Indian stories concerning him tell 
 of how he entered heaven and what took place there. The 
 Christ spirit which entered the body of Jesus when Jesus 
 himself vacated it, was a ray from the cosmic Christ. We 
 may follow Jesus back in his previous incarnations, and we 
 can trace his growth to the present day. The Christ spirit, 
 on the contrary,. is not to be found among our human spirits 
 at all. 
 
 We may say that before the coming of Christ, He worked 
 upon the earth from the outside, much as the group spirit 
 works with the animals from without, guiding and helping 
 them, until they become sufficiently individualized to be 
 trie abode of an individual spirit. There was no indwell- 
 ing spirit in the earth prior to the coming of Christ, but 
 at the time when the sacrifice upon Golgotha had been con- 
 summated and the Christ spirit was liberated from the body 
 of Jesus, it drew into the earth and is now the indwelling 
 Earth Spirit, which Paul says "is groaning and travailing, 
 waiting for the day of liberation," for, contrary to the ac- 
 cepted opinion, the sacrifice upon Golgotha was not com- 
 pleted with the death of the body of Jesus; in fact, that 
 event may be said to be only the beginning; the sacrifice 
 
182 ROSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 will continue until such time as we shall have evolved the 
 altruism and love that will liberate the Earth Spirit from 
 the cramping conditions of material existence, when the 
 necessity for guiding us shall have passed away. 
 
 QUESTION No. 91. 
 
 We are told that "God so loved tlie world that He gave 
 His only begotten Son, that wliosoever believeih in Him 
 should not die but have everlasting life/' How can we 
 reconcile that idea with tltc words of Christ, "1 came not to 
 bring peace but a sword"'? 
 
 Answer: It is said that the "law and the prophets were 
 until Christ," and there are four steps whereby man lifts 
 himself to God. At first, when lie awakens to a conscious- 
 ness in the Physical World and is in the savage state, he 
 finds himself surrounded by other men, who by the very 
 stress of circumstances are forced to fight for life, men 
 among whom "might is right" ; here he learns to rely upon 
 his own strength to save him from the onslaughts of wild 
 animals and other men. But he perceives around him the 
 nature powers, and of them he is afraid, for he knows their 
 ability to kill and his own impotence to cope with them. He 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 183 
 
 therefore begins to worship, seeking to propitiate the God 
 he fears by bloody sacrifices. 
 
 Then comes the time when he begins to look to God as 
 the giver of things, who will reward him here and now for 
 obedience to his law and punish him instantly for disobedi- 
 ence. A mighty ally against his enemies but a powerful 
 enemy, and therefore much to be feared also. And so, he 
 worships and sacrifices animals through fear and avarice. 
 
 Then comes the stage when he is taught to worship a God 
 of Love and to sacrifice himself from day to day, through 
 his whole life, for a reward in a future state which he is to 
 believe in by faith and which is not even clearly outlined. 
 
 Finally man will reach a stage when he will recognize 
 his divinity and do right because it is right without thought 
 of fear or bribe. 
 
 The Jews had reached the second of these stages and 
 were under the law. The Christian religion is gradually 
 working through the third stage, though not yet freed from 
 the second. All of us are yet under laws made by God and 
 by man in order to curb our desire bodies by fear, but to 
 advance us spiritually from now on we must sensitize our 
 vital body which is amenable to love while not at all cog- 
 nizant of law which governs the desire nature. 
 
 In order to prepare this coming state the priests, who 
 were more advanced than the ordinary people, kept separate 
 and apart from them. We hear in the East that only a cer- 
 tain caste, the Brahmins, were allowed to enter the temples 
 and perform the temple services. Among the Jews, only the 
 Levites were allowed to approach the holy place, and among 
 other nations it was the same. The priests were always a 
 distinct class, who were not allowed to marry among the 
 ordinary people. They were separate and apart in every 
 respect. 
 
184 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 That was because the leaders of humanity could only use 
 the strain where there existed a certain laxity between the 
 vital body and the dense body. And so they bred these 
 priests and herded them around the temples, regulating 
 their life, sexually and otherwise, in every respect. But at 
 the time when Christ was liberated from the body of Jesus 
 and diffused His Being throughout the whole earth, the veil 
 was rent, as a symbol of the fact, that the need for any 
 special condition had passed away. From that time on the 
 ether has been changing in the earth. An increasingly 
 higher rate of vibration allows for the expression of altru- 
 istic qualities. It was the starting of that enormous vibra- 
 tion which caused the darkness said to have attended the 
 crucifixion. That was not darkness at all, but an intense 
 light which blinded people for the time being until the 
 vibrations slowed down by immersion in the dense, physical 
 earth. A few hours later the radiant Christ Spirit had 
 drawn into the earth sufficiently to restore normal condi- 
 tions. But gradually that power from within is gaining 
 the ascendency, and the etheric vibrations are being ac- 
 celerated, increasing altruism and spiritual growth. Thus 
 the conditions are now such that no special or privileged 
 class need exist, but each and every one may aspire to enter 
 the path of initiation. 
 
 Old conditions die hard, however; under the regime of 
 Jehovah, the Spirit of the Moon, humanity had been broken 
 up into nations, and in order that He might guide them it 
 was necessary that He should at times use one nation to 
 punish another, for humanity was not then amenable to 
 love it would only obey under the lash of fear. Before the 
 great Universal Brotherhood of Love can be inaugurated 
 it is necessary to break up these nations on the same princi- 
 ple that if we have a number of buildings, composed of 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 185 
 
 bricks and we wish to build them into one grand structure, 
 it is necessary first to break them to pieces so that the indi- 
 vidual bricks will be available for use in the larger build- 
 ing. Therefore the Christ said, "I come not to bring peace, 
 but a sword/' 
 
 We must outgrow patriotism and learn to say as that 
 great soul, Thomas Paine, "The world is my country, and 
 to do good is my religion/' Until that time, the wars must 
 go on and the more the better, for thereby the sooner will 
 the horror become sufficiently appalling to compel peace. 
 
 On the holy night when the Christ child was born, the 
 angels sang a song, "Peace on Earth and Good Will among 
 Men." Later the child grew up and said, "I come not to 
 bring peace, but a sword," and the Christian religion has 
 been the bloodiest of all religions of humanity. It has car- 
 ried desolation and sorrow with it wherever it has gone, but 
 out of all that travail there will yet come the day when 
 the song of the Angels will become a fact and the words 
 of the Christ uttered at other times concerning love to one's 
 neighbor will be lived. When the sword has done its work 
 it will be beaten into plow shares, and there will be no more 
 war, for there will be no more nations. 
 
186 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 92. 
 What is meant by everlasting salvation and damnation? 
 
 Answer: The orthodox religions say that those who have 
 done well in this life are saved, that is to say, they will go 
 to a heaven not very clearly defined, and those who fail to 
 reach this salvation are plunged into a hell of which not 
 very much is known save that it is a place of misery. The 
 good and the bad stay in their respective places, once they 
 have been judged; there is no redemption for the lost 
 souls, and no danger of a fall for those once saved. 
 
 Such an interpretation is radically wrong, if the Greek 
 dictionary is taken as authority, for obviously the meaning 
 hinges upon the word translated "everlasting" That word 
 is aionian, and in the dictionary it is translated to mean 
 "an age, an indefinite period, a lifetime/' etc. What, then, 
 is the true meaning of the passage quoted we may ask our- 
 selves, and in order to find that" meaning it will be necessary 
 to take a comprehensive view of life. 
 
 In the beginning of manifestation, God, a great flame, 
 differentiates a vast number of incipient flames or sparks 
 within Himself, not from Himself, for it is an actual fact 
 that "in Him we live and move and have our being." Noth- 
 ing can exist outside God. So within Himself, God dif- 
 ferentiates these countless souls. Each of them is poten- 
 tially divine, each enfolds all His powers as the seed en- 
 folds the plant, but as the seed must be buried in the ground 
 to bring forth the plant, so it is necessary that these divine 
 sparks should be immersed in material vehicles in order 
 that they may learn lessons that can be mastered only in 
 such a separative existence as there is in the world. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 187 
 
 The world may be regarded as a training school for the 
 evolving spirits. Some of them started early and applied 
 themselves diligently to the task before them ; consequently 
 they progressed rapidly. Others started later and are lag- 
 gards. They are therefore left behind in the race; but all 
 will ultimately attain the goal of perfection. In conse- 
 quence of the foregoing fact there are a number of classes 
 of these pilgrim spirits, and before one set, or class, of 
 spirits can be moved up another step in evolution it is 
 necessary that they should have attained a certain standard 
 of proficiency. They are saved from a lower condition 
 which they have outgrown. Once this measure of efficiency 
 has been acquired, they are promoted into another race, 
 another epoch. But among a large number there are al- 
 ways laggards, and these are condemned to stay in the class 
 where they were until they have arrived at the stage of 
 growth required for advancement. The plan is similar to 
 the method in which children in a school are promoted into 
 the next higher class at the yearly examinations if they 
 have attained a certain standard of knowledge ; if not, they 
 are condemned to stay behind not forever, but only until 
 another year's examination proves that they have qualified. 
 
 The foregoing is not a distorted or a wrong representa- 
 tion of the meaning of the word aionian. It has been used 
 other places in the Bible in a manner which bears out our 
 contention. For instance, in Paul's letter to Philemon, 
 where he returns to him the slave Onesimus with the words, 
 "Perhaps it was well that you should lose him for a time 
 that he might be given back to you forever." The word 
 "forever" is the same word aionian which is translated 
 everlasting in connection with damnation and salvation, 
 and it will be readily seen that in this case it can only 
 
188 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 mean a part of a lifetime, for neither Paul or Philemon, 
 as such, would live forever. 
 
 . .; 
 QUESTION No. 93. 
 
 What is the teaching of the Rosicrucians concerning the 
 Immaculate Conception? 
 
 Answer: The Doctrine of the Immaculate Conception 
 is, perhaps, one of the most sublime mysteries of the Chris^ 
 tian religion, and perhaps for that reason it has suffered 
 more fr(^m being dragged down into materiality than any 
 of the other mysteries. It has suffered alike from the in- 
 terpretation of its clumsy supporters and the sneers of 
 the skeptics. When, for instance, we see in churches a pic- 
 ture of God as an old man sitting up in the skies witn a 
 blow-pipe in his mouth in the act of blowing the infant 
 Jesus into the side of Mary, it is more than ridiculous, it is 
 pathetic ! 
 
 The popular, but erroneous, idea is that about 2000 years 
 ago an individual named Jesus Christ was born of a mother 
 without the cooperation of an earthly father, and this inci- 
 dent is regarded as unique in the history of the world. In 
 reality, it is not unparalleled; the immaculate conception 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 189 
 
 has taken place many times in the history of the world and 
 will become universal in the future. 
 
 The anticipated history of man is written in the stars-^- 
 man being the little world as the stars are great worlds. 
 There the ideal, the prototype of the Immaculate Concep- 
 tion is dramatically presented from year to year. The sun 
 is the life giver of the world; it is the light of the world 
 also. And as the more advanced beings who are saviors 
 of mankind appear when the greatest spiritual darkness is 
 upon earth, so the sun is born anew at the winter solstice 
 and starts its journey toward the equator on the darkest 
 night of the year, the night between the 24th and the 25th 
 of December. At that time, the zodiacal sign Virgo rises 
 upon the eastern horizon in all northern latitudes, which 
 are the most populous parts of the earth. 
 
 Thus, the light of the world is each year immaculately 
 conceived by the celestial virgin mother and starts upon his 
 journey northward to give his life for humanity as he ripens 
 the corn and the grape. By analogy the spiritual teachers 
 are born at times when spiritual darkness is greatest, and 
 they give to man the bread of life which feeds the soul. 
 
 Men do not gather grapes of thorns, but like always be- 
 gets like; an entity that is vile must be born of a mother 
 who is vile, and before a savior can be born a pure virgin 
 mother must be found. But when we say "virgin," we do 
 not mean virgin in a physical sense. We all possess physical 
 virginity in the early years of our lives, but virginity of 
 the spirit is a quality of soul acquired by lives of pure 
 thought and lofty aspirations. It is not dependent upon 
 the state of the body. A true virgin may bear several chil- 
 dren and remain "virgin." 
 
 Whether a child is conceived in sin or immaculately con- 
 ceived is thus dependent upon its own inherent soul qual- 
 
190 KOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 ity, for if the Ego to be born is pure and chaste it will 
 naturally be born to a mother who is also of the same pure 
 and beautiful nature. And the physical act, which in the 
 case of most people is dictated by passion and desire for 
 sensual gratification, is performed by the pure and the 
 chaste of soul in a spirit of prayer as a sacrifice. Thus the 
 child is begotten without the sin of passion ; it is immacu- 
 lately conceived. 
 
 Such a one is never an accidental child. His coming 
 has been heralded and looked forward to with anticipation 
 of pleasure and joy, and there are many cases at the present 
 day where people come very close to an imitation of the 
 Immaculate Conception; cases where both the parents are 
 pure and chaste ; where they perform the generative act in 
 the spirit of pure love ; where the mother is unmolested dur- 
 ing the gestatory period and the child is born in almost as 
 pure a manner as foreshadowed in the symbolical immacu- 
 late conceptions. In time, when humanity grows more and 
 more altruistic, passion will be superseded by pure love, 
 and all men will be immaculately begotten. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 
 
 QUESTION No. 94. 
 Was not the Star of Bethlehem a comet? 
 
 Answer: No; the Star of Bethlehem shines at midnight 
 of every night as it shone upon the night which is recorded 
 in the Bible, and may be seen by anyone among the wise 
 men of today, though hidden from all others. 
 
 The key to the mystery is this : 
 
 The Gospels are not simply stories of the life of an indi- 
 vidual ; they depict dramatically and in symbol the inci- 
 dents in the path of attainment; they are formulae of initia- 
 tion. 
 
 In the summertime, when the whole earth is exerting it- 
 self to bring forth the bread of life for all who live upon it, 
 the sun is high in the heavens, sending forth its life giving 
 rays toward our planet. Then all the physical activities 
 are to the fore and man is engrossed in material occupa- 
 tions necessary to his existence. But when in winter the 
 sun is below the equator and nature slumbers, spiritual in- 
 fluences sent forth from the sun are most potent. When 
 the physical darkness increases the spiritual light burns 
 more brightly and culminates in the birth of saviors on 
 the darkest night in the year, between the twenty-fourth 
 and the twenty-fifth of December, at the time the sun starts 
 on its journey northward to save humanity from the cold 
 and famine which would result if it remained in the south- 
 ern latitudes. 
 
 On that particular night of the year the spiritual vibra- 
 tions are strongest. It is the Holy Night of the year par 
 excellence. On that night it is easiest for the neophyte to 
 come into conscious touch with spiritual vibrations. There- 
 
192 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 fore it was customary to take neophytes into the temples jn 
 yon Holy Night. There they were entranced under the 
 guidance of wise men and taught to leave their bodies con- 
 sciously by an act of will. The earth then became trans- 
 parent to their gaze and they saw behind it the sun at mid- 
 night the Hazing star. Not, of course, the physical sun, 
 but the spiritual sun which is the true Christ-star, for the 
 cosmic Christ is the highest Initiate among the luminous 
 sun spirits, the Archangels. 
 
 QUESTION No. 95. 
 . What were the gifts of the wise men? 
 
 Answer: The Bible tells us that they were gold, myrrh 
 and frankincense. 
 
 Gold has always been regarded as the emblem of spirit 
 in the old legends and symbology. In the story of the Ring 
 of the Niebelung, dramatized by Wagner, we hear how the 
 Rhine maidens played in their watery element on the bot- 
 tom of the river Rhine. The water was lighted by the 
 flame of the gold. This legend takes us back to the time 
 when these children of the mist were living in the beautiful 
 conditions of early Atlantis, where they were one vast 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 393 
 
 brotherhood, innocent and childlike, and the Universal 
 Spirit had not yet drawn into the separate bodies. 
 
 The gold resting upor. the rock at the bottom of the 
 water was the symbol of the Universal Spirit illuminating 
 all mankind. Later it is stolen and welded into a ring by 
 Alberich, the Niebelung, who forswears love to possess this 
 gold. Then it becomes the symbol of the separate Ego in 
 the present loveless age of selfishness. The man who has 
 become wise and sees the evils of selfishness offers gold to 
 the Christ as a symbol of his desire for the return to the 
 Universal spirit of Love. 
 
 The second gift, myrrh, is an aromatic plant growing in 
 Arabia which is very rare and scarce. It is the symbol of 
 the soul. We are told in legends of saints who have been 
 so holy that they emitted an aroma. This is thought to be 
 a pious fable, but it is an actual fact that a man may be- 
 come so holy that he emits a most beautiful perfume. 
 
 The third gift, frankincense, is a symbol of the dense 
 body, which has been etherealized by a holy life, for frank- 
 incense is a physical vapor. The minister of the interior, 
 of Servia, one of the conspirators who planned the regicide 
 in that country less than a decade ago, has since written 
 his memoirs. It appears, according to him, that when 
 they burned incense at the time they invited people to join 
 them in their conspiracy, they invariably succeeded in win- 
 ning over the one whom they sought. He did not know 
 why, he simply mentioned it as a curious coincidence. But 
 to the occultist the matter is plain. 
 
 No spirit can work in any world without a vehicle made 
 of the material of 'that world. To function in the Physical 
 World, to fetch and carry, we must have a dense body and 
 a vital body; both are made of various grades of physical 
 matter, solids, liquids, gas and ether. We may obtain such 
 
194 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 vehicles in the ordinary way, by going through the womb to 
 birth, or we may extract ether from the body of a medium 
 and temporarily use that to materialize, or we may use 
 the fumes of incense. In the Catholic Church, where cer- 
 tain spirits are invoked, incense furnishes the vehicle 
 whereby they may operate upon the assembled congrega- 
 tion as the discarnate spirits did to favor the Servian 
 regicides. 
 
 Thus we see that the gifts of the wise men are spirit, 
 soul and body, devoted to the service of humanity. To 
 give oneself is to imitate Christ, to follow in His steps. 
 
 QUESTION Ko. 96. 
 
 Was not Jesus a Jew? If so, what did he mean by say- 
 ing " Before Abraham was, I am"? For even if lie rein- 
 carnated, Abraham was the father of the Jewish race. 
 
 Answer: In olden times, and even up to the present 
 day, patriotism is looked upon as one of the prime virtues, 
 but from the occult standpoint there is of course but the 
 One Spirit, and the races are but an evanescent phase of 
 the scheme of evolution; in fact, a very dangerous phase, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 195 
 
 for while in the Periods and great Epochs of evolution 
 there is an abundance of time, and it is possible for the 
 leaders to biing most of the spirits in line for promotion, 
 the races and nations are born and die in such a compara- 
 tively short time, there is great danger that the spirits may 
 become enmeshed in the race bodies and not follow the bulk 
 of humanity in their progress. 
 
 This is just what happened to the Jews. They were so 
 intensely patriotic that no Jew thought of himself as an 
 individual at all. Primarily, and when using the highest 
 terms, he would speak of himself as "Abraham's seed/' 
 Secondarily, he thought of himself as belonging to a cer- 
 tain tribe, and lastly, perhaps, he was Solomon Levi or 
 Moses Cohen. 
 
 The Christ combatted this idea of identity with the race 
 when he said, "Before Abraham was, I am." The Ego 
 existed before Abraham ; Abraham was an incarnation of 
 an Ego, a spirit. He, and the Jewish race descended from 
 him, were simply bodies, but the Egos which inhabited 
 them existed before the race bodies. Thus the Christ ad- 
 vised his hearers to look from the evanescent to the eternal. 
 
 In another place He said, "Unless a man leave father 
 and mother, he cannot follow Me." Father and mother are 
 also race bodies. We have no right to leave dependent rela- 
 tives to follow the higher life ; we must fulfil all our duties 
 here before we selfishly take up the study of the higher 
 life, but we are not to identify ourselves with the race, the 
 nation, or the family into which we are born. Every one 
 of us is an individual spirit, which existed before the bodies 
 we call races and will exist after they have ceased to be. 
 Failing to keep that fact in mind, we may crystallize and 
 stay with the race instead of progressing. That is just 
 what the Jews have done. Their intense patriotism has 
 
196 EOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 caused them as spirits to reincarnate in the Jewish race 
 bodies for milleniums. 
 
 The leaders of humanity had sought in various ways to 
 get them to amalgamate with others, that they might pro- 
 gress, but always in vain, and Christ was sent to them for 
 the same reason that Booker T. Washington has been sent 
 to the negroes. Though a more advanced soul than his 
 race brethren, he was incarnated in a black body to enable 
 him to help the negroes in the most efficient manner. Had 
 he been embodied in a white skin, there would always have 
 been a seeming patronage. Similar reasons decreed the 
 birth of Christ as a Jew. It was hoped that they would 
 receive His teachings because coming from one of their 
 own race. But instead of honoring their traditions and 
 looking up to Abraham in a reverential attitude of mind, 
 He cast down their ideals, He spoke of a new heaven and 
 a new earth, He asserted the priority of the individual to 
 the race, and, therefore, they would have none of Him 
 "they chose Barrabas." 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 97. 
 
 Jesus was baptized at thirty, receiving the "Christ 
 Spirit/' Please explain this baptism. 
 
 Answer: The earth has not always been as it is now. 
 Science tells us that there was a time when it was blended 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 197 
 
 firemist. The Bible goes back even further and speaks of 
 a time before that mist, when the earth became glowing 
 and luminous as fire; a time when darkness reigned. 
 
 There have been in all four epochs or stages in this de- 
 velopment of the earth. First there was this dark stage, 
 which is called in the Rosicrucian terminology the "Po- 
 larian" Epoch. Then the substance which now forms the 
 earth was a dark mass, hot and gaseous. -In the second 
 stage, called the Hyperborean Epoch, this dark mass was 
 ignited. We are told "God said: 'Let there be light/ and 
 there was light." Then came the stage when the heat of 
 this firemist in contact with cold space generated moisture, 
 and this moisture was densest near the fiery core, where 
 it was heated to steam that rushed outward from the cen- 
 ter "God divided the waters from the waters," that is, the 
 dense water nearest the core from the light steam outside. 
 Finally there came an incrustation, such as always takes 
 place where water is boiled over and over again, and thus 
 the crust over the earth, the dry land, was formed. 
 
 When that crust had been completed, there was no 
 water upon the surface of the earth, but as the Bible says, 
 "A mist went up from tae surface," and no herb had yet 
 grown upon the face of the earth. At that time, however, 
 vegetation began to appear and nascent humanity lived 
 there. But they \vere not a humanity constituted as we are 
 today. Their form was very much different and they were 
 not nearly as evolved as we are at the present time. In 
 fact, body and spirit were not perfectly together; the spirits 
 hovered partly outside and therefore "man's eyes had not 
 yet been opened." 
 
 Old folk stories such as we hoar of in Germany and dif- 
 ferent places in the Old World, speak of them as the Niebel- 
 unp-en. "Xiebcl" moan- mi>t and "ungen" is children. 
 
198 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 They were the "children of the mist/' for the clear atmos- 
 phere of today did not then exist; the sun appeared like 
 an arc lamp in the street on a very foggy day, on account 
 of the density of the mist which rose from the earth. 
 
 While humanity lived in that state, they were not as far 
 advanced mentally as we are now. They could not see 
 things outside themselves, but they had an inner percep- 
 tion. They saw the soul qualities of all who lived around 
 them and they perceived themselves as spiritual rather than 
 material. At that time there were no nations at all, but 
 humanity was one vast brotherhood. All were partially 
 outside their bodies and therefore in touch with the Uni- 
 versal Spirit, which has now been obscured in the separate- 
 ness of egotism which cause? each man to feel himself dis- 
 tinct and apart from all the rest of humanity; where 
 brotherhood is forgotten and selfishness rules. 
 
 When any one has progressed so far that he appreciates 
 the blessings of brotherhood, where he endeavors to abolish 
 egotism and cultivate altruism, he may go through the rite 
 of baptism. He enters the water as a symbol of his return 
 to the ideal conditions of brotherhood which existed when 
 all humanity lived, so to speak, in water. Therefore, we 
 see Jesus, the herald of Universal Brotherhood, at the be- 
 ginning of his minis-try entering the waters of the Jordan 
 and being baptized there. When he rose from the waters, 
 the Universal Spirit rested upon Him as a dove, and from 
 that time on he was not simply Jesus, but Christ Jesus, 
 the potential Savior^of the world imbued with the Univer- 
 sal Spirit, which shall eventually take away all the evils of 
 selfishness and restore mankind to the blessings of brother- 
 hood which will be realized when the Universal Spirit has 
 become immanent in all mankind. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWER 199 
 
 QUESTION No. 98. 
 
 I f ~- your teaching you state that we stay for a time, aver- 
 aging about one-third of the length of the earth life, in 
 Purgatory in order that our sins may be expiated prior to 
 going to heaven. How then do you reconcile this teaching 
 with the words of the Christ to the dying thief: "Today 
 thou shalt be luith me in Paradise" ? 
 
 Answer: The New Testament was written in Greek, a 
 language in which no punctuation marks are used. The 
 punctuation marks in our Bible have been inserted by our 
 later Bible translators, and punctuation often very radi- 
 cally changes the meaning of a sentence, as the following 
 story will illustrate: 
 
 In a prayer meeting some one handed in a request which 
 the pastor read thus : "A sailor going to sea, his mother-in- 
 law desires the prayers of the congregation for his safe 
 return to wife and child/"' The request was not punctu- 
 ated at all, but would imply that the young man's mother- 
 in-law was very solicitous to have him return safely to his 
 wife and child and therefore desired the prayers of the 
 congregation. Had the pastor read it without the comma, 
 it would have implied that the sailor, going to see his 
 mother-in-law, desired the prayers of the congregation for 
 his safe return to wife and child, and one would naturally 
 think that the lady in question must be a Tartar when 
 it was necessary for the young man to ask the prayers of 
 the congregation before facing her. In this case, if the 
 words of Christ are read thus : "Verily I say unto thee 
 today, thou shalt be with me in Paradise,' 7 they would 
 imply that the thief would be with the Christ at some 
 
200 ECSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 future time not defined. But where the comma is placed 
 before the word today, as in the Bible, it gives the idea 
 ordinarily held by people. 
 
 That this idea is absolutely wrong can be seen by the 
 remark of the Christ just after His resurrection, when He 
 said to the woman: "Touch me not, for I have not yet 
 ascended to my Father." If He promised the Thief that 
 'lie should be with Him in Paradise on the day of the cruci- 
 fixion and three days later declared that Ha had not yet 
 been there, the Christ would have been guilty of a contra- 
 diction which, of course, is an impossibility. Placing of 
 the comma as suggested fully reconciles the meaning of 
 the two passages, and besides Jude tells us that in the inter- 
 val He worked with the spirits in Purgatory. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 99. 
 
 What is the esoteric meaning of the two thieves and the 
 cross ? 
 
 Answer: Contrary to the ordinarily accepted opinion, 
 the four Gospels are not at all the biography of Jesus, the 
 Christ; they are Formulae of initiation of four different 
 Mystery Schools, and in order to veil their esoteric mean- 
 
AND ANSWERS 201 
 
 ing, the life and ministry of the Christ is also intermingled. 
 That could be easily done as all initiates, being cosmic 
 characters, have similar experiences. It is truly said that 
 unto the multitude the Christ spoke in parables, but the 
 hidden meaning was given to His disciples in private. 
 Paul also gave the milk to the weak and the meat to the 
 strong ones. It was never intended at any time to give 
 the hidden symbols to ordinary people, or to make the 
 Bible "an open book of God," as people nowadays believe. 
 When reading in the memory of nature, we find that at 
 the time of the crucifixion, there were not only two, but a 
 number, who were crucified. The people of that time meted 
 out capital punishment for the slightest offenses and there 
 were always plenty to suffer these barbar ous deaths. Thus, 
 those who wanted to veil the hidden meaning of the gos- 
 pels were at no loss to find something wherewith to fill 
 out the tale and obscure the points which are really vital 
 in the crucifixion. The part of the story relating to the 
 thieves is, therefore, a true incident, without having any- 
 thing to do with the esoteric meaning at all. 
 
202 BC8ICEUCTAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 100. 
 
 What is the meaning of the cross? Is it simply an in- 
 strument of torture as usually taught in the orthodox 
 religion ? 
 
 Anstver: Like all other symbols, the meanings of the 
 cross are many. Plato gave one of these meanings when 
 he said, "The Worldsoul is crucified," that is to say: We 
 have four kingdoms in the world the mineral, the plant, 
 the animal and the man. 
 
 The mineral kingdom ensouls all chemical substance of 
 whatever kind, so that th^ cross, of whatever material it is 
 made, is first a symbol of that kingdom. 
 
 The upright lower limb of the cross is a symbol of the 
 plant kingdom because the currents of the group spirits 
 which give life to the plants come from the center of the 
 earth where these group ppirits are located and reach out 
 toward the periphery of our planet and into space. 
 
 The upper limb of the cross is the symbol of man, be- 
 cause the life currents of the human kingdom pass down- 
 ward from the sun through the vertical spine. Thus man 
 is the inverted plant, for as the plant takes its food through 
 the root, passing it upward, so does the man take his nour- 
 ishment by way of the hpad, passing it downward. The 
 plant is chaste, pure and passionless, and stretches its cre- 
 ative organ, the flower, chastely and unashamed toward the 
 sun, a thing of beauty and delight. Man turns his passion 
 filled generative organ toward the earth. Man inhales the 
 life giving oxygen and exhales the poisonous carbon dioxide. 
 The plant takes the poison exhaled by man, building its 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 203 
 
 body therefrom, and returning to us the elixir of life, the 
 cleansed oxygen. 
 
 Between the plant and the human kingdom stands the 
 animal with the horizontal spine, and in the horizontal 
 spine the life currents of the animal group spirit play as- 
 they circle around our globe. Therefore the horizontal limb 
 of the cross is the symbol of the animal kingdom. 
 
 In esotericism the cross was never looked upon as an in- 
 strument of torture, and it was not until the sixth century 
 that the crucified Christ was shown in pictures. Previous 
 to that time the symbol of the Christ was a cross and a 
 lamb resting at its foot, to convey the idea that at the 
 time when the Christ was born the sun at the vernal equi- 
 nox crossed the equator in the sign Aries, the Lamb. The 
 symbols of the different religions have always been made 
 in that way. At the time when the sun by precession 
 crossed the vernal equinox in the sign Taurus, the Bull, a 
 religion was founded in Egypt where they worshiped the 
 Bull Apis in the same sense that we worship the Lamb of 
 God. At a much earlier date, we hear of the Norse God 
 Thor driving his twin goats across the sky. That was at 
 the time when the vernal equinox was in the sign Gemini, 
 the Twins. At the time of the birth of Christ, the vernal 
 equinox was in about i degrees of Aries, the Lamb, there- 
 fore our Savior was called the Lamb of God. There was 
 a dispute in the earlier centuries regarding the propriety 
 of having the lamb as a symbol of our Savior. Some 
 claimed that the vernal equinox at His birth was really in 
 the sign Pisces, the Fishes, and that the symbol of our 
 Savior should have been a fish. It is in memory of that 
 dispute that the bishop's mitre still takes the form of the 
 hoad of a fish. 
 
204 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 101. 
 
 Could not tlie mission of Christ liave been accomplished 
 without such a drastic method as the crucifixion? 
 
 Answer: It could, of course, have been accomplished 
 without the specific method of crucifixion, hut it was an 
 absolute necessity that the blood should flow. There are 
 various grades of teachers and they require different condi- 
 tions for the accomplishment of their task. Some teachers, 
 like Moses and the Buddha, come to a nation and help it 
 to a certain point, they themselves growing thereby; and 
 both of the teachers mentioned attained to the point in their 
 own development where their bodies became luminous. We 
 hear how the face of Moses shone so that it became neces- 
 sary for him to use a veil. The Buddha became luminous 
 at the time of his death. The Christ attained the stage of 
 luminosity at the time of His transfiguration, and it is 
 very significant that the most important part of His work, 
 His suffering and death, took place after the event of the 
 transfiguration. And while it became necessary for Moses, 
 Elijah, Buddha and other previous teachers to be born in 
 a physical body again and again, in order to bear the sins 
 of their people, the Christ has only appeared once in a 
 physical body and will not need again to take upon Him- 
 self such an instrument. For when the spirit leaves the 
 body in the natural way it takes along certain impurities 
 as it slowly withdraws from the congealing blood. Even 
 in such a pure body as the body of Jesus, there were impuri- 
 ties, and the violent death which caused the Wood to run 
 liberated the Ego of Christ from the blood with a quick 
 wrench, leaving behind whatever impurity there may have 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 205 
 
 been, so that the Christ emerged from the body of Jesus 
 unsullied and without the tie of destiny usually attendant 
 on life in the dense body. 
 
 On the same principle it is a fact that although at the 
 present time we have wars that are to be regretted from 
 the mere human standpoint, it is nevertheless a fact which 
 is patent to the occultist that these wars have cleansed the 
 blood of the race considerably, so that gradually humanity 
 is becoming less and less passionate and more and more 
 Spiritual. 
 
 The animals of today, though behind us in evo- 
 lution, are on a higher spiral and while we now are suffer- 
 ing under the law of consequence, because of having to 
 overcome our passions in our own strength, the animals 
 are being helped and held in check by their group spirits. 
 And when they reach the human stage in the Jupiter 
 Period, they will be a higher humanity, free from the pas- 
 sions which have made this world such a sorrowful place. 
 Thus nature always transmutes whatever evil we may 
 commit into a higher good. 
 
 Answering the question, we may therefore say that in 
 the case of Christ the violent death was necessary because 
 it enabled the Christ spirit to withdraw from the body of 
 Jesus without retaining any of the impurities attached to 
 that merely human vehicle.' 
 
206 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION- No. 102. 
 
 According to the Rosicrucian teaching, when will Christ 
 come again ? 
 
 Answer: The Bible says truly that the "day and the 
 hour knoweth no man," and the people who have been 
 trying to fix a certain date or a certain year for the Second 
 Coming have entirely misunderstood the object of the 
 Christ's mission on earth. His teaching was given to hu- 
 manity in order that the law, "An eya for an eye and a 
 tooth for a tooth" might be abolished that the law of fear 
 (of God) might be swallowed up by the law of love. "The 
 law and the prophets were until Christ," it is said, but we 
 know that even today law is, and is necessary. Therefore, 
 it is evident that law was not abolished at the physical 
 coming of Christ. It is the coming of Christ into "the 
 within," the inner nature of man, that is to abolish law. 
 Paul speaks of this advent as the "Christ being formed in 
 ye," and until the Christ has been formed in us we are not 
 ready for the Second Coming. Angelus Silesius says: 
 
 "Though Christ a thousand times in Bethlehem be born, 
 And not within thyself, thy soul will be forlorn. 
 The cross on Golgotha thou lookest to in vain, 
 Unless within thyself it be set up again." 
 
 The Second Coming of Christ depends upon how soon 
 a sufficient number of people have become Christ-like and 
 attuned to the Christ principle, so that, as tuning forks of 
 the same pitch sing together when one is struck, they will 
 be able to respond to the Christ vibrations that will be set 
 up at the return of the Savior. Therefore, this event is not 
 to be calculated. Every time we endeavor to imitate Christ 
 and fulfil His teachings, we are hastening His Coming; so 
 let us thus strive. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 207 ' 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 103. 
 
 What is meant l>y the saying that Christ was made a high 
 priest forever after the order of Melchisedec? 
 
 Answer: We are told that this Melchisedec was king of 
 Salem and also a high priest. We are told that his priest- 
 hood was far above tha't of Aaron, for it was unchangeable, 
 while that of Aaron and the Levites was subject to frequent 
 change. 
 
 During the times of which we have records in history, 
 there has always been a division of the temporal and the 
 ecclesiastical powers. Moses was the temporal ruler and 
 leader of the Jewish people, while Aaron was the priest 
 who looked after their spiritual welfare, and down the 
 ages this division of the church and the state has ever been 
 apparent, at times causing great strife and bloodshed, for 
 their interests seem ever to be diametrically opposite. But 
 at the time of this Melchisedec, king of Salem, which inter- 
 preted means "peace" there was no such division, the two 
 offices were combined in one individual. The story of Mel- 
 chisedec, a Being without earthly pedigree, refers, of course, 
 to the time in early Atlantis when humanity had not yet 
 been divided into warring nations, but were one vast, 
 peaceful brotherhood, and the leaders of the people were 
 Divine Beings, who were both kings and priests. 
 
 The later division of church and state has been one of 
 the most fruitful sources of enmity and war among human- 
 ity, for each of these powers has striven for supremacy over 
 the other, while in reality there should be no prejudice, for 
 no one who is not as spiritual as a priest should be is fit to 
 rule as a king, and no one who is not as wise and just as 
 
208 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 a king should be is fit to have the spiritual guidance of 
 humanity as {he priests have. When these qualities are 
 combined in one leader again, the reign of universal peace 
 and brotherhood will become a fact. The Christ has been 
 heralded as such a leader, capable of uniting church and 
 state as king and priest after the order of Melchisedec. 
 His Second Coming inaugurates the millennium, the age 
 of peace and joy, where the symbolical New Jerusalem, the 
 city of peace (for Jer-u-salem means "there shall be 
 peace"), reigns over the nations of the earth, united into 
 one universal brotherhood. There shall be Peace on Earth 
 and Goodwill among Men. 
 
 QUESTION No. 104. 
 
 What did Christ mean when He said, "All who came be- 
 fore Me were thieves and robbers"? 
 
 Answer: We read in the Bible about two great cities, 
 strangely similar yet directly opposite. - One is the city of 
 Babylon, the birthplace of confusion, where men ceased to 
 be brothers and separated from one another. It lies upon 
 seven hills by a river and is ruled over by a king, Lucifer 
 the "day star" the light giver. His fall from heaven is 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 209 
 
 lamented exceedingly in the fourteenth chapter of Isaiah, 
 and later on we hear of the fall of that great city, which 
 has become an abomination, is called a harlot, having 
 caused war, trouble and desolation among all the people, of 
 the earth. 
 
 Then, in supreme antithesis, we are told of another city 
 called the Ne\v Jerusalem, which occupies the honored 
 position as bride. In that city there is not a flowing river 
 but a sea of glass. It also lies upon seven hills, is ruled 
 over by another light giver who is called "the light of the 
 world/' and it is a city of peace w T here the gates are never 
 closed although the precious Tree of Life is within. This 
 city is not a city of this w r orld, but a city which has come 
 down from heaven. 
 
 To understand this symbology, it is necessary to go back 
 into the far distant past when man-in-the-making had not 
 yet attained the development he has today. When he first 
 came upon this earth the dense body was built in the 
 Polarian Epoch, and was vitalized by the interpenetration 
 of a vital body in the Hyperborean Epoch. At that time 
 man was like the Angels, male-female, a complete creative 
 unit, able to create from himself by projecting his whole 
 creative force which is love. 
 
 Later it became necessary for man lo evolve a brain, and 
 in order to accomplish that object one-half of his creative 
 force was turned inward in order to build the necessary 
 organs. From that time on, man must seek the coopera- 
 tion of some one having the other half of the sex force 
 available for propagation, Now he loves selfishly to obtain 
 the cooperation of another in propagation; the other half 
 of the creative force wherewith he built his brain and 
 larynx he also uses selfishly to think, because he cfesires to 
 obtain knowledge. 
 
10 ROSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Previously man had projected his whole creative force 
 without reserve, unselfishly. Since the division of the sex 
 force man has eventually become selfish and therefore by 
 attraction a prey to others of like nature. 
 
 The Angels were the humanity of the Moon Period and 
 have since attained to their present high development, but 
 as in every great company there are stragglers, so also in 
 the case of the Angels there were some who did not attain 
 a class of beings which were behind the Angels but above 
 humanit} r . They were in a sad state, for they could not 
 follow the present development of the Angels and neither 
 could they sink as low into matter as man. They could 
 not, as the Angels, dispense with a brain, yet they were 
 incapable of building one for themselves, so when humanity 
 evolved the brain and spinal cord they saw an opportunity 
 in woman, who expresses the negative pole of the creative 
 force, imagination, the faculty which enables her to build a 
 body in the womb. In order to gain access to her con- 
 sciousness this intelligence took advantages of a perplexity 
 then disturbing the woman on account of her exercise of 
 the imaginative faculty. 
 
 At that time the eyes of humanity had not yet been 
 opened; they were spiritual beings, not quite conscious of 
 the possession of a physical body. The woman was the 
 first to dimly observe that she and others possessed such 
 an instrument, and die had observed that at certain times 
 some of her friends whom she had previously perceived as 
 having this physical appendage, had lost it, so she was 
 troubled. From the Angels she could obtain no informa- 
 tion, but this intelligence which appeared within herself 
 in the serpentine spinal cord, enlightened her, and "the 
 serpent Said unto the woman, 'Hath God said, ye shall not 
 eat of every Tree in the Garden ?' " to which she answered 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEEG 211 
 
 S 
 
 that they had been forbidden "to eat of the Tree of Knowl- 
 edge" under penalty of death. But the serpent said: "Ye 
 shall not surely die, for God knows that in the day ye eat 
 thereof, then your eyes shall be opened and ye shall be as 
 gods, knowing good and evil." The woman secured the co- 
 operation of the man according to the instructions of Luci- 
 fer, the light giver, and since then their eyes have been 
 opened, they have known good and evil. But prior to that 
 time man had been unconscious of the possession of his 
 body; it had fallen away from him at times, as the leaf 
 falls from the tree, without inconveniencing or disturbing 
 him, for his consciousness had been focused in the Spiritual 
 World at all times. But the Lucifer spirits desired a power 
 over him, a foothold in his brain and spinal cord. They 
 incited him to break away from the yoke of the Angels and 
 take the creative function in his own hands. By the oft 
 repeated and ignorant abuse of that faculty the conscious- 
 ness of man was withdrawn from the Spiritual Worlds and 
 focused in the Physical World. Then came death in all 
 its present terrible aspect, for man now regards this earth 
 life as the only real life. When that ends, he enters an 
 existence of which he knows nothing and which he conse- 
 quently fears. 
 
 Thus, on account of listening to Lucifer, the fake light 
 giver, man has become subject to sorrow, pain and death. 
 He has been robbed of his innocence and peace. The Christ 
 came into the world to save humanity from sin, sorrow ani 
 death. Therefore He called Himself the true light, and tho 
 others, who had come before, He characterized as thieves 
 and robbers, for they had robbed man of the spiritual sight 
 though they had enlightened him in the physical sense. 
 
212 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 105. 
 
 What did the Christ mean when lie said, "Whosoever 
 shall not receive the Kingdom of God as a little child shall 
 not enter therein"? 
 
 Answer: In the world around us we see the kingdom 
 of men, where every one is endeavoring to maintain his 
 own position and depends upon his own ideas and his own 
 self-assertion to hold that position against all comers. 
 When anything new is presented to him, his mental atti- 
 tude is usually tinged with skepticism. He fears to be 
 deceived. 
 
 The attitude of a little child with regard to what it sees 
 or hears is exactly the reverse of the position of its elders. 
 The little child has no overwhelming sense of its own su- 
 perior knowledge, but is frankly ignorant and therefore 
 eminently teachable, and it was to this trait that the Savior 
 referred in the passage quoted. 
 
 When we enter the higher life, we must first forget 
 everything that we knew in the world. We must com- 
 mence to look at things in an entirely different way, and 
 when a new teaching is brought before us we must endeavor 
 to receive it regardless of other facts previously observed. 
 This in order that we may be perfectly unbiased. Of 
 course, we are not supposed to believe offhand that "black* 
 is white," but if some one seriously asserts that an object 
 which we have hitherto regarded as black is really white, 
 our mind should be sufficiently open to prevent us from 
 passing judgment at once and saying, "Why, I know that 
 that object is black." We should be willing to reexamine 
 the object to see if there may not be a point of view whence 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 213 
 
 that thing which we have thought black appears to be white. 
 Only when we have made thorough examination and have 
 found that the thing is really black from whatever point 
 of view may we return to our previous opinion. 
 
 There is nothing so remarkable about a child as the flex- 
 ible attitude of its mind which renders it so teachable, and 
 the pupil who endeavors to live the higher life should al- 
 ways aim to keep his mind in that fluid ic state, for as soon 
 as our ideas have become set and incapable of being 
 changed, our progress ceases. That was the great truth 
 which the Christ was endeavoring to present to his hearers 
 v/hen he made the remark which has occasioned the ques- 
 tion. 
 
 QUESTION Ko. 106. 
 
 Did not Jesus eat fish? Why then are the Eosicrucians 
 vegetarians? 
 
 Answer: After the Resurrection the Christ at one time 
 appeared among His disciples while they were in a locked 
 room. They did not recognize Him at once and did not 
 believe that His was a material body. But the vehicle in 
 which He appeared was the vital body of Jesus, and it was 
 
214 BOS1CRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 possible for Him,, as for anyone else capable of functioning 
 in that vehicle, to draw matter of the chemical region 
 around Himself and build a perfectly tangible, dense body 
 in a moment. In order to convince them that He was as 
 usual, He asked for something to eat and was given a 
 piece of a honeycomb and some fish. It is stated that he 
 ate, but not that he ate the fish, and one who had been 
 brought up among strict vegetarians like the Essenes 
 would not have eaten the fish any more than he would 
 have eaten flesh if it had been set before him. 
 
 It is also related of the Buddha that he died after gorging 
 himself upon boar's flesh, which is highly amusing to asy- 
 one aware of the fact that he taught his disciples the 
 simple and harmless life to sustain the body upon the 
 purest and best foods as they come directly from the ground 
 and was moved to the greatest pity at the sight of suffer- 
 ing on the part of man or beast. The esoteric student 
 understands that in olden times the boar was a symbol of 
 the esoteric knowledge. One may give of his knowledge; 
 the more we give the more we have at least the same 
 amount of knowledge always remains. This truth was 
 taught in a symbol of tie Xorse mythology : In Valhall 
 the warriors who had fought the good fight were seated 
 around tables feasting upon the flesh of a boar, which was 
 so constituted that as often as they cut a part of its flesh 
 away the flesh grew out at once, so that there was always 
 plenty, no matter how much was taken or how many ate. 
 The Buddha in his earth life had gorged himself upon this 
 sacred knowledge, and when he died he was full thereof. 
 
 Nevertheless, the inquirer has a wrong idea. The Rosi- 
 crucians do not teach that everyone should be a vegetarian 
 at once. In fact they teach that the vegetarian diet gen- 
 erates an abundance of energy, much more than flesh foods. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 215 
 
 This energy is not only physical but spiritual, so that if 
 a man leads a sedentary life and is of a material disposi- 
 tion, engaged, perhaps, in sordid business transactions or 
 in other lines of strictly material endeavor, this spiritual 
 energy can find no vent and is apt to cause systemic dis- 
 turbances. Only those who live an active, outdoor life, 
 where the abundance of energy generated by the vegetarian 
 food can be thrown off, or who transmute that energy into 
 spiritual endeavor, can thrive on the vegetarian diet. Be- 
 sides, we recognize that the heredity of many generations 
 has made man partly carniverous, so that in the case of 
 most people the change from a mixed diet to vegetables 
 should be gradual. The diet which suits one man is not 
 fitted for another, vide the old proverb that "one man's 
 meat is another man's poison," and no hard and fast rules 
 can be laid down which will apply equally to all people. 
 Therefore, everything that we eat as well as everything else 
 connected with our personality should be determined by 
 ourselves individually. 
 
 The Bible says truly that it is not that which goeth into 
 the mouth that defileth us. If we crave and support our- 
 selves upon loathsome food, it is the craving tliat is the sin 
 and not the food itself. If a man is in a place where he 
 cannot obtain the pure foods which he desires and craves, 
 he ought to take the food which is obtainable, even flesh 
 food, without loathing, just as thankfully as he takes the 
 pure food. It will not defile him because of his attitude. 
 of mind, 
 
216 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 107. 
 
 // Christ fed the multitude with fish, why is it wrong for 
 us to use them, or even flesh, as food? 
 
 Answer: It is the nature of a beast of prey to eat any 
 animal that comes in its path, and its organs are such that 
 it must have that kind of a diet to exist, but everything is 
 in a stage of becoming; it is always changing to something 
 higher. Man, in his earlier stages of unfoldment, was also 
 like the beasts of prey in certain respects; however, he is 
 to become God-like and thus lie must cease to destroy at 
 some time in order that lie may commence to create. The 
 Jews were still in a position where their animal natures 
 were so much to the fore that they had exceedingly small 
 ideas of altruism. They clung closely to the law, "An eye 
 for an eye and a tooth for a tooth," and were not at all 
 merciful in any respect. We have gone a little further 
 along the path of evolution, and altruism is coming to the 
 fore more and more. 
 
 \Ve have been taught that there is no life in the universe 
 but the life of God. That "in Him we live and move and 
 have our being." That His life animates everything that 
 is and therefore we naturally understand that as soon as 
 we take life we are destroying the form built by God for 
 His manifestation. The lower animals are evolving spirits 
 and have sensibilities. It is their desire for experience 
 that causes them to build their various forms, and when we 
 take their forms away from them we deprive them of their 
 opportunity for gaining experience. We hinder their evo- 
 lution instead of helping them. It is excusable in the 
 cannibal, who knows no better, when he eats his fellow 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 21? 
 
 men. We now regard cannibalism with horror, and the 
 day will also come when we shall feel a like disgust at the 
 thought of making our stomachs the burying ground of 
 the carcasses of murdered animals. 
 
 It is natural that we sliould desire the very best of food, 
 but every animal body has in it the poisons of decay. The 
 venous blood is filled with carbon dioxide and other noxious 
 products on their way to the kidneys or the pores of the 
 skin to be expelled as urine or perspiration. These loath- 
 some substances are in every part of the flesh and when 
 we eat such food we are filling our own bodies with toxic 
 poisons. Much sickness is due to our use of flesh foods. 
 
 When we cry to the Bible as authority for flesh eating 
 we should also be willing to follow its injunctions and stop 
 eating pork, which is the most horrible food of all. It is 
 a notable fact that the orthodox Jews who abstain from the 
 foods interdicted in the Bible are immune from consump- 
 tion and cancer. 
 
 In a great many places where the Bible speaks of "meat," 
 it is very plain that flesh food is not meant. The chapter 
 in Genesis where man's food is first allotted to him says 
 that he should eat of every tree and herb bearing seed, "and 
 to you.it shall be for meat." The most evolved people at all 
 times have abstained from flesh foods. We see, for instance, 
 Daniel, who was a holy man and a wise man, beg that he 
 might not be forced to eat meat, but that he and his com- 
 panions be given pulse. The children of Israel in the 
 wilderness are spoken of as "lusting after flesh," and their 
 God is angry with them in consequence. 
 
 There is an esoteric meaning to the feeding of the mul- 
 titude where fish was used as food, but looking to the purely 
 material aspect we may sum up the points made in our 
 answer by reiterating that we shall some time outgrow 
 
218 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 flesh and fish eating as we have risen above cannibalism. 
 Whatever license may have been given in the barbaric past 
 will disappear in the altruistic future, when more refined 
 sensibilities shall have awakened us to a fuller sense of 
 the horrors involved in the gratification of a carnivorous 
 taste. 
 
 For a very full presentation of the question, "Does the 
 Bible justify Flesh Eating," we would refer the inquirer 
 to a little pamphlet by that name issued by the Unity 
 Society of Kansas City, Missouri, which gives the pro and 
 the con with great impartiality, and shows that it was 
 only as a concession to the before mentioned lust for flesh 
 that the practice was tolerated at all. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 108. 
 
 Please explain why the fatted calf was not killed for the 
 righteous son instead of the prodigal. Was that not giving 
 a reward for wrong doing ? 
 
 Answer: The story of the prodigal son was a parable 
 whereby the Christ intended to teach a lesson and not an 
 actual fact. It is a story which tells of the spirit's pil- 
 grimage through matter. There are different classes of 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 spirits. Some, but not all, have gone into the school of 
 experience, the world. They have descended from their 
 high estate in the World of God gradually deeper and 
 deeper into the sea of matter which blinds them. At last 
 they find themselves immeshed in the dense matter of the 
 Physical World. That is the turning point where they 
 wake up; where the unconscious path of involution ends; 
 where self-consciousness is attained plus a consciousness of 
 the world without. But the spirit within is not content 
 to remain in this world. Re-awakened to a sense of its 
 inherent divinity it feels drawn anew to the highest spheres, 
 and says "I will arise and go to my Father." 
 
 Then comes the toil of stripping off the various vehicles 
 in which it has become immeshed and of raising itself once 
 more to the conscious communion with God. While en- 
 gaged in this arduous task "the Father meets it a long way 
 off''; the still small voice from within begins to speak and 
 tell of the heavenly glories and, at last, when either the 
 evolution of humanity has been completed or the single 
 spirit has taken the short cut of initiation, there is a re- 
 union with God and the other brothers who have not yet 
 gone out into the school of experience. Naturally there is 
 more rejoicing over the return of one who has fought the 
 good fight and has come back to his heavenly home, than 
 over the one who has not yet sought to improve his oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
220 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 109. 
 
 Why did the Lord commend the unjust steward as re- 
 lated in the sixtcentli chapter of St. Luke? 
 
 Answer: The inquirer should read the chapter care- 
 full}^. We are told ot ? an unfaithful steward who was 
 brought before his master, the latter being suspicious that 
 his accounts were not quite right. This unfaithful steward 
 made a bargain with the debtors of his master to secure 
 himself against tne day of discharge from his position. It 
 is said in verse 8 that "the lord commended the unjust 
 steward." When he rendered his accounts he must have 
 fixed them so skilfully that his master was deceived, for 
 the "lord" of the man his master was the one who com- 
 mended him, as will be seen from the fact that the word 
 "lord" is spelled with a small letter, whereas the capital 
 letter is always used where the Christ is signified. 
 
 QUESTION No. 110. 
 
 Please explain what is meant ~by sinning against the Holy 
 Ghost. 
 
 'Answer: Speaking generally, the Holy Spirit is the cre- 
 ative power of God. For confirmation, remember the pas- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 221 
 
 sage in the creed "Conceived by the Holy Spirit/' which 
 Gabriel said to Mary should come upon her. By that all 
 that is has been brought into being, and it is a ray from 
 that attribute of God which is used by men for perpetuation 
 of the race. When that is abused, that is to say, when it 
 is used for sense gratification, whether in solitary or asso- 
 ciated vice, with or without the legal marriage, that is the 
 sin against the Holy Spirit. That sin, we are told, is not 
 forgiven; it must be expiated. Humanity as a whole is 
 now suffering for that sin. The debilitated bodies, the 
 sickness that we see around us, has been caused by cen- 
 turies of abuse, and until we learn to subdue our passions 
 there can be no true health among the human race. We 
 have been born of parents who thought that it was right to 
 gratify their passions at any and all times. In consequence 
 we suffer now, and by our attitude toward the sex question 
 most of us are at the present time conferring the same 
 maladies upon our children. Thus the sins of the fathers 
 are being visited upon the children from generation to 
 generation, and will continue to bring sorrow and suffering 
 until we shall understand that every child has a right to be 
 well born and to receive the proper physical conditions 
 during the period of antenatal life, 
 
222 BQSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 111. 
 Is the Christian creed based upon divine authority? 
 
 Answer: There are three forms of the Christian creed. 
 One of them is known as the Apostle's Creed, although not 
 composed by the apostles, but supposed to embody their 
 beliefs. Another creed was formulated and adopted at the 
 Council of Nice and is called the Nicean Creed. The 
 Atlianasian Creed was of still later date. They have no 
 more divine authority than any other contention of men 
 concerning the Bible. 
 
 The Bible itself gives a creed, however, in the passage 
 which states that tJiere is no other name given except the 
 name of Christ Jesus whereby men may be saved, and this 
 is in harmony with the occult teaching, for Jehovah was the 
 author of all the old Race Religions where the fear of God 
 was pitted against the desires of the flesh and a law was 
 imposed upon man to curb desire. Race Religions act 
 educationally upon the desire nature by the means stated, 
 but will in time be superseded by the Religion of Christ. 
 This religion of brotherhood and love will cast out the fear 
 engendered by the law of Jehovah. It will endeavor to do 
 away with nations, with their laws, with struggle and 
 strife, by working upon the vital body so that humanity 
 shall be actuated entirely by love instead of by Jaw. This is 
 not the ultimate, however. When the kingdom shall have 
 been fully established, He is to give it over to the Father. 
 The Religion of the Father will be something higher even 
 than the Religion of the Son. 
 
QUESTIONS AND AXSWEES 223 
 
 QUESTION No. 112. 
 
 How do you reconcile the law of cause and effect with 
 the doctrine of the forgiveness of sins? 
 
 Answer: The inability to believe in the forgiveness of 
 sins has caused many to believe exclusively in the law of 
 cause and effect, as taught in eastern countries under the 
 name Karma. There are also many who think that, be- 
 cause eastern religions teach that law and the law of rebirth 
 more clearly than the western religion, Christianity, these 
 eastern religions are better and more scientific than the 
 western religion, which teaches, as popularly interpreted, 
 that the Christ died for our sins and that in consequence 
 belief in Him will bring us forgiveness. 
 
 As a matter of fact, however, the Christian teaching 
 also enunciates the doctrine that "as we sow so shall we 
 also reap," and thus it teaches both the law of cause and 
 effect and the forgiveness of sins. Both, of these laws are 
 vitally operative in the unfoldment of humanity, and there 
 are good reasons why the earlier eastern religions have 
 only one part of the complete teaching which is found in 
 the Christian religion. 
 
 In those early days when the religions of the East were 
 given to humanity, mankind were still more spiritual in 
 nature than the material beings of the present day Western 
 World. They knew that we live many lives in different 
 shapes and forms here upon this earth. In the East today 
 they are yet thoroughly imbued with that idea, and as a 
 consequence they are exceedingly indolent. They are more 
 concerned with thoughts of Nirvana the invisible world 
 
224: 50SICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 where they may rest in peace and joy, than with taking 
 advantage of their present material resources for advance- 
 ment. As a consequence, their country is arid and waste, 
 their crops are small and often destroyed hy a scorching 
 sun and devastating flood. They suffer famine, they die 
 \)j millions, hut although they teach the law of cause and 
 effect, they seem to he unaware that their miserable condi- 
 tions are brought about by indolence and indifference to 
 material things. For naturally, when they have not worked 
 here they have nothing to assimilate in the heaven life 
 between death and a new birth, and as an organ or limb 
 that is disused gradually atrophies, so a country that is not 
 developed by the spirits incarnated therein gradually atro- 
 phies and becomes useless as a habitation for mankind. 
 It was necessary to the evolution of humanity to enter this 
 material world and develop all its resources. 
 
 Therefore, the Great Leaders have taken various means 
 to cause us to temporarily forget the spiritual si da of our 
 nature. In the West, where the pioneers of the human 
 race are fcund, they commanded marriage outside the f am- 
 ity. They gave to the West a religion that did not defi- 
 nitely teach the doctrine of rebirth and the law of cause 
 and effect as means of advancement. They also originated 
 the use of alcohol, with its paralyzing effect upon the spir- 
 itual sensibilities of man By these means we have in the 
 West temporarily forgotten that there is more than this 
 one life on earth, and in consequence we apply ourselves 
 with the utmost diligence to making the fullest possible 
 use of what we believe to be our only opportunity here. 
 Therefore, we have developed the West into a veritable 
 garden; we have made for- ourselves, between incarnations, 
 a land that is exceedingly fertile and rich in the minerals 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 225 
 
 which we need in our various industries, and thus we are 
 conquering the visible material world. 
 
 It is evident, however, that the religious side of man's 
 nature must not be entirely neglected, and as Christ, the 
 great ideal of the Christian religion, had been set before us 
 for imitation, and we could not possibly hope to become 
 Christ-like in one life, which is all that we now have any 
 knowledge of, there must be given us a compensatory doc- 
 trine, or we should cease to strive in despair, knowing that 
 it would be futile. Therefore the Western World was 
 taught the doctrine of the forgiveness of sins through the 
 righteousness of Christ Jesus. 
 
 It is equally certain, however, that no doctrine which is 
 not a truth in nature could have any uplifting power, and, 
 therefore, there must also be a sound basis behind the doc- 
 trine of the forgiveness of sins, which seems to vitiate the 
 law of causation ; it is this : 
 
 When we look about us in the material world, we observe 
 the different phenomena of nature, we meet other people 
 and have various transactions with them, and all these 
 sights, sounds and scene? are observed by means of our 
 sense organs. Yet not all, for we are usually exceedingly 
 unobservant of details. It is exasperatingly true when it 
 is said that "we have eyes that see not and ears that hear 
 not." We lose a great deal of experience on that account. 
 Besides, our memory is woefully lacking ; while we are able 
 to recall a little, most of our experiences are lost to us 
 because we forget them. Our conscious memory is weak, 
 There is another memory, however. As the ether and the 
 air carry to the photographic plate in a camera the impres- 
 sion of the landscape without, omitting not the slightest 
 detail, so also does the air and the ether which carries im- 
 
226 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 pressions from the outside to our sense organs carry into 
 the lungs, and thence to the blood, an actual picture and a 
 record of everything with which we come in contact. Those 
 pictures are stored in the irnnute seed atom resting in the 
 left ventricle of the heart, and that little atom may be 
 'considered the Book of the Kecording Angels, where all our 
 'deeds are inscribed. Thence it is mirrored in the Reflect- 
 ing Ether of our vital body. 
 
 In the ordinary course of life, man passes into Purga- 
 tory at death and expiates the sins inscribed upon that 
 atom. Later he assimilates all the good stored there in the 
 First Heaven, working upon his future environment in the 
 Second Heaven. But a devout person realizes each day 
 his shortcomings and failings. He examines the events of 
 this life daily and prays from a devout heart to be forgiven 
 for sins he has committed. Then the pictures which have 
 recorded the sins of omission and commission fade, and 
 are wiped out of his life's record from day to day. For 
 it is not the aim of God or nature to "yet even" as it would 
 seem under the law of causation, which decrees an exact 
 retribution for every transgression, as well as a reward or 
 compensation for every good act. It is the aim of God that 
 we should learn by experience here to do justly and well. 
 When we have realized that we have done wrong and de- 
 termine to do better, we have learned the lesson, and there 
 is no necessity for punishing us. 
 
 Thus the doctrine of the forgiveness of sins is an actual 
 fact in nature. If we repent, pray and reform, the sins 
 we have repented of, prayed for and reformed from are 
 forgiven and wiped out of our life's record. Otherwise, 
 they are eradicated by correspond ins: pains in Purgatory 
 after death. Thus the doctrine of Karma, or the law of 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 227 
 
 -cause and effect as taught in the East, does not fully meet 
 human- needs, but the Christian teaching, which embodies 
 both the law of causation and the doctrine of- the forgiver 
 ness of sins, gives a more complete teaching concerning 
 the method employed by the Great Leaders to instruct us. 
 
 QUESTION No. 113. 
 By what power did Peter raise Dorcas from the dead? 
 
 Answer: Peter did not raise Dorcas from the dead, 
 neither did the Christ raise Lazarus or anyone else, nor 
 did he so claim. He said "He is not dead, he sleepeth." 
 
 In order that this matter may be understood, we will 
 explain what takes place at death and wherein death is 
 different from the state of trance, for the persons men- 
 tioned were entranced at the time the supposed miracles 
 took place. 
 
 During the waking state, when the Ego is functioning 
 consciously in the Physical World, its various vehicles 
 are concentric they occupy the same space but at night, 
 when the body is laid down to sleep, a separation takes 
 place. The Ego, clothed in the mind and desire body, 
 extricates itself from the dense body and the vital body, 
 
228 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 which are left upon the bed. The higher vehicles hover 
 above or near. They are connected to the denser vehicles 
 by the silver cord, a thin glistening thread which takes the 
 shape of two figure sixes, one end being attached to the 
 seed atom in the heart and the other to the center vortex of 
 the desire body. 
 
 At the moment of death, this thread is ruptured at the 
 seed atom in the heart and the forces of this atom pass 
 along the pneumogastric nerve, through the third ven- 
 tricle of the brain, and thence outward through the suture 
 between the occipital and parietal bones of the skull, along 
 the silver cord and into the higher vehicles. Simultane- 
 ously with this rupture, the vital body is also disengaged 
 and joins the higher vehicles which are hovering above 
 the dead body. There it remains for about three and 
 one-half days. Then the higher vehicles disengage them- 
 selves from the vital body, which disintegrates synchro- 
 nously with the dense body, in ordinary cases. 
 
 At the time of this last separation, the silver cord also 
 breaks in the middle, and the Ego is freed Lorn contact 
 with the material world. 
 
 During sleep the Ego also withdraws from the dense 
 body, but the vital body remains with the dense body and 
 the silver cord is left intact. 
 
 It sometimes happens that the Ego does not enter the 
 body in the morning to waken it as usual, but remains 
 outside for a time varying from one to an indefinite num- 
 ber of days. Then we say that the body is in a natural 
 trance. But the silver cord is not ruptured in either of 
 the two places mentioned. Where these ruptures have 
 once taken place no restoration is possible. The Christ 
 and the apostle were clairvoyants ; they saw that no rup- 
 ture had taken place in the cases mentioned, hence the say- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 229 
 
 ing, "He is not dead, he sleepeth." They also possessed 
 the power to force the Ego into its body and restore the 
 normal condition. Thus so-called miracles were per- 
 formed by them. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 114. 
 Do you believe in conversion? 
 
 Answer: Certainty, but there are conversions and con- 
 versions. There is the conversion which takes place in a 
 revival meeting to the beating of drums, the clapping of 
 hands, the singing of gospel hymns and the insistent call-' 
 ing of the revivalist to "come before it is too late." All 
 these aids to conversion produce an intense hypnotic in- 
 fluence, which works upon the emotional nature of many 
 people in such a way that these "sinners," so called, can 
 no longer remain in their seats, but are forced in the most 
 literal sense to obey the command and come forward to 
 "the mourner's bench." That kind of a conversion is 
 usually of very little worth. Bevivalists find that it is 
 extremely easy to convert people in that manner. The ex- 
 asperatingly difficult problem is, as one of them expressed 
 it, "to make it stick," for when the victim of the hypnotic 
 
23Q EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 reviyali$t .leaves the meeting, the influence gradually wears 
 off, aoid sooner or later he relapses into his original atti- 
 tude. And . thpjigh these., "backsliders" may feel no pang 
 at all when backsliding, the next revival meeting draws 
 them to the mourners' bench again as surely as a magnet 
 draws a needle. They are converted repeatedly and back- 
 slide regularly every time there is a revival meeting, to 
 the disgust of the revivalist and the amusement of the 
 community, who are unaware that it is a simple case of 
 mild hypnotism. 
 
 There is another conversion, however, always accompa- 
 nied by planetary influences, and according to the 
 strength of these influences the conversion, or change in 
 the life, will be more or less radical. It then shows that 
 the soul has reached a certain point in its pilgrimage 
 where it feels attraction to the higher life. The imme- 
 diate cause of conversion may be a sermon, a lecture or a 
 book, a verse in the Bible, or something in nature, but 
 that is only the physical cause of something which was 
 already a fact spiritually. From that moment the man or 
 the woman will commence to take a new view of life, will 
 lay aside the old vices, will follow new lines of thought 
 and endeavor. It may change his whole attitude toward 
 life and also his environment. In fact, very often a jour- 
 ney has brought him out of the usual environment for the 
 time being, to give the proper condition for sowing of 
 the new seed, 
 
QUESTIONS AND AX S WEES 231 
 
 QUESTION No. 115. 
 there any value in confession and absolution? 
 
 Answer: If the inquirer means confession and absolu- 
 t'on in the sense in which it is practiced in the Catholic 
 Church, it may be stated that the priest, certainly, has no 
 power to forgive the sins of the penitent, and the prac- 
 tice of confession ~by the order of a church at the best is 
 usually but an outward show of penitence, putting one 
 in mind of the prayer of the Pharise.e who went into the 
 temple that he might be seen of men. 
 
 If, on the other hand, confession is made in the spirit of 
 the scribe, which is the spirit of true penitence, then 
 there is a certain value, for as a little child who has com- 
 mitted a wrong feels conscience smitten and sorry, so may 
 we feel extremely penitent for our sins of omission and 
 commission. 
 
 It is a fact often noticed by kind parents that peni- 
 tence in silence is sometimes insufficient to the child which 
 feels the need of going to the parent and confessing its sin. 
 When the forgiveness of the parent has been obtained its 
 conscience is at rest. So also with the child of God. We 
 sin and we are sorry for our sins ; we determine not to 
 commit this or that wrong again ; but if we can confess 
 to someone in whom we ha\e faith, and get their sym- 
 pathy and assurance that this wrong will next be held 
 against us, we shall feel easier in conscience. That was 
 the principle underlying the command of the Bible "Con-- 
 fess your- sins to one another." The one to whom we 
 confess will, of course, be a person for whom we have 
 a profound respect and love, and he or she will stand 
 
932 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 toward us at that moment as the representative of God' 
 or our own higher nature, and we shall thus feel very 
 touch relieved at having received his sympathy. But we 
 shall feel also that the pact we have made with ourselves 
 not to commit the sin in question again has been strength- 
 ened by having him as a witness. If confession is made 
 thus, and absolution so obtained, then it has undoubtedly 
 a verv beneficial effect. 
 
 QUESTION No. 116. 
 
 Is there any value in the Latin ritual used by the Catho- 
 lic Church? Would it not be better if it were translated 
 so that people could understand? And are not the extem- 
 poraneous sermons and prayers used in the Protestant 
 churches much to be preferred to the ritual and stereo- 
 typed masses of the Catholics? 
 
 Answer: At the present time all humanity has evolved 
 so far that they are above law in some respects. Most 
 people obey the law "Thou shalt not steal," for instance. 
 
 Law is a curb on the desire nature, but where occult or 
 rather spiritual advancement is contemplated, the spirit- 
 ualization of the vital body must also be accomplished. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 233 
 
 i 
 
 And that is attained by means of art and religion, in 
 oft-repeated impacts, for the keynote of the vital body is 
 repetition, as we can see by looking at the plants which 
 have only a dense body and a vital body. There stem 
 and leaf follow each other in upward succession; the 
 plant keeps on growing them alternately. It was the vital 
 body that built the vertebrae of the human spine one after 
 another by constant repetition. And memory, for in- 
 stance, which is one of the faculties of the vital body, is 
 strengthened and developed by constant iteration and 
 reiteration. 
 
 "When the Protestants left the Catholic Church they 
 truly left many of the abuses behind, but they also left 
 almost everything of value. They abandoned the ritual 
 which everyone may know and understand regardless of 
 poor enunciation upon the part of the preacher. Know- 
 ing the ritual, the laity could send their thoughts in the 
 same direction as the thought of the priest who was 
 reading, and thus an enormous volume of identical spirit- 
 ual thought was massed together and projected upon the 
 community for good or evil. Nowadays the congregation 
 in a Protestant church listens to the extemporaneous 
 prayer or sermon of their minister, who usually does not 
 think so much of the spiritual work before him as he 
 does of how he may turn out the most euphonious phrases 
 to tickle the ears of his congregation. They forget what 
 he has said before they leave the church. Those who go 
 to a Catholic church understanding the ritual are still 
 today able to unite their thoughts in spiritual conclave 
 and keep within memory that which has been gone 
 through. Thus they are every time adding a little to 'the 
 spiritualization of their vital bodies, while the Protestant 
 church members have been affected only in their emo- 
 
34 KOSICHUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 tional natures, and that effect is soon thrown out. The 
 Bible tells us to pray without ceasing, and many have 
 scoffed saying that if God is omniscient He knows whereof 
 we have need without our prayer, and if He is not, He 
 can most likely not be omnipotent, and therefore our 
 prayers are not granted, so that it is useless to pray. But 
 that command was indited from a knowledge of the 
 nature of the vital body, which needs that repetition in 
 order that it may be spiritualized. 
 
 So much for the ritual. As to the use of the Latin 
 language, it is stated in the first chapter of John that 
 in the beginning was the word . . . and without it was 
 nothing made that was made. Word is sound. If we 
 take sand or plant spores and place them upon a brass or 
 a glass plate, then take a violin bow and draw it across 
 the edges, we shall produce a sound, and that sound will 
 cause the spores or sand to arrange itself in geometrical 
 figures, similar to the crystals of which all things are 
 composed. Erery sound produces a different formation. 
 Thus, if a certain sound produces a certain effect which 
 we wish 'to produce, we cannot change the sound without 
 also changing the effect. If we emit a certain sound and 
 say "Deum," then translate Deum and say God, the sound 
 is very different, and as sound produces certain effects 
 upon our invisible bodies, the effects that were produced 
 by the original Latin ritual have been lost to the Protestant 
 churches which changed it into English or dropped it 
 altogether. 
 
 It is often a wonder to people how the Catholic Church 
 retains its power over its people, and it may be said that 
 were they to abandon the Latin ritual there would not be 
 one of their followers left in ten years. Moreover, their 
 truly occult rituals have 1 not been transposed into English, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 235 
 
 and even among the Kosicrucians, Latin rituals, though 
 not those used in the Catholic Church, are in vogue at the 
 services. 
 
 QUESTION No. 117. 
 
 What is the actual merit in martyrdom? Did the mar- 
 tyrs really become saints'? 
 
 Answer: Man lifts himself to a union with God through 
 four great steps or stages. First he prays to or sacri- 
 fices to a God whom he fears and, therefore, seeks to 
 propitiate, so that his God will not harm him. Next he 
 learns to look upon this God as a mighty ally against his 
 enemies and as a giver of all good things to him, that is, 
 provided he obeys the God and sacrifices to him of the 
 material things which he possesses. In the third step he is 
 taught to sacrifice himself by living a life of righteous- 
 ness, and expects to be rewarded in a future state called 
 heaven, where he is to live in eternal happiness as a com- 
 pensation for whatever he may have endured during earth 
 life. The martyrs were at the stage where they held this 
 belief, and were thoroughly imbued with the verity and 
 glory of heaven. Therefore, it was to them an easy mat- 
 
236 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 ter to sacrifice their lives and then attain to the future 
 glory at once. 
 
 In reality, if martyrdom can unlock a heaven with eter- 
 nal bliss, that is a most easy method of obtaining the re- 
 ward. It may take courage to die, but after all it takes 
 infinitely more courage to live. We are very apt to think 
 that when a man has given his life he has given to the 
 very utmost, and we often hear people say of a man who 
 has committed suicide that "he lias paid it all" As a mat- 
 ter of fact, suicide is usually an expression of the greatest 
 possible cowardice, and martyrdom is far less to be ad- 
 mired than the lives of people who day by day endeavor 
 to follow the spiritual teachings of the Bible and live a 
 noble life. Of course, it is readily admitted that tne 
 martyrs are to be admired for stanchly adhering to their 
 faith in the face of death and torture. Undoubtedly they 
 will have greater opportunities for spiritual growth in 
 later lives than they were deprived of when burned at 
 the stake or otherwise exterminated. And we may also 
 surely say that they were saints and holy people in the 
 sense that their faith was even more to them than life, 
 but we strenuously hold that the edict of a church is in- 
 capable of making a sinner a saint. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 237 
 
 QUESTION No. 118. 
 
 In one of your lectures you said in effect that it was a 
 mistake to send missionaries to foreign countries; that the 
 religions practiced by the so-called heathens are right for 
 them at the present time, but that these missionaries have 
 done little harm as yet. How then do you explain the 
 command of Christ to his apostles, "Go ye into all the 
 world and preach the gospel to every creature 1 ?" 
 
 Answer: The meaning of the Christ's words obviously 
 rest upon the interpretation of the word "world." .If by 
 that word we understand the whole earth, it may be right 
 to send missionaries to foreign countries; but the Bible 
 tells us that the disciples to whom the command was given 
 returned after having accomplished their mission, show- 
 ing that the word of command could not have been meant 
 to include, the whole earth. In this connection the word 
 "world" should rather have been given the interpretation 
 "polity," which will also be found in some of our dic- 
 tionaries as another meaning for the word. At the time 
 of Christ people did not know the whole world. We find 
 even to this day the westernmost cape of Spain called Cape 
 Fimsterre the end of the earth. Therefore this term at 
 the time when Christ spoke his command could not have 
 included the whole earth as we know it today. The 
 statement is, therefore, not contrary to Bible teachings. 
 It is wrong to send missionaries out to the people we 
 call "heathen," for their development is as yet such that 
 they cannot understand a religion which preaches love 
 to one's neighbor, a religion which even we have not yet 
 learned to practice. Besides, if the great Recording 
 
238 KOSICRTJCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Angels who have charge of men's evolution are capable of 
 judging our needs, and placing each one in the environ- 
 ment where he will iind the influences most conducive to 
 progression, we must also believe that they have given to 
 each nation the religion most salutary to its unfoldment. 
 Therefore, when a man has been placed in a country where, 
 the Christian religion is taught, that religion holds the 
 ideal which he should strive for, but to try to force it upon 
 other people who have been placed in a different sphere is 
 to set our judgment up as greater than the judgment of 
 God and His ministers, the Eecording Angels. However, 
 as said, the Christian missionaries have done little harm 
 to the people they have visited, but they might have done 
 more good at home. We do not need to go away from home 
 to find heathen who need instruction in the Bible. Pro- 
 fessor Wilbur L. Cross of Yale mentions, for instance, 
 that in a class of forty students not one could place Judas 
 Iscariot; that he had a Jewish student who had never 
 heard of Moses and that in answer to a question concern- 
 ing the nature of the Pilgrim's Progress, the best answer 
 was that it is the basis of New England history. If the 
 missionaries were brought into contact with these heathen, 
 perhaps they might do some good. 
 
 More harm, however, is done when the East sends its 
 missionaries over here to convert us to Hindooism and 
 kindred religions, for often these Hindoos teach breathing 
 exercises which cause insanity or consumption, because our 
 western bodies are not at all fitted for such practices. It 
 is safest to rest in the religion of our country, to study 
 and practice that, leaving to other nations the privilege of 
 doing the same in respect to their own religions. 
 
SECTION V 
 
 Questions concerning 
 
 SPIRITUALISTIC PHENOMENA 
 
QUESTION No. 119. 
 Is mediumship injurious to health? 
 
 Answer: That depends: Where a person becomes the 
 medium for a disembodied spirit which enters the body, as 
 in the case of the trance mediums, where it takes pos- 
 session of this body and uses it as the owner might do, 
 there is little if any harm done, provided the spirit control 
 does not abuse his privilege. In fact, there are some 
 cases where spirit controls have a better idea of caring 
 for a body than the- owner himself, and may sometimes 
 improve the health. But spirits of a high ethical nature do 
 not usually control a medium, it is rather earthbound and 
 low spirits such as Indians and others of a like nature 
 who obtain a control over mediumistic persons, and when 
 in possession of the body they may use it to gratify their 
 low passions for drink and sex. Thus they cause a dis- 
 turbance to the system and a deterioration of the in- 
 strument. 
 
 In the case of the materializing medium, we may say 
 that the influence is always injurious. The materializing 
 spirit entrances the victim and then draws the ether of 
 the vital body out through the spleen, for the difference 
 between the materializing medium and the ordinary per- 
 son is the fact that the connection between the vital body 
 and the dense body is exceedingly lax, so that it is possible 
 to withdraw this vital body to a very great extent. The 
 vital body is the vehicle whereby the solar currents which 
 
 HI 
 
24:2 EOS1CRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 give us vitality are specialized. Deprived of the vitalizing 
 principle, the body of the medium at the time of a ma- 
 terialization sometimes shrinks to almost one-half its usual 
 size; the flesh becomes flabby and the spark of life burns 
 very low. When the seance is over and the vital body re- 
 placed, the medium is awakened and in normal conscious- 
 ness. He then experiences a feeling of the most terrible 
 exhaustion and sometimes, unfortunately, resorts to drink 
 to revive the vital forces. In that case, of course, the 
 health will very soon suffer and the medium will become 
 a total wreck. At any rate, mediumship should be avoided, 
 for apart from this danger to the instrument there are 
 other and far more serious considerations in connection 
 with the more subtle bodies, and particularly in connec- 
 tion with the after-death state. 
 
 QUESTION No. 120. 
 
 Where mediums make so-called soul trips, what is it that 
 leaves the physical body, and can it leave in the waking 
 state to gather data? 
 
 Answer: A medium is a negative or involuntary clair- 
 voyant and under the control of a spirit from the Desire 
 World. He or she corresponds to the victim of a hypnotist 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 343 
 
 in the Physical World. In the case of the hypnotist, he 
 is seen by his victim in the waking state, while the me- 
 dium does not see the spirit which hypnotizes her until 
 she has been driven out of her body. She is then clothed 
 in her desire body and therefore usually unable to bring her 
 experiences back. 
 
 All her experiences take- place while the physical body is 
 in a trance. It is the Ego clothed in the mind and desire 
 body which leaves the physical body behind, and the 
 same separation takes place then as in ordinary dreamless 
 sleep, with the difference, however, that the physical body 
 is not left tenantless upon the bed, but the spirit control 
 usually enters the physical body of the medium, taking 
 possession and using it according to pleasure, often to the 
 great detriment of the medium. For when such a spirit 
 control has been a drunkard or libertine during earth 
 life, it will often use the medium's body to gratify its 
 craving for liquor or its base, sensual instincts. We can- 
 not too seriously impress upon people that this physical 
 body is our most valuable instrument, and that it is very 
 wrong for anyone to abandon it to the tender mercies of 
 either a hypnotist or a spirit control. In the case of 
 mediums, there is a still graver danger, for sometimes it 
 is not an ordinary human Ego which is the control, but 
 an elemental that cannot ordinarily function in the Phys- 
 ical World. When the medium at death enters the Desire 
 World, the elemental has obtained such a power over the 
 desire body of the medium that it may rob the owner of 
 his vehicle. The desire body is the vehicle whence comes 
 the spring to action, and therefore when an Ego is deprived 
 of that vehicle there is nothing to cause it to reincarnate. 
 The elemental may keep this body even for millions of 
 years, and so, while the rest of humanity is progressing, 
 
244: EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 the unfortunate Ego, deprived of its desire body, is left 
 inert and will be far behind all its fellows, perhaps, be- 
 fore it is released from the bondage of this entity. There- 
 fore, mediumship is the gravest danger to the soul the 
 writer knows of or is able to conceive, except the practice 
 of black magic. 
 
 QUESTION No. 121. 
 
 I have taken many soul flights, and on one of these jour- 
 neys my guide took me through gates into a crystal city 
 and on into a temple filled with ethereal people, saying, 
 "This is God's Holy City." Will you kindly tell me where 
 this is, why there are gates and walls around the city, and 
 why everything looked like crystal? 
 
 Answer: It is one of the peculiarities of desire stuff, 
 which is the matter of the Desire World, that it is exceed- 
 ingly plastic and readily molded by thought. In the twink- 
 ling of an eye it takes the most different shapes according 
 to the thought that ensouls it, and where many people 
 upon earth think along similar lines all their thoughts 
 mass themselves and form one grand whole. 
 
 Thus, in the lower regions of the Desire World, the 
 thoughts of people who believe in a fiery, furnace-like Hell 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS -74,5 
 
 make of the desire stuff there such a place of torture. There 
 we may see devils with horns, hoofs and tails, prodding the 
 unhappy sinners with pitchforks, and often when people 
 pass out at death, after having lived in that belief, they 
 are in a sad state of fear on beholding this place which 
 they have helped to create. There is also in the higher 
 regions of the Desire Woilcl a city such as you describe, a 
 New Jerusalem with pearly gates, with a sea of glass and 
 its great white throne upon which is seated a thought 
 form of God, created by these people and appearing like 
 an old man. It is probable that you visited this place, 
 which is a permanent feature of the Desire World, and 
 will remain so as long as people continue to think of the 
 New Jerusalem in that way, for these forms have no 
 life apart from the sustained thoughts of mankind, and 
 when in time humanity shall have outgrown that faith, 
 the city created by their thoughts will cease to exist. Its 
 crystal-like appearance is due to the exceeding brilliance 
 of the desire stuff of which it is built. The old alchemists 
 called the Desire World "astral/' "starry/' on that 
 account. 
 
246 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 122. 
 
 Are not the desire bodies left ~by progressing Egos used 
 by elemental* to deceive friends and relatives of the de- 
 ceased person? How can they be detected and recognized? 
 
 Answer: When the spirit has passed out at death, and 
 after a stay in Purgatoiy of shorter or longer duration 
 enters the First Heaven, it still has with it the desire 
 body used during the earth life, but when it enters the 
 Second Heaven that desire body is left behind in a like 
 manner as the vital and dense bodies were left at death 
 and shortly after. But, while the dense body iroes to de- 
 cav and di c intsgrates, becomes inert and useless at once 
 when the spirit has left it, it is very different with the 
 desire body. The material of which that body is com- 
 posed is so much more vitalized by the Universal Spirit 
 that it will retain the ability to move about a long time 
 after the spirit. The empty shell is drawn by magnetic 
 attraction to those with whom it associated during earth 
 life and a memory of that past life very often enables it to 
 pose successfully as a deceased relative. This is particu- 
 larly the case when the shell is used by an elemental entity. 
 
 These empty shells ensouled by elementals account very 
 satisfactorily for most of the phenomena encountered at 
 spiritualistic seances. The pranks of these elementals in 
 spilling water down the necks of the sitters, throwing 
 chairs, tables and the like about, are specimens of what 
 may be done by such empty shells when in the possession 
 of elementals. 
 
 As to how they may be detected or recognized by us, it 
 will be vident that whi'e our deceased friends and rela- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 tives during earth life possessed common sense, there is 
 nothing to be gained from the inane nonsensical communi- 
 cations of these empty shells, for the spirit which was in 
 reality our friend has passed away, leaving the house 
 empty. Therefore we may judge them by words and 
 acts as we judge people here. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 123. 
 
 Can elementals assume the shape of animals or reptiles, 
 and what can l)e done to stop them? 
 
 Answer: In this material world all the forms are stable 
 and do not easily change. The Desire World is widely 
 different in that respect. The fairy tales, like the meta- 
 morphosis of Cinderella's mice, etc., are actual facts in the 
 Desire World, for the forms change at the will of the en- 
 souled life with a lightning-like rapidity, which is very 
 bewildering to one who enters that world as a neophyte. It 
 is, therefore, necessary for the clairvoyant to be trained, 
 in order to escape being glamored by the form, which is 
 always changing and may assume any shape at any mo- 
 ment. When we are able to see the ensouling life, it does 
 not matter what form it takes upon itself for the time 
 
248 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 being, we are not deceived. Like all others in the Desire 
 World, elementals have this faculty of changing their 
 shape, and it is due to that fact that so many strange tales 
 or visions seen are thought true by untrained clairvoyants. 
 Nothing can be done to stop elementals from changing 
 their shape, but we may shoo them away from us as we 
 chase a serenading feline from below our bedroom 
 window. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 124. 
 How can one avoid becoming obsessed? 
 
 Answer: Obsession is a state where a discarnate spirit 
 has taken permanent possession of the body of someone 
 after dispossessing the owner. But sometimes people who 
 have formed a habit of drunkenness or some other low 
 vice seek to excuse themselves by claiming to be obsessed. 
 Wherever a person makes that statement concerning him- 
 self, one may nearly always be sure that it is nothing but 
 an excuse, for a thief who has stolen something here in 
 the material world does not go about and tell people of 
 his theft, neither does an obsessing entity go around pro- 
 claiming the fact. It is very certain that such an entity 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 49 
 
 does not care what is thought about the man whose body 
 he has stolen, so that there is no reason why he should 
 tell and risk being exorcised. 
 
 There is an infallible means of knowing whether a per- 
 son is really obsessed., namely, by diagnosis of the eye. 
 "The eye is the window of the soul/' and only the true 
 owner is capable of contracting and expanding the iris, or 
 pupil of the eye, so that if we take a person who claims 
 to be obsessed or whom we think is obsessed, to a room 
 which is darkened, we shall find that the pupil of his eye 
 will not expand if he is obsessed. Neither will the pupil 
 contract when we bring him into the sunlight, nor expand 
 if we ask him to look at an object at a distance or con- 
 tract when he is asked to read small type. In short, the 
 pupil of the eye will respond neither to light nor to dis- 
 tance when a person is obsessed, but there is also a certain 
 disease called locomotor ataxia, where the iris will not 
 respond to distance but is responsive to light. 
 
 No one who maintains a positive attitude of mind can 
 ever become obsessed, for so long as we assert our individu- 
 ality that is strong enough to keep all outsiders away. But 
 in spiritualistic seances where the sitters are negative there 
 is always a great danger. The best way to avoid becoming 
 obsessed would be to maintain this positive attitude, and 
 anyone who is at all negatively inclined should avoid going 
 to spiritualistic seances, crystal gazing and other methods 
 of evoking spirits. That is bad practice anyway, for those 
 who have gone beyond have their w r ork to do there and 
 should not be brought back here. 
 
250 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 125. 
 What is psychometry? 
 
 Answer: Science teaches us that every particle of mat- 
 ter in the Physical World is interpenetrated by ether, so 
 that the chemical atoms of every substance, no matter how 
 dense, do not touch one another, but each little atom vi- 
 brates in a field of this all-prevailing ether. The vibra- 
 tions of this ether emitted by every object carry to our 
 eyes a picture of the things about us. This picture is not 
 lost. The picture? vjf all things which we have consciously 
 observed still exist in the ether of our vital body, and it 
 only depends upon our ability to call them back whether 
 we remember them or not. 
 
 There is also in tlio ether pervading every object a pic- 
 ture of the whole surroundings of that object. On the 
 walls of our rooms are inscribed all the scenes, every in- 
 cident tVat ever happened in that room, and even though 
 we strip them of lath and plaster, it may be impossible 
 to get rid of all the pictures inscribed there. If we 
 take a piece of plaster from such a room and bring it to 
 a person who has cultivated etheric sight, it is possible 
 for that person to see the ether in that piece of plaster, and 
 to tell about the scenes which happened where that plas- 
 ter came from. If we show him a piece of stone taken from 
 the pyramids of Egypt, he will see those pyramids just as 
 well as if we had brought him a photograph, for it is the 
 ether from an object such as the pyramid that makes the 
 impression upon the photographer's sensitive plate, and the 
 only difference between that impression and the impression 
 we receive through the eye is that we are able to fix it on 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 251 
 
 the photographic plate, and may take a look at the photo- 
 graph at any time, while we are not yet able to clearly 
 visualize the scenes of our past under ordinary circum- 
 stances. But the psychometrist who can read the ether has 
 a wonderful picture gallery at his disposal. 
 
 QUESTION No. 126. 
 
 Is it true that at spiritualistic seances persons are some- 
 times transported bodily from one place to another by in- 
 visible hands; that flowers are brought into the room 
 through closed luindoivs and doors, and if so, how can that 
 be done? 
 
 Answer: Yes, it is perfectly true that such phenomena 
 as you have mentioned take place at times under condi- 
 tions where no fraud is at all possible. As to the move- 
 ment of objects, that may be accomplished by the spirits 
 in charge of the seance in various ways. Hands may be 
 materialized which are either visible or invisible, and they 
 may lift objects or persons from one place to another, or 
 else these objects may be lifted by the suspension of the 
 law of gravity so far as that object is concerned. As to 
 the passage of flowers through a wall, a closed window 
 
252 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 or other material object, we should remember that these 
 objects are not really as solid as we usually think. Science 
 recognizes the fact that no two atoms in any substance 
 touch one another, but each atom swings and vibrates at a 
 varying rate of speed in the sea of ether which permeates 
 all matter. It is well known also that all substances may 
 be reduced to gas. Iron, stone, water, or whatever other 
 substance we name is capable of being thus reduced. Eealiz- 
 ing this, it is only a step further to the idea that as these 
 substances are reduced to a gaseous state and as readily 
 resolved back into their original state, so a flower may 
 be resolved into ether, passed between the atoms in a wall 
 and then resolved back into its existence as a flower. 
 That is in fact what happens. 
 
 But the inquirer may say, "Ye?, but if you take a silver 
 dollar, melt it in a crucible, or retoit and change it into a 
 gas, it will not take the shape of a silver dollar when it is 
 resolved back into the metallic state but will become simply 
 a lump of metal." That is true where the operation is 
 performed by an ordinary man, who is incapable of sepa- 
 rating the dense mateiial from its etheric counterpart dur- 
 ing the process of melting, but the spiritual entities who 
 perform the feats spoken of are capable of thus detaching 
 the ether part of the flower from the dense material. And 
 it is that etheric part wi.-ich retains its shape and forms 
 the matrix or mold which gives form to the material of 
 the flower when liberated in the room after having been 
 passed through the wall. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 253 
 
 QUESTION No. 127. 
 
 Will you kindly explain the use of the planchette? And 
 state if it is advisable to try to produce the phenomena 
 among amateurs. 
 
 Answer: The planchette is a small board placed upon 
 wheels with a device for holding a pencil in a vertical 
 position, so that when the medium's hand is placed upon 
 the hoard and moved about by the spirits the pencil will 
 write their messages on a sheet of paper. Like all other 
 spiritualistic phenomena, planchette writing is produced 
 by a disembodied spirit through a negative medium. 
 
 When an entity has passed out of earth life and entered 
 the Invisible Beyond, an evolution of a different nature 
 from ours awaits him in Purgatory and the various 
 heavens. It is a retrogression when he tries to communi- 
 cate with us here under ordinary circumstances. There- 
 fore, all spiritualistic phenomena which bring the disem- 
 bodied spirit into contact with the Physical World are to 
 be deprecated as having a bad effect upon the spirits con- 
 cerned. The communicating entities are also dangerous 
 to the negative sitters in a circle, who abandon their will 
 powers and their bodies to a certain extent. 
 
 Of course in planchette writing the whole body may not 
 be in trance, although it sometimes is; but at least an 
 arm is abandoned to the control of a discarnate spirit 
 whom the sitter does not see, and who may or may not 
 be what it represents. If a tramp came to our door and 
 tried to persuade us to abandon our house and allow him 
 to take possession for a little while, we would indignantly 
 refuse, but when a tramp from the Desire World asks us 
 
254 EOSICKUGIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 to let him have possession of our most valuable house, our 
 body, many at once comply, flattered in the bel;ef that 
 "a dear Angel" has visited them. But "dear Angels" and 
 philanthropists do not grow on every bush in the Desire, 
 World any more than here. It cannot be too often reit- 
 erated that there is no transforming power in death; that 
 an ignorant Indian does not suddenly become all wise by 
 the mere fact of having passed out at death. As it is 
 necessary to study in order to gain knowledge in this 
 world, so must the departed spirits apply themselves if 
 desiring to learn about conditions in that world, and until 
 they have had the requisite amount of experience, the de- 
 parted are no more fit to guide us from there than they 
 were while here. The safest plan is to leave all negative 
 phenomena alone, concentrating all our energies on living 
 the life, and doing exercises which foster in us the faculty 
 of entering that world at will, either traveling in our finer 
 vehicles or clairvoyantly observing it while still within 
 our dense body. That is progress; when we have that 
 ability we can see the disembodied entities face to face 
 and judge for ourselves whether it is advisable to listen 
 to their counsel or not. Until we can do that we are 
 at a disadvantage, and caution should teach us to keep 
 on the safe side. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 255 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 128. 
 Is a vampire the same as a werewolf? 
 
 Answer: Xo, a vampire is a person who absorbs the 
 vitality of another, while that which is called a werewolf 
 in mediaeval times was the vital body of a low order of 
 black magician. He would give a gruesome shape to his 
 vital body, and partly stud it with dense matter in order 
 to inflict harm upon other people. The old folk stories 
 said that it was no use to strike such a thing, blows would 
 not hurt it. But if it were stabbed with a knife or another 
 sharp instrument, it would commence to disgorge the 
 blood of its victims, run away yelping to its home., and 
 there the black magician who had manifested as a wolf 
 could be found suffering from a wound in the precise 
 place where the wolf had been hurt. This is on account 
 of a curious circumstance known to occultists as repercus- 
 sion, and the same phenomena may be seen where spirits 
 materialize at a seance. The ether in which these spirits 
 materialize has been taken from the body of the medium, 
 and if a piece is cut out of the robe of such a spirit, a 
 piece will be found missing from the garment of the 
 medium at the close of the seance. This fact has been 
 used by skeptical investigators ignorant of the law of 
 repercussion to stamp mediums as frauds, when in fact they 
 have been perfectly honest, though incapable of explain- 
 ing away the seemingly damning evidence. 
 
256 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 129. 
 
 What is the difference between a trance medium, a ma- 
 terializing medium, the trained clairvoyant and the ordi- 
 nary person ? 
 
 Answer: Roughly speaking, we may say that humanity 
 today is divided into two classes those in whom the con- 
 nection hetween the vital body and the dense body is very 
 close, and another class where the connection is more loose. 
 The former class is the ordinary person who is engaged 
 in material pursuits and is altogether out of touch with 
 the Spiritual Worlds. The latter class is the so-called sensi- 
 tives, and is again divided into two classes. One class is 
 actuated by the will from ivithin and is positive. From 
 this class comes the trained clairvoyant and the Invisible 
 Helper. The other class is negative and is amenable to the 
 will of others. From this class mediums are recruited. 
 
 When the connection hetween the vital body and the 
 dense body of a man is somewhat lax, he will be sensi- 
 tive to spiritual vibrations, arid if positive lie will by 
 his own will develop his spiritual faculties, live a spiritual 
 life and in time receive the teaching necessary to become 
 a trained clairvoyant and a master of his faculty at any and 
 all times, free to exercise it or not, as he pleases. 
 
 If a person has this slight laxity between the vital and 
 dense bodies, and is of a negative temperament, he is 
 liable to become the prey of discarnate spirits, as a medium. 
 
 Where the connection between the vital and dense body 
 is very lax, so that it may be withdrawn, and the man 
 is positive, he may become an Invisible Helper, capable of 
 taking the two higher ethers away from his dense body 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 25% 
 
 at will and using them as a vehicle for sense perception 
 and memory. He can +hen function consciously in the 
 Spiritual World and bring back a recollection of every- 
 thing he has done there, so that, for instance, when he 
 leaves his body at night he takes up the life in the In- 
 visible World in a fully conscious manner, as we do here 
 when we wake up in the morning after sleep and perform 
 our various duties in the visible world. 
 
 When a person has this lax connection between the 
 vital body and the dense body and is of a negative tempera- 
 ment, the spirits which are earth bound and seek to mani- 
 fest here may withdraw his vital body by way of the spleen 
 and temporarily use the ether of which it is composed 
 to materialize spirit forms, returning the ether to the 
 medium after the seance is over. 
 
 QUESTION No. 130. 
 
 If mediumship is so dangerous, why do not the me~ 
 diums cease to allow themselves to be controlled? 
 
 Answer: In the first place, of course, the great majority 
 of the mediums do not realize that there is danger. They 
 are particularly unaware of the enormous danger which 
 threatens them after death. The desire body may then be 
 
258 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 appropriated by the spirit control. If they were to try 
 to stop the influence of the spirit control while still here 
 in the body they would find that that entity has an 
 exceedingly strong hold upon them, a control it is very 
 difficult to break, and they ought to realize that naturally 
 when death brings them into the same world with these 
 spirit controls the danger will be still greater. 
 
 The writer has known certain cases where mediums 
 have balked and tried to escape from the toils of the 
 spirit control, but have failed to break the strong hold of 
 that entity. They were helpless. Mediums have come to 
 the writer for help and told him that they were almost 
 irresistibly compelled by their spirit controls to commit 
 suicide and murder; that they had begged and pleaded 
 with the spirit controls to leave them alone, but without 
 avail. Cases are known also where spirit controls have 
 mercilessly dragged their victims out of bed in the middle 
 of night against their will and forced thorn to listen to 
 their importunities. Only seldom does one hear that they 
 show mercy. Though the writer has known mediums who 
 have been ill from such treatment, he has only known of 
 one case where the sickness of the medium induced the 
 spirit controls to listen to his plea and leave him alone 
 for a few months while he recuperated. 
 
 Thus it will be seen that mediumship, once entered 
 into, is not usualty a matter of choice with the mediums; 
 they lose the power to shut out spirit controls. While they 
 do the bidding of their taskmasters and are docile, they 
 may not feel the bit; but let one of them try to balk, and 
 he or she will soon feel that the spirit control has both 
 bit and spur, and is merciless in his use of them. 
 
SECTION VI 
 
 Questions concerning 
 
 CLAIRVOYANCE. 
 
260 
 
QUESTION No. 131. 
 
 What is the difference between a Clairvoyant, an Ini- 
 tiate and an Adept? 
 
 Answer: What a man sees depends upon the sensitive- 
 ness of his eye. Some people can distinguish objects at a 
 distance which makes them invisible to other people. 
 Artists perceive shades of color which ordinary people 
 cannot distinguish and some people are color blind; there 
 are even those who cannot see at all they are blind. 
 
 The people who can see the farthest or distinguish the 
 most delicate shades of color are more clairvoyant, or 
 clearsighted, than the rest. 
 
 The majority among us are able to see most things in 
 our environment, but we know very little about the things 
 we see just because we see them. We had to be initiated 
 into the use of the telephone, the bicycle, automobile, piano, 
 etc. 
 
 But, though we may know how to use these instruments 
 under ordinary circumstances, we are not so thoroughly 
 familiar with their construction that we are able to build 
 or repair them when they have become disabled. Before 
 we become qualified for that work we must take a course 
 of special training, and if we apply ourselves with our 
 whole heart, we may become adepts in our special line. 
 
 If we apply this illustration to the problem before us, 
 we may understand that a clairvoyant is a man whose 
 sense of sight has become so extended that he perceives 
 
 261 
 
262 ROSICRUCIAN FHILOSOPHY 
 
 another world, which is invisible to most of us, and that 
 he is able to see everything there. 
 
 But he does not ''know all about" the things he sees 
 there by the mere fact of perception any more than we 
 know all about the things we see in this world. He must 
 apply himself to gain that knowledge. Then, by degrees, 
 he will become an Initiate, who understands the things he 
 sees, and may be able to manipulate some of them under 
 ordinary circumstances, as we are able to play upon a 
 piano or ride a bicycle when we have learned these arts. 
 
 It will require further training to enable the Initiate 
 to exercise power over the things and the forces in the 
 invisible world as an A dept. 
 
 Thus the Clairvoyant is one who sees the invisible world ; 
 the Initiate both sees the invisible world and understands 
 what he sees, while the Adept sees, knows and has power 
 over things and forces there. 
 
 QUESTION No. 132. 
 
 Why is it that trained clairvoyants do not offer to lend 
 themselves to some simple l)ut conclusive tests conducted l)y 
 men of science which would convince everybody of the 
 reality of faculties transcending the ordinary senses? 
 
 Answer: In the first place, trained clairvoyants have 
 no axes to grind ; they are not concerned in the smallest 
 
QUESTIONS AXD ANSWERS 263 
 
 degree whether people believe or not; while it might make 
 a great deal of difference to the people themselves were 
 they to believe, it makes no difference whatever to the 
 trained clairvoyant. He never seeks for money, or any 
 other consideration that the world could offer him if con- 
 .vinced; he has no wish for worldly power, he never flaunts 
 his faculty or boasts of it, but always speaks of it with ex- 
 ceeding modesty when he does so at all. If he does deeds 
 that are meritorious, perhaps, in helping his fellow men, 
 he does not care to have these facts known. He usually 
 does not let "his left hand know what his right hand does." 
 A blind man does not see the colors and the light, al- 
 though they are everywhere about him, and if he should 
 come to us and ask us to submit to tests which would prove 
 to him beyond a doubt that we perceive light and color, 
 we should wonder what tests could possibly convince him 
 of those facts. So does the trained clairvoyant wonder 
 what tests would convince everybody. There has been no 
 test devised yet that would not be open to some other ex- 
 planation in the minds of some people, and the unfortu- 
 nate clairvoyant who should lend himself to such tests 
 would have to keep on and on forever, and yet generations 
 of skeptics would denounce him as a fraud. He would be 
 required to submit to the tests of every single one of the 
 scientists, and scientists do rot even believe their own 
 eyes. If their reason says a thing is impossible they refuse 
 to believe, though shown. Scientists are forced to be con- 
 tent to experiment under the laws of nature, when con- 
 ducting their researches in chemistry, etc., of which they 
 know something, but arrogate to themselves the right io 
 prescribe conditions when testing superphvsical matters 
 of which they are confessedly ignorant. When mecliurrs 
 
264: KOSICRUCIAX PHILOSOPHY 
 
 demand a darkened room for their experiments, the scien- 
 tists usually say, "Ah, yes, that at once shows that they 
 are frauds ; they want the room darkened so that they can 
 play their tricks undetected." The mediums usually do 
 not know why the room should be darkened and therefore 
 cannot explain, but a law underlies the demand of the 
 medium. 
 
 It is this : Light rays set the ether into violent vibration 
 and make it difficult for the communicating entities to 
 work with it in that condition, to mold it into a body, a 
 vocal organ, a hand, or other material manifestation. The 
 darker the room the less the ether vibrates, and the easier 
 it is for these entities to use it as required for the spiritual- 
 istic phenomena. 
 
 There are numerous other laws affecting superphysical 
 phenomena, of which science has no conception, and this 
 ignorance at once disqualifies the scientists for prescribing 
 conditions. The way is always open for them, however, TO 
 know at first hand. They say to us, procure a number 
 of lenses, ground in a certain way, place them in a tube 
 in a certain manner, point that tube with your lenses in 
 a certain direction in the sky and you will see eight moons 
 revolving around Saturn. If we comply with their directions, 
 we shall see that what they tell us is to be found there. 
 If we refuse to provide the necessary instrument we can- 
 not see the moons of Saturn. We say to them : live the 
 life and perform the exercises, so that you may evolve in 
 yourselves that faculty of which we speak. Then you will 
 see that we have spoken the truth, and yon will be com- 
 pelled to assert the things we assert. If they are unwill- 
 ing to comply with our directions, they may remain as 
 unconvinced of the existence of super-physical realms as 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 265 
 
 the man who will not procure a telescope may doubt the 
 existence of the Saturnian moons, for all that the trained 
 clairvoyants care. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 133. 
 
 // clairvoyance is such an accurate means of investiga- 
 tion, such a high spiritual faculty, why do we usually set it 
 in possession of people of little education and coarse breed- 
 ing; who have seemingly very little spirituality and who 
 often tell lies? 
 
 Answer: There was a time in the far, far past when the 
 human body was a very much less complicated organism 
 than it is today, before the cerebro-spinal nervous system 
 had been evolved to give man voluntary control over his 
 body. At that time the sympathetic or involuntary nervous 
 system took care of the purely animal functions, much as 
 it does today. Then man was a much more spiritual being 
 than he is now, and his means of perception of the Spiritual 
 Worlds were organs which are now temporarily in disuse. 
 We have a number of organs in our bodies in various stages 
 of completion, some of which are atrophying because they 
 have served their uses. The muscles which move the ears 
 
266 ROSICKUCIAN" PHILOSOPHY 
 
 in animals, for instance, are also present in man, but they 
 are no longer needed and, therefore, most of us. have lost 
 the use of them. Other organs are in a state of develop- 
 in ert, such as, for instance, the heart, which is an involun- 
 tary muscle, hut is being invested with cross-stripes like 
 the voluntary muscles and will, at a future time, be capable 
 of regulation at any desired speed. 
 
 Another class of organs are simply in a state of dor- 
 mancy, and among these is the pituitary body and the 
 pineal gland. If they were not to be used in the future, 
 they would surely atrophy, as do all other organs when 
 they have ceased to be useful. In the far past these organs 
 were connected with the sympathetic system and invested 
 man with involuntary clairvoyance, and because of their 
 connection with the cerebro-spinal system they will in the 
 future enable mankind to effect a contact with the Spiritual 
 Worlds at will. 
 
 It is easier to roll a stone down hill than to roll it up 
 hill ; retrogression is more readily accomplished than pro- 
 gression, and when people seek for development in a nega- 
 tive condition they readily renew the negative activity of 
 the pituitary body and the pineal gland, and become nega- 
 tive clairvoyants. But as any faculty which is exercised 
 by means of the involuntary nervous system cannot be 
 exercised by the powei of the will, this faculty is, of course, 
 sporadic in mediums. At times, when the power is on, 
 they can contact the Spiritual Worlds in a limited way. 
 At other times, when the power is off, they are unable to 
 see. Therefore, they often simulate in order to earn a 
 needed fee. 
 
 The man who consciously evolves his spiritual faculty 
 controls the vibration of the two little organs named by 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 267 
 
 will power and has no "off" days. The power to see is 
 his at any and all times. Thus, in his hands, clairvoyance 
 is an accurate means of investigation, but it should be 
 understood that as it is necessary to investigate in this 
 world before we know, so it is also in that world. Many 
 people are foolishly skeptical concerning the existence of 
 superphysical worlds and senses, but people who think 
 that when a man "sees" in the invisible worlds he at once 
 knows everything about them are equally foolish. A blind 
 man who has acquired the faculty of sight by an opera- 
 tion affords an illustration of the fact that we must learn 
 to see here in the Physical World, for at first he very often 
 shuts his eyes, declaring that it is easier to walk by feeling 
 than by sight, because he has not yet learned to gauge dis- 
 tances. The infant which reaches for the moon or for 
 something on the other side of the room also demonstrates 
 this fact. As above, so below ; before a man has been 
 trained, the mere fact of clairvoyance is not of much use 
 to him, and the idea that because he sees, he necessarily 
 knoivs everything, is gratuitous. We who have seen here 
 all our lives do not know all about everything in this world ; 
 neither do the people who "see" know all about the other 
 world. Besides, the forms here are stable and do not 
 easily change, while the matter of sight and knowledge 
 is complicated in the Inner Worlds by the plasticity of the 
 forms there, for they often change in the twinkling of an 
 eye in response to the thoughts of entities who function 
 there. 
 
 To evolve voluntary clairvoyance is an arduous task, and 
 this faculty, therefore, is possessed by few, while negative 
 clairvoyance, unfortunately, has been developed by many 
 who had no high ideals to prevent prostitution of their 
 faculty for gold. 
 
268 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 134. 
 
 What do you mean by initiation,, and why are oniy men 
 Initiates? 
 
 Answer: The ordinary idea of initiation is that of ad- 
 mittance into a secret order, usually in consideration of 
 an i?iitiation fee, but occult initiation is very different. 
 
 When a person has endeavored to live the higher life for 
 some time, has purified his vehicles by mental, moral and 
 physical endeavors, he emits a light in the invisible world 
 and accumulates a power within. In time a point of cul- 
 mination is reached where this power must be given vent. 
 Then there appears in his life a teacher who shows him 
 the power he has cultivated, often unconsciously to him- 
 self, and its use. This demonstration is called initiation. 
 It may take place in a temple or not ; it may or may not 
 be accompanied by a ceremony, as the circumstances de- 
 mand. Let it be clearly understood that no ceremony can 
 give to the candidate the powers which initiation teaches 
 him to use, any more than pulling the trigger of a pistol 
 which is not loaded can cause an explosion. The initiatory 
 ceremony would be worthless save as a culmination to the 
 life of discipjeship. 
 
 Thus it is evident that Initiation is the inevitable result 
 \ 
 
 of merit. It is never sold for money, though there is no 
 lack of unscrupulous charlatans who offer to initiate any- 
 one into the occult arts of which they know nothing them- 
 selves ; nor are gullible fools wanting, or dishonest persons 
 who hope to gain a sinister power over their fellow-man 
 by purchase. If Simon, the sorcerer, merited the scathing 
 rebuke of Peter when he attempted to buy a spiritual power 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 269 
 
 for gold, we wonder what condemnation is adequate to meet 
 the case of those who advertise them as commercial wares, 
 particularly when, in the nature of things, they are unable 
 to deliver the goods offered for sale. The inquirer is under 
 a misapprehension when he believes that only men are 
 Initiates, at least so far as the Lesser Mysteries are con- 
 cerned. There are women Initiates and sometimes even 
 Initiates of the Greater Mysteries take upon themselves a 
 feminine body for the sake of a special work which they 
 desire to accomplish. It is true, however, that those who 
 have advanced so far that they have a choice regarding sex 
 usually prefer a male body, and the reason is not far to 
 seek. Woman has a positive vital body but a negative 
 dense body and is, therefore, somewhat at a disadvantage in 
 the world as at present constituted. Striving for the higher 
 ideals and living the higher life, we spiritualize the vital 
 body and transmute it into soul which is always positive 
 a power useable regardless of sex and when the Initiate 
 wears a masculine body also, he is thoroughly positive 
 in the Physical World and has a better chance for ad- 
 vancement than when using a feminine vehicle. 
 
270 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 135. 
 
 Is it not the duty of one who is informed on subjects 
 concerned with the higher life to give information and 
 to the less informed ? 
 
 Answer: Certainly,, knowledge is the one thing which 
 we may give to others and still retain ourselves. In fact, 
 when we help others by disseminating our knowledge we 
 are helping ourselves and increasing our own store. For 
 no one really knows a thing until he has told and ex- 
 plained it to someone else, and we should understand that 
 whatever knowledge we may obtain is not our exclusive 
 property, but is to be used for the universal good. If we 
 selfishly hoard it and refuse to enlighten others, it will 
 act upon us in the same way as if we continued to eat 
 physical food without getting rid of the ashes. There 
 would come a time when we could hold no more and we 
 would become sick. So with people who obtain knowledge 
 concerning things of the higher life. When they hoard 
 it up instead of using it for the benefit of others, they 
 are very apt to become recluses, and may become insane. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 271 
 
 QUESTION No. 136. 
 
 What qualifications are necessary to become an Invisible 
 Helper? Must the whole life be given over to spiritual 
 endeavor? 
 
 Answer: No, not at all; in fact, no one is justified in 
 giving his whole life to spiritual endeavor unless he has 
 first fulfilled whatever material obligations he may have 
 to others. The duties in the family are means of being 
 visible helpers, and the man or woman who shirks duty 
 here can surely not be depended upon to fulfil the duties 
 of an Invisible Helper on the other side. 
 
 Therefore, a patient continuance in the performance 
 of all our earthly duties to the very best of our ability is 
 the first and most essential qualification of the aspirant. 
 As a further qualification, we may mention self control. 
 While we are living and working in our dense bodies, the 
 desire body is in a measure held in check by imprisonment 
 in dense, physical matter. If we lose our temper here, 
 the result may be dangerous to ourselves and to those 
 around us, but it is not a circumstance to the peril at- 
 tendant upon loss of temper in the other world, for our 
 desire body, as we know, can wreck our physical body in 
 a fit of temper so that it may sometimes be sick for weeks 
 as a result of a few minutes' loss of temper. But when 
 outside the dense body, if its force were directed against 
 anyone else, it could instantly kill an army. 
 
 Knowledge is also requisite to the aspirant. Unless we 
 have studied conditions after death and are familiar with 
 the scheme of evolution, have a comprehensive idea of 
 the constitution of man and similar subjects, it is impos- 
 
272 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 sible for us to instruct those who are less informed, and 
 to set us the tasks of an Invisible Helper and instructor 
 would be analogous to sending an ignorant boor to teach 
 school. 
 
 Last, but not least, the Invisible Helper must be imbued 
 with an all embracing love of humanity. We cannot be 
 callous to the sufferings of our fellow creatures here and 
 at the same time be filled with love and a desire to help 
 in the other world, any more than a man who does not 
 know a note in earth life can become a proficient musician 
 by the mere fact of dying, or acquire such a passion for 
 music that he is anxious to spend eternity tooting in a 
 horn or playing on a harp. Therefore, we reiterate that 
 to become an Invisible Helper there, we must first qualify 
 by helping here. 
 
 QUESTION No. 137. 
 What purpose has the person in going out of his body? 
 
 Answer: At the present stage of our evolution, the 
 greater. part of humanity are tied to their bodies during 
 earth life. They are placed in a small and narrow en- 
 vironment because certain lessons may be learned there 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 273 
 
 which can best be mastered by practically shutting out 
 every other place and condition from view. But there 
 comes a time when man has grown sufficiently in knowl- 
 edge to make it desirable that he should have a wider 
 scope for his activities. Then the body becomes a clog 
 and a fetter which it is expedient to leave at times, and 
 accordingly he is taught by the Elder Brothers to extricate 
 himself at will. They themselves have been helped in the 
 past by more advanced beings from other planets until 
 they have now become capable of teaching the less evolved 
 among humanity. 
 
 The purpose in going out is to gain a wider knowledge. 
 But that knowledge in itself is only a means to an end, 
 namely, to help others progress. Therefore, those who are 
 capable of leaving their bodies are known as Invisible 
 Helpers. Their work is to help both living and dead, 
 according to ability. 
 
274 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 138. 
 
 Is it absolutely necessary to live a life of asceticism in 
 order to become spiritual and endowed with psychic powers? 
 
 Answer: That depends upon what the inquirer means 
 by asceticism. Some people in the East creep into a barrel 
 of spikes and roll themselves about in order to mortify 
 the flesh, or lash and maim themselves in various ways 
 to attain a realization of spiritual powers. That, as- 
 suredly, is not right. They may and do at times become 
 clairvoyant, but that course is as reprehensible and its 
 results as transitory as the effects obtained by crystal 
 gazing, the drug habit and similar methods. 
 
 We should realize that this physical body is our most 
 valuable instrument, and that it is our duty to give it all 
 reasonable care under conditions which are conducive to 
 its health and well-being. No power obtained by maltreat- 
 ing our body is of the highest kind, and therefore is 
 neither lasting nor fully efficient. 
 
 But some people mean b}^ asceticism, "living a clean 
 and pure life." They want spiritual power without 
 sacrifice of animal propensities ; they desire to soar in the 
 clouds at will, while at other times they claim liberty to 
 wallow in the mire. They want to continue feeding on 
 coarse food, to gorge themselves on meat, alcohol and to- 
 bacco, to indulge their passions and sensual desires in 
 every direction, and at the same time they want to have 
 spiritual powers. 
 
 That cannot be done. Our bodies are our tools. A good 
 workman appreciates the value of good tools and keeps 
 them in the very best condition sharp and clean. When 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEES 275 
 
 our senses have been dulled by alcohol and tobacco, when 
 the system is forced to exert all its energy to digest or 
 eliminate coarse food, is it to be expected that the man 
 should be a sensitive? We cannot serve God and mam- 
 mon; ours is the choice. If we want spiritual powers we 
 must pay the price of clean lives ; we must give our bodies 
 pure food and conform to the rules of the simple life; we 
 must abstain from everything that dulls the senses alco- 
 hol, tobacco, and similar abuses. If that is called "a life 
 of asceticism," then asceticism is absolutely necessary. 
 
 QUESTION No. 139. 
 Are all children clairvoyant tip to a certain age? 
 
 Answer: Yes, all are clairvoyant at least during the first 
 year of their life. It depends upon the spirituality of the 
 child to a great extent, also upon its environment, how 
 long it will keep the faculty, for most children communi- 
 cate all they see to their elders and the faculty of clair- 
 voyance is affected by their attitude. Often children are 
 lidiculed, and nothing so hurts their sensitive little na- 
 tures. They soon learn to shut out the scenes which en- 
 gender the ridicule of their elders, or at least they will 
 learn to keep such experiences to themselves. When 
 
276 BOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 listened to, they often reveal wonderful things, and at 
 times it is possible to trace a previous life by information 
 from a little child. This happens particular!}', of course, 
 if the child died as a child in its previous life, for then 
 it would only have been in the Invisible World from one 
 to twenty years, so that it is possible to verify its informa- 
 tion. Children who, in their previous life, died as chil- 
 dren, are much more apt to remember the past and to be 
 clairvoyant than other children, because the desire body 
 and vital body are not born at the same time as the 
 physical birth of the child, but at seven and fourteen years 
 of age, respectively, and what has not been quickened can- 
 not die, so that if a child passes out before birth of the 
 vital body or of the desire body, it will not go into the 
 Second and Third Heavens, but will stay in the Desire 
 World and will be reborn with the same desire body and 
 mind that it possessed in its previous life, and therefore 
 it will be very much more apt to remember what hap- 
 pened then. The writer came across such an instance 
 a few years ago in Southern California. 
 
 One day in Santa Barbara, a man by the name of Kob- 
 erts was walking along the street when a little child ran 
 up to him, put her arms around his knees and called him 
 "Papa." Mr. Roberts thought someone was trying to 
 foist a child upon him and indignantly freed himself. 
 The mother of the child was also indignant at its action 
 and took it away. But the child kept crying, "It is my 
 papa, it is my papa." On account of circumstances which 
 will appear later, the incident preyed upon Mr. Roberts' 
 mind, and he went to a gentleman whom we will call 
 "X". Together they sought the house where the little 
 child lived with its parents, and after some parleying were 
 allowed to question it. As soon as the little girl saw Mr. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 277 
 
 Koberts she ran to him again and called him "Papa." 
 Then, in answer to intermittent questioning during the 
 afternoon, the child told the story, which we give here 
 connectedly. 
 
 Once upon a time she lived with Mr. Roberts as her 
 father and another mama in a little house by a brook 
 where flowers grew (here she ran out and fetched some 
 pussy willows). There was a gang plank across the brook 
 which she was forbidden to cross, lest she fall in the water. 
 One day Mr. Roberts left her mama and herself never to 
 return. After some time her mama laid down and moved 
 no more. "She became so still, and she died." Then, said 
 the child, "I died too; but I didn't die, I came here !" 
 
 Next, Mr. Roberts told his story. "About eighteen years 
 previously he had lived with his father, a brewer, in Eng- 
 land. He fell in love with their servant girl, but the 
 father refused permission to marry. The young people 
 ran off to London, were married, went to Australia, where 
 he cleared a little farm in the bush, and built a house by 
 a brook where pussy willows grew. There was a gang 
 plank over the brook. A little child was born to them, 
 and when that child was about two years of age, Mr. 
 Roberts went one day to a clearing about a mile from the 
 cabin and while there an officer of the law approached him 
 with a gun and arrested him for a bank robbery committed 
 on the night he left London. 
 
 "He protested his innocence, begged leave to visit wife 
 and child to take care of them, but the officer feared a 
 trap to <ret him into the hands of confederates, and drove 
 Mr. Roberts to the coast at the point of the gun. He was 
 taken to England, tried for the robbery and found not 
 guilty. Not until then did the authorities listen to his 
 constant ravings about a wife and child who must surely 
 
278 BOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 have starved in the wilds of Australia. A telegram was 
 sent, a search party organized and in due time the answer 
 came. They found the skeletons of the deserted ones, and 
 Mr. Eoberts departed for America, a heart-broken man." 
 The child was then shown a number of pictures, in a 
 casual way, among them being two photographs of Mr. 
 Roberts and his wife. Mr. Roberts' appearance had al- 
 tered very much since that photograph was taken. Never- 
 theless, when the child came upon the picture, she joy- 
 ously shouted, "Oh, there is Papa !" She also recognized 
 the picture of her mother in the previous life. The little 
 child was only about three years of age at the time when 
 Mr. Roberts found her, and could not possibly have made 
 up such a story. Later the case was investigated by one 
 of the foremost newspapers in Southern California, the 
 Los Angeles Times, and the facts found to be as here 
 related. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 379 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 140. 
 
 What is the difference between white and black magic^ 
 and what is the effect of the practice of black magic upon 
 the soul? 
 
 Answer: Magic is a process whereby we may accom- 
 plish certain results not achieved by means of laws ordi- 
 narily known. Some men have investigated laws of nature 
 unknown to most people, and have become adepts in 
 manipulating the finer forces. They use their power to 
 help their fellow man, where that can be done in harmony 
 with the laws of his growth. Others, having studied the 
 laws and become capable of manipulating the hidden 
 forces of the universe, use their knowledge for selfish ends 
 to gain power over their fellow creatures. The first named 
 class are White Magicians, the latter are Black. Both of 
 them use and manipulate the same forces, the difference 
 being the motive which prompts them. The White 
 Magician is prompted altogether by love and benevolence. 
 Although he is not actuated by thoughts of reward, a soul 
 growth wonderful to contemplate results from his use of 
 magic. He has put his talents out to usury and is gaining 
 interest a hundredfold. The Black Magician, on the other 
 hand, is in a sad state, for it is said that the "soul that 
 sinneth, it shall die," and all we do contrary to the laws of 
 God inevitably results in a deterioration of the soul quali- 
 ties. 
 
 The Black Magician by his knowledge and art may, 
 sometimes for several live?, maintain his position in evo- 
 lution, but eventually there comes a time when the soul 
 disintegrates and the Ego reverts into what we may call 
 savagery. 
 
280 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Black magic in its minor forms, such as hypnotism, for 
 instance, sometimes causes congenital idiocy in a future 
 life. The hypnotist deprives his victims of the free use of 
 their bodies. Under the law of consequence he is then 
 tied to a body with a malformed brain, which prevents 
 his expression. We must not infer, however, that every 
 case of congenital idiocy is due to such malpractice on 
 the part of the Ego in a past life ; there are also other 
 causes which may bring congenital idiocy as a result. 
 
 QUESTION No. 141. 
 
 You speak of the western and the eastern schools of 
 occultism. Is not the western school the better, and if so, 
 why ? 
 
 Answer: There are a number of different races upon 
 earth at present. The Hindoos are the first race in the 
 present Aryan Epoch, and the Anglo-Saxon is the fifth. 
 'Naturally the latest teaching is given to the most ad- 
 vanced people. Therefore the western religion, Chris- 
 tianity, is far superior to the Hindooism and Buddhism 
 of the East. The mystery teachings of the East are not 
 as advanced as in the West either. In the East, great 
 stress is laid upon subjection of the body in order to cul- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 281 
 
 tlvate the spiritual faculties. They place the body in 
 certain positions while undertaking arduous breathing ex- 
 ercises and ether physical exercises not necessary by the 
 western method. In fact, the western body is not at all 
 responsive to those methods. Besides, the pupil in the 
 East is under the absolute control of his teacher, whom he 
 calls "Master/ 7 and whose commands he must obey to the 
 most minute detail, without asking why. In the West, 
 we follow the teachings of the Christ, who said to his dis- 
 ciples, "Henceforth, I call you friends, for the servant 
 knoweth not what his master doeth, but I have taught you 
 all things which I have learned of my Father." (John 
 15:15.) Therefore, the teacher in the West is on terms 
 of the most intimate friendship with his pupil and always 
 ready to answer his questions so far as compatible with 
 his stage of development. 
 
 There are, of course, some very advanced people in the 
 East, people who are far advanced in the teachings of 
 their school, but a corresponding stage is usually reached 
 by the western method in a shorter time and with less 
 effort. 
 
282 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 142. 
 
 What is the difference between etheric sight, clairvoyance 
 and the sight pertaining to the World of Thought? 
 
 Answer: When we look at a man with etheric sight, we 
 first see his outside clothing, then the lining inside, his 
 underclothing, his skin, ribs and the various organs of his 
 hody along the line of our vision; then the spinal column, 
 the back of the ribs, the flesh, the skin and the clothing on 
 his back. In other words, we see through him. By the 
 etheric sight a man can see through books, papers, letters, 
 walls, or anything else for a short distance. In fact, this 
 faculty may be called X-ray sight. Only one substance 
 is proof against its penetrative faculty. Glass is as opaque 
 to etheric sight as a stone wall to ordinary physical sight 
 for the same rea c on, perhaps, that glass is such a splendid 
 insulator for electricity. 
 
 When we look at a person or a thing with ordinary 
 clairvoyant sight, we see their desire bodies and the coun- 
 terparts of their other vehicles inside and out every par- 
 ticle at the same time. It is rather difficult to read a 
 book or even a letter with etheric sight, because we must 
 look through other pages which blur the one we wish to 
 read. When we use ordinary clairvoyance it seems as if 
 the book or letter is spread out so that we can read any 
 page or part without having to look through any other 
 part. But when we look at an object with the sight per- 
 taining to the four lower regions of the World of Thought, 
 and the writer has personal knowledge of no higher realms, 
 we find that instead of forms there are hollow spaces or 
 molds, which speak to us and tell us about themselves. 
 The necessity of investigation is eliminated from that 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 283 
 
 world. There we .know at once everything about whatever 
 becomes an object of our attention. There is, however, 
 a curious drawback to the knowledge gained in that man- 
 ner it dawns upon us all at once. The sum of this knowl- 
 edge is a whole, and has neither beginning nor end. It 
 is therefore usually a herculean task to unfold it into an 
 orderly, sequential concept which may be comprehensively 
 stated to ourselves and others. 
 
 QUESTION No. 143. 
 
 Is it safe for a person in a greatly debilitated nervous 
 condition to take occult training given by the Rosicrucians, 
 or is it necessary for such a person-to first recover? Is 
 health regained by occult training? 
 
 Answer: The only exercises given publicly by Eosi- 
 crucians are the morning and evening exercises. The 
 evening exercise consists of a retrospect of events of the 
 day in reverse order. During this review the aspirant 
 aims to cultivate a feeling of the most sincere contrition 
 for anything he may have done amiss, and also to feel in- 
 tensely glad when he has been able to better his previous 
 conduct in any act during the past day. The morning ex- 
 ercise consists in concentration upon a high ideal, the 
 Christ, for instance. 
 
 If a person of a nervous temperament will endeavor to 
 
284 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 calmly and quietly perform these exercises, he will expe- 
 rience a very beneficial effect, particularly if he will strive 
 to relax every muscle of the body during the exercises. 
 
 The attitude of a cat watching a mouse hole affords 
 an excellent illustration of relaxation. It sits in a per- 
 fectly easy position; calmly and quietly it waits for the 
 appearance of the mouse. No energy is dissipated by fret- 
 fulness or anxiety. It quietly peisists in the faith that 
 sooner or later opportunity will come. All its strength is 
 reserved for the supreme moment when it springs to secure 
 its prey. If the pupil will completely relax his muscles, 
 calmly and quietly review the day's happenings in the 
 evening exercise and concentrate upon a high ideal in the 
 morning exercise, the nervousness will gradually disappear, 
 and one day the opportunity will come; the spiritual sight 
 will unfold. 
 
 QUESTION No. 144. 
 
 A sound "body being necessary for spiritual unfoldment, 
 what does the Rosicrucian teaching hold out to one not 
 at present in the best physical condition? Will perfect 
 health be one result of the study of this philosophy, and if 
 the teaching is practiced, will it tend to keep a person in 
 good health? 
 
 'Answer: The inquirer starts with a misconception, 
 namely, that a sound body is necessary to true spiritual 
 unfoldment, and, probably, also forgets the distinction 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 285 
 
 between "sound" and "sensitive." Many people of low 
 development have a most sound and healthy physical body, 
 but are not at all sensitive with respect to spiritual vibra- 
 tions. An illustration will elucidate : The writer has had 
 an alarm clock, a low-priced time-piece, for a number of 
 years. It has been packed at times in a trunk handled 
 by baggagemen, porters, etc., in an exceedingly careless 
 manner, and yet when taken out of the trunk, after all 
 the shaking up and ill-usage, it will still go and keep time 
 after a fashion, that is to say, if one does not mind a few 
 moments' variation one way or the other. Such a time- 
 piece is strong and sound but not accurate. 
 
 On the other hand, a chronometer used on board ships 
 is an exceedingly delicate time-piece. It rests upon bal- 
 ances which always keep it in a horizontal position and 
 compensate for the slightest motion of the ship, so that 
 the chronometer may keep perfect time, for thousands of 
 lives are at times dependent upon the extreme accuracy 
 of that instrument. A captain launched upon the trackless 
 ocean knows how far east or west he is from Greenwich, 
 England, by means of this accurate time-piece the 
 chronometer. "When he calculates the difference be- 
 tween noon of the place where he finds himself 
 and the time shown by the chronometer he has 
 a correct gauge of his location, a gauge to which 
 he trusts the lives of all his passengers and the millions of 
 dollars' worth of property in his care. A comparison of 
 the sensitive chronometer and the rough and ready alarm 
 clock illustrates the difference between "sensitive" and 
 "sound." 
 
 When we understand the higher philosophies, when we 
 live the life that is taught by them, our body becomes 
 extremely sensitive and must be given more care than is 
 
286 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 necessary to the body of an Indian or a Xegro in the wilds 
 of Africa. They have no delicately organized nervous 
 system like the white race. Those who are interested along 
 the lines of spiritual development are particularly high- 
 strung, therefore, as we progress it becomes necessary to 
 take more and more care of this instrument. But we also 
 learn the laws of its nature and how to conform to them. 
 If we apply our knowledge it is possible for us to have a 
 sensitive instrument and keep it in comparative health. 
 
 There are cases, however, when a sickness is necessary 
 to bring about certain changes in the body which are pre- 
 cursors of a higher step in spiritual unfoldment, and 
 under such conditions, of course, sickness is a blessing and 
 not a curse. In general, however, it may be said that the 
 study of the highest philosophy will always tend to better 
 one's health, because "knowledge is power" and the more 
 we know the better we are able to cope with all conditions, 
 provided, of course, we bring our knowledge into practice 
 and live the life that we are not merely hearers of the 
 word, but doers also, for no teaching is of any benefit to us 
 unless it is carried into our lives and lived from day to day. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 287 
 
 QUESTION No. 145. 
 
 In what way will it help us in Hie life aftar death if we 
 have cultivated clairvoyance in the present life? 
 
 Answer: In a number of ways. In the first place, many 
 people have a great fear of death; the very mention of the 
 word death sends the cold shivers down their backs, and 
 they always avoid the subject. Fear of death generates 
 thought forms of a hideous nature and when a person 
 leaves the body at death to enter the Invisible World, he 
 sees those dread forms surround him as so many fiend^s, 
 and they sometimes drive him almost insane. They are his 
 progeny, however, and he cannot rid himself of them until 
 he learns that they have no power over him and fearlessly 
 bids them begone. Then they vanish as dew before the 
 sun. 
 
 The man who has cultivated clairvoyance during earth 
 life is sometimes also tormented on his first entrance into 
 the Invisible World by various elemental entities which 
 take upon themselves most hideous forms. They recog- 
 nize in the neophyte a possible future master and seek to 
 sway him from his purpose by intimidation, but as he is 
 usually helped by a teacher and is taught that these beings 
 have no power over him, he very quickly overcomes fear. 
 When later he leaves his body at death ami enters the 
 Invisible World, he is already familiar with many of the 
 sights and scenes there ; above all he has no fear to hamper 
 him. 
 
288 BOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION oSTo. 146. 
 
 Would the .contemplation of the God within, if persist- 
 ently carried on, aid one in spiritual growth and bring 
 one to adeptship? 
 
 Answer: We are living at the present time in the 
 workaday Western World, where it is our duty to fill what- 
 ever niche is ours. Each of us has a work to do, and if 
 we shirk it for the sake of a morbid introspection, we shall 
 not only not grow, but we shall degenerate spiritually. 
 
 Some people, unfortunately, think themselves justified 
 in leaving their earthly duties when they imagine spiritual 
 progress calls them, but until we have fulfilled every duty 
 here, there can be no true spiritual advancement; what- 
 ever may seem so will in the end turn out to be dust and 
 ashes. 
 
 The far Eastern countries illustrate, by horrible exam- 
 ple, the evil results of neglect of material duties for the 
 indiscriminate pursuit of what they imagine to be spiritual 
 power. There people emaciate and deform the body by 
 such practices as holding an arm above the head until it 
 withers. That is not true spirituality which does not pro- 
 mote the good of the whole world. It is sometimes said, 
 that "every herring must hang by its own gill and every 
 tub must stand upon its own bottom." But it is also true 
 that what does not tend to lift all will never lift anyone. 
 A deepseated and heartfelt desire to further the common 
 good is the only valid justification for expending the effort 
 incident to cultivation of spiritual power. Stories have 
 been told of mothers attending mothers' meetings to dis- 
 cuss how best to care for home and children, meanwhile 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 289 
 
 leaving their children in a most untidy house without care. 
 These stories are not merely exaggerations and jokes; they 
 contain more truth than poetry. And the people who prate 
 of spirituality, who desire to contemplate the angel within, 
 to the neglect of their families and other obvious duties-, 
 are on a par with such mothers. The sooner we awake to 
 a realization of the fact that no present duty, however 
 humble, may be neglected with impunity for spiritual work, 
 however exalted, the better for ourselves and all concerned. 
 We would advise the inquirer to read Longfellow's poem, 
 the "Blessed Vision," which is very much in point: A 
 monk is kneeling upon his floor of stone, when a beautiful 
 vision of the Christ appears to him just as the noonday 
 bell summons him to the gate where the poor are waiting 
 for alms which it is his duty to give to them each day. 
 There arises in the monk's mind the question, shall he 
 stay and commune with the Blessed Visitor, or shall he 
 leave Him for the sake of a parcel of hungry beggars? 
 But a voice within him says, 
 
 "Do your duty, that is best, 
 Leaving to the Lord the rest." 
 
 He follows the behest of that voice, leaving the Vision in 
 his cell wondering if it will be there when he returns. 
 >Yet he feels it is right to do his duty to others regardless 
 of loss to himself, and when, after having dealt alms to 
 the poor, he returns to his cell, the Vision greets him 
 with the words : "Hadst thou stayed, I must have fled." 
 
290 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 1-iT. 
 
 Has it not been recorded that certain individuals have 
 developed spiritual power,, clairvoyance, sixth sense, or 
 whatever iue wish to call it, by living a clean life in har- 
 mony with nature's laws, and do not the teachings of 
 modern occultists with so many terms of technicality have 
 a tendency to create confusion rather than bring the desired 
 results? 
 
 Answer: The path of development in all cases depends 
 upon the temperament of the aspirant. There are two 
 paths, the mystic and the intellectual. The Mystic is usually 
 devoid of intellectual knowledge; he follows the dictates of 
 his heart and strives to do the will of God as he feels it, 
 lifting himself upward without being conscious of any 
 definite goal, and in the end attains to knowledge. In 
 the middle ages people were not as intellectual as we are 
 nowadays, and those who felt the call of a higher life, 
 usually followed the mystic path. But, during the last 
 few hundred years, since the advent of modern science, a 
 more intellectual humanity has peopled the earth; the 
 head has completely overruled the heart, materialism has 
 dominated all spiritual impulse and the majority of think- 
 ing people do not believe anything they cannot touch, taste 
 or handle. Therefore, it is necessary that appeal should be 
 made to their intellect in order that the heart may be 
 allowed to believe what the intellect has sanctioned. As 
 a response to this demand modern systems of occultism 
 aim to correlate scientific facts to spiritual verities. The 
 materialistic attitude of mind is, of course, particularly 
 adopted in the West, and the Eosicrucian Order was 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 291 
 
 founded in the 13th century to prepare an antidote for the 
 poison of materialism which could be administered in doses 
 to suit the exigencies of the case. Paraselsus, Com enius, 
 Helmont, Bacon and others gave in a more veiled manner 
 the teachings now being definitely promulgated to dem- 
 onstrate that science, art and religion are a trinity in unity 
 which cannot be separated without distorting our view. 
 
 True Religion embodies both science and art, for it 
 teaches a beautiful life in harmony with the laws of nature. 
 
 True Science is artistic and religious in the highest sense, 
 for it teaches us to reverence and conform to the laws gov- 
 erning our well-being and explains why the religious life is 
 conducive to health and beauty. 
 
 True Art is as educational as science and as uplifting 
 in its influence as religion. In architecture we have a 
 most sublime presentation of cosmic lines of force in the' 
 universe. It fills the spiritual beholder with a powerful 
 devotion and adoration born of an awe-inspiring concep- 
 tion of the overwhelming grandeur and majesty of Deity. 
 Sculpture and painting, music and literature inspire US' 
 with a sense of the transcendent loveliness of God, the im- 
 mutable source and goal of all this beautiful world. 
 
 Nothing short of such an all-embracing teaching will 
 answer the needs of a large and growing class, therefore 
 the technico-devotional religion is absolutely necessary at 
 the present time. 
 
292 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 148. 
 
 Is it possible to cultivate clairvoyance by the use of drugs f 
 by crystal gazing or breathing exercises, and do these 
 methods not bring results quicker than the methods you 
 advocate? 
 
 Answer: Yes; it is possible to cultivate a certain kind 
 of clairvoyance by any of the methods mentioned,, but when 
 a man cultivates the sixth sense by such means he is not 
 master of his faculty; the power of producing clairvoy- 
 ance is vested in the crystal and not in the man. He is 
 in a similar position to one who learns horsemanship at a 
 riding-academy where the horses are trained to allow them- 
 selves to be ridden. The pupils acquire no ability to deal 
 with intractable animals, but simply ride by permission of 
 their mount. 
 
 If a man learns to break a wild horse he can break others, 
 and rides by virtue of his own power to master his horse, 
 and when a man has used will power instead of drugs or 
 a crystal to subdue his body and cultivate clairvoyance, he 
 has acquired a soul quality which enables him to exercise 
 his faculty in all future lives. But the crystal gazer and 
 the drug fiend have lost their power at death, and must 
 wait till they can obtain drugs or crystals in the new life 
 to train the new body, and thus a great lo-s of time and 
 effort results from the use of such methods. When we 
 take into consideration the fact that drugs and breathing 
 exercises have a dreadfully destructive effect upon the body, 
 it will be seen that these methods are altogether undesir- 
 able. Many a man is today in the insane asylum or in the 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEES 393 
 
 grave of the consumptive on account of breathing exercises, 
 and the effects of drugs are well knkown. 
 
 Besides, there are various kinds of clairvoyants. There 
 are some who have a faculty of such a nature that the 
 clairvoyant may be likened to a prisoner \\ho sits in his 
 cell behind bars. The window in his cell opens upon a cer- 
 tain view; he cannot escape seeing whatever comes into the 
 range of his vision, for he cannot turn away. There is 
 also a shutter before his window which he cannot control 
 either. Thus at all times when that shutter is open he must 
 see whatever passes outside his window whether the sight 
 pleases him or not. A faculty of that nature is an unmit- 
 igated curse, for sometimes the most dreadful scenes are 
 enacted before the vision of such a clairvoyant. The writer 
 remembers the case of a certain gentleman, who possessed 
 that kind of a faculty. Lecturing before a certain society 
 at the time of the War in the Philippines, a battle scene 
 presented itself before his gaze. An encounter was taking 
 place at that moment between Filipinos and our sol- 
 diers. He saw horses ripped open and falling with entrails 
 on the ground, our men being hewn to pieces by the bolos of 
 the natives, etc. Unable to shut off the vision, he turned 
 deathly pale, but exercise of will-power enabled him to 
 finish his lecture without attracting attention from the gen- 
 eral audience. 
 
 There are other clairvoyants who have only a partial 
 control of their sight and who cannot count on the power 
 at any time. To this class belongs the ordinary medium 
 who prostitutes the faculty for a fee. At times, when the 
 power is on, she may give exceedingly good readings and 
 tell the truth, but at other times, when the power is off, 
 there may be a temptation to secure the fees needed for 
 
294 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 office rent and personal expenses by simulating. The only 
 safe way to cultivate the faculty of clairvoyance is by 
 means of exercises given by the mystery schools, but these 
 exercises and lessons in the development of the higher fac- 
 ulties are never sold for gold or any material consideration. 
 They are always given without money as a reward of 
 merit. The man who possesses this faculty, cultivated by 
 their method, has no off days, but he will never consent to 
 use it to gratify anyone's curiosity, for tests or other friv- 
 olous purpose. He directs all his energy to aid in uplifting 
 humanity. 
 
 QUESTION No. 149. 
 What time in the morning is best for concentration? 
 
 Answer: The object of the exercises, both morning and 
 evening, is to bring the pupil into conscious touch with 
 the invisible worlds, and there is no time so good as the 
 morningj for during the night the spirit withdraws from 
 the dense body and enters the invisible world, leaving the 
 body asleep upon the bed ; and it is the return of the spirit 
 in the morning which causes the body to awake and focuses 
 our consciousness upon the material world through the sense 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 295 
 
 organs. Wordsworth says in his beautiful "Ode to Im- 
 mortality'' : 
 
 "Birth is but a sleep and a forgetting: 
 The soul that rises with us, our life star, 
 Has elsewhere had its setting and cometh from afar. 
 Not in entire forgetfulness nor yet in utter nakedness, 
 But trailing clouds of glory do we come from God who is 
 our home. 
 
 "Heaven lies about us in our infancy, 
 The shades of prison house begin to close 
 Around the growing boy ; 
 
 But still he sees the light and whence it flows 
 He feels it in his joy. 
 
 "The youth who daily further from the east 
 Must travel, still is Nature's priest, 
 And by the vision splendid is on his way attended. 
 At last the man perceives it fade away 
 And melt into the light of common day." 
 
 During the life of a person, the Inner Worlds are closest 
 to him in childhood's years, as Wordsworth says, for that is 
 life's morning, and so it is with us ; w r hen we waken in the 
 morning we are in closer touch with the Spirit Worlds than 
 at any other time of day, and then it is easiest to return to 
 them. Therefore, the pupil should commence his exercises 
 the very moment he wakens, without allowing his mind to 
 rest upon anything else. He should be particular to relax 
 his body perfectly so that no muscle is tense and fix his 
 mind upon a high ideal or upon the first five verses of the 
 Gospel according to St. John, either sentence by sentence, 
 
296 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 or as a whole. That will put him in touch with cosmic 
 vibrations. He should still the senses so that he can hear 
 nothing and see nothing in his room. When he succeeds 
 the scenes of the Desire World will present themselves to 
 his inner vision. First spasmodically, later more and more 
 clearly, as practice makes him perfect. 
 
 For most persons, however, the evening exercise is of 
 the greater importance and will probably bring results 
 quicker, because that works upon the life we lead and 
 ennobles us in a way that the morning exercise cannot. 
 
 QUESTION No. 150. 
 
 It is difficult for me to review the events of the day in 
 reverse order wlien doing my evening exercises. Is this 
 absolutely necessary, and if so, w\ 
 
 Answer: In the evening exercise the pupil reviews and 
 judges his life for that day. He is then doing the work 
 ordinarily reserved to Purgatory and the First Heaven. 
 There the life is lived backward from effects to causes in 
 order that we may see how and wliy suffering results from 
 our mistakes. Eeviewing our daily life, in reverse order, 
 from effects to causes, we note that our troubles and trials 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 297 
 
 have all been caused by previous acts during the past day 
 or some other day of our life. 
 
 It is our task to find that cause and to analyze the 
 reason which leads up to every development, so that we may 
 know in future how to take advantage of opportunities for 
 soul growth and avoid evil. Thus if we follow up the day's 
 experience in reverse order we profit by the experiences 
 gained right away instead of waiting until we have passed 
 out of this life and are forced to reap the fruits of our 
 deeds in Purgatory and the First Heaven. 
 
 QUESTION No. 151. 
 
 What value are breathing exercises in developing body 
 and mind? 
 
 Answer: The value of breathing exercises depends upon 
 the knowledge of the person who gives them. Breathing 
 exercises given in books and by so-called teachers, who 
 advertise courses in psychic development, are exceedingly 
 dangerous and many a person is in the insane asylum 
 today on account of having attempted to use them, or, 
 perhaps, sleeps under the sod in the grave of a consump- 
 tive. 
 
298 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Every human being is an individual and needs indi- 
 vidual exercises. The appropriate exercises can only he 
 given by a person who is clairvoyant and also able to 
 watch the growth of ceitain etheric organs in the physical 
 body of his pupil. He must also know what this growth 
 should be in each individual case. Anyone who has the 
 ability to thus give this individual exercise also knows 
 how to check undesirable developments. But such a 
 teacher does not advertise psychic developments for so 
 much per lesson. Such exercises are never sold for money, 
 but are always given for merit. ' 
 
 The reason is evident.. One who has the faculty of 
 clairvoyance at command has an enormous power; if mis- 
 used it can work more harm than any earthly weapon. It 
 could cause a panic in the markets of the world, bring 
 about wars and enmities among people anywhere and 
 everywhere, and thus the possessor would become a scourge 
 to society unless he were also of such a mind that he would 
 never use his faculty save for good. The powers behind 
 evolution, the Elder Brothers of humanity who have de- 
 veloped these powers and are capable of teaching them, 
 take exceeding good .care that no one shall attain to tins 
 power until they have given proofs of unselfishness and 
 bave been bound by vows and restrictions. Therefore it 
 may be said that no one should undertake breathing exer- 
 cises unless prescribed by the proper teacher, and neither 
 is it necessary to run about the world seeking such n 
 teacher. The aspirant ought rather to strive to do good 
 and use the faculties which he now possesses in the environ- 
 ment where he is, for that is the only proper stepping 
 stone towards a higher power. When he has sufficiently 
 fitted himself, the teacher will appear in his life and ho 
 will not for a moment be in doubt of the genuineness of 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 299 
 
 the teaching that will then be given. In this respect we 
 may quote a little poem that is exceedingly beautiful : 
 
 "Don't waste your time in longing 
 
 For bright, impossible things; 
 Don't sit supinely waiting 
 
 For the sprouting of angel wings. 
 Don't scorn to be a rushlight, 
 
 Everyone can not be a star; 
 But brighten some of the darkness 
 
 By shining just where you are. 
 
 "There's need of the tiniest candle 
 
 As well as the garish sun, 
 And the humblest deed is ennobled 
 
 When it is worthily done ; 
 You may never be called on to brighten 
 
 Darkened regions afar, 
 So fill day by day your mission 
 
 By shining just where you are." 
 
300 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 152. 
 
 Is not the Invisible World of which you speak very 
 unreal and shadowy in comparison to this world in which 
 we now live? 
 
 Answer: God is the Prime Eeality. The Desire World 
 and the World of Thought are one and two steps nearer 
 to that central source of energy and hence they are more 
 real. By "real" the inquirer presumahly means that in 
 this world the forms are stable and do not easily change, 
 whereas in the Invisible Worlds they are more than plastic 
 and change with the rapidity of thought, but the life 
 within is the reality and not the form. Stability is not a 
 mark of reality. Everything in the world which is now 
 crystallized and stable has first existed in a plastic con- 
 dition in the Invisible World. Everything which has been 
 made by the hand of man was first a thought form in the 
 mind of its maker. 
 
 When an architect desires to build a house, he first 
 thinks it out. He seeks to form an idea as clearly as 
 possible of what the house is to be. Could the 'Workmen 
 see the thought form in the mind of the architect, they 
 would be able to work from that without plans, but the 
 architect's idea is hidden from them by the veil of flesh 
 and, therefore, it is necessary for the architect to put his 
 idea on paper and make a plan. This is the first stage of 
 crystallization ; afterward the workmen build the house in 
 iron, wood and stone. 
 
 According to the ideas of most people this house is much 
 more real than the thought form in the mind of the archi- 
 tect, but in reality that is not so. The concrete house 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 3Q1 
 
 may be destroyed in a moment by earthquake, by dyna- 
 mite, or in other ways, but the idea in the architect's mind 
 will last as long as he lives and from that idea a new 
 house, or a dozen, may be built at any time, yes, even after 
 the death of the architect the house will still exist as a 
 model in the ether, and any clairvoyant capable of con- 
 tacting the Invisible Worlds and reading in the memory 
 of nature is capable of seeing it there at any time, though 
 millions of years may elapse. Thus the Invisible World 
 is the source and everlasting record of all that is or was 
 here, hence it is the prime reality. 
 
SECTION VII 
 
 Questions concerning 
 
 ASTROLOGY 
 
O 
 
 T1 
 
 H 
 rc 
 
 O 
 
 S 
 
 X 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 
QUESTION No. 153. 
 
 Is it possible that astrology and palmistry can be true, 
 inasmuch as we could avert coming disaster by being fore- 
 ivarned in that manner? And would this not interfere 
 with our destiny? 
 
 Answer: The destiny which we generate under the law 
 of causation by our own acts may be divided into three 
 kinds. In the first place, there is the destiny which from 
 the very nature of the case we cannot expiate in the pres- 
 ent life; for instance, when a man commits murder, 
 whether he suffers the penalty for it here or not, the prison 
 life usually does not have the effect of making him more 
 mellow and kind. Sometimes it does the reverse ; it makes 
 him bitter and turns his hand against all. Before nature 
 will be satisfied, he must learn that he may not deprive 
 a fellow being of his form ; he must learn to serve. Thus 
 the case is not satisfied until he has had the opportunity 
 at a future time to render service of importance to his pre- 
 vious victim. 
 
 A second kind of destiny we reap from day to day ; it is, 
 we might say, as a cash transaction, we pay as we go. If we 
 overeat, we have indigestion; if we go out without suffi- 
 cient clothing, we take cold, etc. 
 
 A third kind is called "ripe" or "mature" destiny. It 
 is the result of our actions in past lives or in our early 
 years, which has matured into effect so far that it is em- 
 
 305 
 
306 EOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 bodied in the pictures shown a spirit as the panorama of 
 its coming life when starting toward rebirth. Once the 
 spirit has chosen a certain life with the "ripe" destiny al- 
 lotted for liquidation by the Recording Angels, it is bound 
 by its choice. The tendencies to act in a manner conducive 
 to adjustment of this mature destiny are inherent in the 
 body and inscribed in the stars, for the stellar influences 
 are the source of man's activity, and therefore this mature 
 destiny may be seen from the horoscope at birth, standing 
 out with exceeding clearness, so that it is very plain and 
 patent to the spiritually minded astrologer or palmist. 
 He can also see the other kinds of destiny and may some- 
 times mistake one kind for the other and hence be wrong 
 in his view as to whether an event can be avoided or not. 
 If it is "ripe" destiny, it will be impossible to avoid it 
 despite all warnings, as perhaps the following instance may 
 serve to show: 
 
 In 1906 the writer gave some lessons in astrology to Mr. 
 L., a well known lecturer, in Los Angeles, using the gen- 
 tleman's own horoscope for purposes of instruction, as that 
 enables the pupil to check the truth of the interpretations 
 of the symbols so far as the past is concerned, and lends 
 more interest than \vhen using the horoscope of a stranger. 
 It was found that Mr. L. had had a number of accidents ; 
 these were figured to the day when they happened. An 
 impending accident, due to occur at the time of the new 
 moon, July 21, 1906, was also noted. Mr. L. was, there- 
 fore, warned to stay in the house on that day and the 
 seventh day after, the latter date being regarded as the 
 more dangerous. He was told that there would be danger 
 of an accident to the lower part of the head, the neck, 
 breast and arms, in consequence of a short journey by 
 bicycle, buggy or electric car. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 3Q7 
 
 Mr. L. was much impressed and promised to stay at home 
 on the dates named. The writer went North and from 
 there wrote reminding Mr. L. of his danger just before the 
 time it was due. He received a letter assuring him that 
 Mr. L. would be careful. 
 
 The next communication regarding the matter came 
 from a mutual friend and stated that Mr. L. had gone to 
 Sierra Madre to lecture on the twenty-eighth of July and 
 had been hurt in the places mentioned in the prediction 
 by a collision with a locomotive. The writer wondered why 
 his instructions had been so disregarded, and the answer 
 came three months later when Mr. L. thanked him for the 
 information which had been very valuable to him, as he 
 said, in proving the truth of astrology. The reason for 
 the accident was that he had forgotten the date. He wrote 
 "I thought the 28th was the 29th/' 
 
 This case, in the estimation of the writer, shows that 
 mature destiny cannot be interfered with and that we ma}' - 
 safely do anything we can to avoid impending danger with- 
 out fear of interfering with the law of causation. There 
 are invisible agencies around us to counteract any move 
 upon our part which would interfere, and in the opinion 
 of the writer they were responsible for Mr. L.'s confusion 
 of dates. 
 
308 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 154. 
 
 Is it wrong to use palmistry, astrology or phrenology as 
 a means of livelihood? 
 
 Answer: What is right or wrong depends upon the 
 viewpoint of the individual. Less than fifty years ago it 
 was thought right to kill a refractory negro. His master 
 could do so with impunity as he may nowadays kill a hog 
 or a horse. Today we would consider that murder. Some 
 people today look upon astrology as merely a matter of 
 calculation and upon palmistry and phrenology as material 
 sciences, without any spiritual significance. Who thus 
 views these sciences would be blameless if he used them as 
 a means of livelihood, while anyone who had obtained an 
 idea of the spiritual side of these sciences would, in the 
 estimation of the writer, be prostituting his knowledge. 
 Besides, no one who thus belittles these spiritual sciences 
 can ever give the highest and best advice to his clients, 
 for the glimmer of gold will always obscure the judgment. 
 Such has been the experience of the writer and many others 
 who hold the same views. The inquirer, at any rate, would 
 do wrong to use his knowledge of these spiritual sciences 
 for a livelihood, for his question shows that he must have 
 misgivings; and then he is already judged from within if 
 he prostitutes his talent. 
 
 There is a reward that is much more than gold. If 
 we use our knowledge to heal and to help we shall never 
 lack means of living and we shall be laying up treasure in 
 heaven where neither moth nor rust corrupt. Greater and 
 better opportunities for service will be ours if we devote our 
 talents to unselfish service. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 3Q9 
 
 QUESTION No. 155. 
 
 Are Mars, Jupiter and other planets inhabited; if so, 
 are those people superior to the people on the earth; do 
 the souls from the earth ever reincarnate on other planets 
 and vice versa? 
 
 Answer: All the planets in the solar system are inhab- 
 ited and are fields of evolution for different classes of 
 spirits at various stages of development. The planets 
 nearest to the sun support the beings which are most 
 evolved. Jupiter forms an exception to this rule; it is 
 peopled by a humanity slightly higher than that of the 
 earth. 
 
 The principle is this : The highest vibrations exist in 
 the central sun, which at one time contained all the beings 
 now dwelling upon the different planets. But not all were 
 able to sustain the terrific vibrations of that central fire- 
 mist; therefore, a crystallization took place at the poles; 
 gradually the crystallized matter gravitated toward the 
 equator and was expelled, with the spirits dwelling thereon. 
 That first emanation became Uranus. Later on other 
 classes of spirits have crystallized a part of the sun and been 
 expelled to move in orbits at varying distances from the 
 central source, according to the rate of vibration necessary 
 for the unfoldment of the spirits upon them, forming 
 eventually the solar system as we know it now. 
 
 Each class of spirits stays in its environment, being 
 under the direct tutelage and guidance of one of the 
 Planetary Spirits whose body is the planet where they 
 dwell. As the spirits have been incarnated on different 
 planets because they are at widely different stages of spir- 
 
310 KOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 itual unfoldment, they do not usually incarnate upon the 
 other planets, save that at times some from the inner planets 
 are sent as teachers to the outer spheres. This, at least, 
 was the case when our humanity needed teachers, embodied 
 and visible. Then some of the beings from Venus and 
 Mercury were brought to the earth to guide nascent hu- 
 manity. They were known as messengers of the Gods and 
 these Lords from Venus were the first kings and rulers 
 over the human race. Later on the most precocious among 
 human beings were turned over to the Lords of Mercury 
 who initiated them into the mysteries and these, in turn, 
 became the rulers over their brethren. They were then truly 
 kings by t'lt.e grace of God, ruling the people for their up- 
 liftment and good, regardless of power and self aggrandize- 
 ment. 
 
 QUESTION No. 156. 
 
 Does not the nebular theory account for the existence of 
 the universe in a much more ".cientific manner than the 
 creation stories of the Bible? 
 
 Answer: The nebular theory was rejected by Herbert 
 Spencer because, like the Bible, it postulates a First Cause. 
 
 Viewed briefly, the theory is this, that at one time there 
 appeared in space a firemist, spontaneously. Within that 
 firemist, currents started, also spontaneously, and that under 
 
QUESTIONS AI\D ANSWERS 311 
 
 the impact of these currents, the firemist took a spherical 
 shape, revolving with intense rapidity. The centrifugal 
 force caused it to throw off p. ring which disintegrated, 
 the fragments coalesced and became a planet revolving in 
 an orbit around tlie central mass. Thus different planets 
 were brought into existence one after another. They cooled 
 gradually, and at last the solar system was complete. Upon 
 one of these planets at least, there appeared, spontaneously, 
 Life, or protoplasm, which gradually evolved through the 
 different classes of Radiates, Mollusks, Articulates and 
 Vertebrates, finally flowering in man, who is the highest 
 Intelligence in the Cosmos, lord of all he surveys. 
 
 This the scientist says, with a wise mien, and may also 
 add: "Don't you see how simple and reasonable this is? 
 If not, let me show you by a demonstration." He may 
 then take a basin full of water and pour a little oil upon the 
 surface, the water to represent space and the oil the fire- 
 mist. He may then take a needle and commence to stir 
 the oil in imitation of the currents generated in the fire- 
 mist, and under his stirring the oil will take a spherical 
 shape. Gradually the sphere will bulge at the equator, 
 a ring will be thrown off and shapo itself into a planet 
 which will revolve around its primary and the scientist will 
 then triumphantly say: "There, don't you see how natnr.nl 
 it is, not the slightest need for your God !'' 
 
 We only woncler that the men who have a mind capable 
 of conceiving this splendid demonstration can at the same 
 time be so dull that they do not see thai: they, themselves, 
 take the place of God, who thought out and brought into 
 being the universe as the scientists conceived their demon- 
 stration, and carried it into execution. God by his power 
 preserves our universe and moves the planets as the scientist 
 moves his oil-planet, and were God to cease his activity for 
 
312 EOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 a single moment, cosmos would instantly resolve itself 
 into a conglomerate chaos as the oil-sun and planet cease 
 to be the moment the scientist discontinues his operation. 
 
 Therefore, so far from refuting the assertion of the Bible 
 that God is the Creator and sustainer of the cosmos, the 
 nebular theory demonstrates the necessity for divine inter- 
 ference most thoroughly, and when properly understood, 
 there is no essential difference between the scientific and 
 religious conception. 
 
 QUESTION No. 157. 
 "\Yhat are comets? 
 
 Answer: Contemplating the wisdom of the Great Cre- 
 ative Hierarchies as compared with our own, we would nat- 
 urally feel inclined to think that they are above mistakes; 
 hut upon second thought it appears reasonable that as they 
 are yet evolving, though learning lessons far beyond us, 
 they must at times make mistakes. They are active in the 
 Macrocosm, the "Great World/' the Body of God, as we 
 are working in the Microcosm, the "Little World," com- 
 posed of our different vehicles, and just as we make mis- 
 takes in handling our affairs and in learning the lessons we 
 are learning, so also the Great Creative Hierarchies at times 
 fail in their labors. 
 
 We know that when bringing a child to birth there may 
 
AiND AiNfcJWEltfci 
 
 be a miscarriage. The foetus is then expelled from the 
 system and at once commences to decay. There is a sim- 
 ilar risk when a world is in the making, namely, that it 
 crystallizes or sets before it has completed the period of 
 gestation in the Desire World. Then it has not been prop- 
 erly molded, and may be likened to plaster of Paris mixed 
 by a sculptor to form a beautiful statue, but set before it 
 was molded a shapeless, useless mass. When this hap- 
 pens in the making of the world, we have what is known 
 as a comet, and the elliptic orbit which it travels is tho 
 path of a current in the Desire World. We have something 
 similar to the comets in the appearance of the Ego before 
 it enters the womb of the mother. Then that is also such 
 a bell-shaped thing with a n ucleus at the top and a great 
 deal of material flowing behind it similar to the tail of the 
 comet. And these bell shaped reincarnating Egos also 
 traverse elliptic orbits around the earth, until it is neces- 
 sary for them to enter the womb of the future mother. 
 
314 ROSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 158. 
 
 Does the movement of a planet through space create a 
 noise? 
 
 Answer: Pythagoras' spoke of the lurmony of the 
 spheres, and he did not HFC that expression simply as a 
 poetical allusion. There is such a harmony. We are told 
 by John that in the beginning was tha wo v d . . . and 
 without it was nothing made that was made. That was 
 the creative fiat which first started the world into being. 
 The familiar experiment of placing sand upon a glass plate 
 and creating geometrical figures by bowing the edge with 
 a violin bow, illustrates the creative ability of sound. And 
 we hear of celestial music, for from the point of the Heaven 
 World, everything is first created in terms of sound, which 
 then molds concrete matter into the multitudinous forms 
 which we see around us. 
 
 In the occultist's sphere of vision, the whole solar sys- 
 tem is one vast musical instrument, spoken of in the Greek 
 Mythology as "the seven-stringed lyre of Apollo, the radiant 
 Sun God." As there are twelve semi-tones in the chro- 
 matic scale, so we have in the heavens, twelve signs of the 
 zodiac, and as we have the seven white keys or whole tones 
 on the keyboard of the piano, we have seven planets. The 
 signs of the zodiac may be said to be the sounding-board 
 of the cosmic harp and the seven planets are the strings; 
 they emit different sounds as they pass through the various 
 signs, and therefore they influence mankind in diverse 
 manner. Should the harmony fail for one single moment, 
 should there be the slightest discord in that heavenly band, 
 this whole universe as such must crumble. For music 
 
C^O'^bTIOXS AND ANSWERS S13 
 
 can destroy as well as build. This has been well proven 
 by great musicians. For instance, the grandson of the 
 immortal Felix Mendelssohn has for several years been ex- 
 perimenting with the power of sound in that direction. He 
 has come to the conclusion that once we find the keynote 
 of a building, bridge or other structure, we may raze that 
 structure to the ground by sounding that note sufficiently 
 loud and long. An illustration in point occurs to the. 
 writer : 
 
 "A few years ago a band of musicians were rehearsing 
 near an old ruin outside the city of Heidelberg, Germany. 
 At one point in their exercises they came to an extremely 
 high pitched and long continued note, and as they sounded 
 it the massive wall of the nearby ruin tumbled to the 
 ground with a tremendous crash. They had struck the 
 keynote of that wall and it fell." In view of these facts, 
 our supercilious smiles of bygone days when listening to 
 the story of Joshua and the walls of Jericho are no longer 
 in place. The sound of the ram's horn undoubtedly struck 
 the keynote of those walls which had been much sensitized 
 by the rhythmic tramp of his army in preparation for this 
 final climax. The rhythmic tramp of many feet will de- 
 stroy any bridge, and therefore soldiers are instructed to 
 break step when crossing a bridge. So that we may say 
 in answer to the question that every planet gives out a cer- 
 tain keynote which is the sum total of all the noises upon 
 it, blended and harmonized by the indwelling Planetary 
 Spirit. That sound can be heard by the spirit ear. As 
 Goethe says : 
 
 "The sun intones his ancient song 
 Mid rival chant of brother spheres ; 
 His prescribed course he speeds along 
 In thunderous way, throughout the years." 
 
316 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 This, from the first part of Faust, the prologue in heaven. 
 And also in the second part of Faust, spirits of air greet 
 the rising sun with the words : 
 
 "Sound unto the spirit ear proclaims the new born day 
 is here ; 
 
 Rocky gates are creaking, rattling, 
 
 Phoebus' wheels are rolling, singing 
 
 What sound intense the light is bringing/ 3 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 159. 
 
 What is the esoteric significance of the use of the names 
 of the twelve sons of Jacob in connection with the twelve 
 signs of the zodiac, and are these used in connection with 
 the earth's zodiac or the sun's zodiac, or both ? 
 
 Answer: There is only one zodiac, the twelve constella- 
 tions which we call Aries, Taurus, etc. These are the stars, 
 located in a narrow belt about eight degrees each side of 
 the ecliptic, or the sun's path, as viewed from the earth. 
 The twelve sons and one daughter of Jacob are identified 
 with the twelve constellations, because Josephus mentions 
 that the Israelites wandering in the wilderness carried em- 
 blems of these twelve groups of stars on their banner. In 
 the 49th chapter of Genesis and the 33rd chapter of Deu- 
 teronomy, Jacob pronounces blessings upon his twelve sons 
 in such a manner that it is impossible to one who knows 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 317 
 
 astronomy not to see a resemblance between the descrip- 
 tion of these sons and the twelve signs of the zodiac. 
 
 Also, if we regard the manner of pitching the camp of 
 the Israelites grouping the twelve tribes around the taber- 
 nacle where the seven branched candlestick was we see 
 again a reference to the astronomical disposition of the 
 twelve signs of the zodiac outside of the seven planets, 
 which are the lights of the solar system, the House of 
 God. 
 
 The spiritual reason of the analogy between Jacob, his 
 wives, their children and the cosmos, may be found in the 
 hermetic axiom, as above, so below. Jacob, with his four 
 wives, symbolize the sun and the four phases of the moon, 
 which are the givers of life to all that live upon earth; 
 the twelve sons and one daughter symbolize the Creative 
 Hierarchies, which have been active in the evolution of our 
 solar system and have brought not only humanity but also 
 all the various other kingdoms to their present stage of 
 evolutionary attainment, and are working with them now 
 in order to still further develop them into spiritual beings. 
 It was they who made man in their likeness. Even to this 
 day humanity is stamped with the characteristics of the 
 twelve celestial signs. Therefore the original Semites, who 
 were to be the progenitors of a new race, were divided into 
 twelve classes by their leader, each class representing one 
 of the constellations. 
 
318 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 160. 
 
 Can you give t an idea of the difference between helio- 
 centric and geocentric astrology? Is the geocentric con- 
 cerned only with the affairs of this earth, the material life, 
 and the heliocentric with the soul or the spiritual side? 
 The sun, being the spiritual planet and the ruler of our 
 solar system, would lead to this conclusion, inasmuch as 
 ive use the sun's zodiac in heliocentric astrology and the 
 earth's zodiac in geocentric. Can predictions in this life 
 ever be made by the sun's zodiac, or is the latter simply 
 concerned with the spiritual side of a persons nature? 
 
 Answer: One of the objections raised to the ancient 
 system of astrology is that it regards the earth as the centre 
 of the solar system in the same manner as the ancients 
 did, and that since Copernicus showed us that the planets 
 move around the sun, many people regard astrology as "an 
 exploded science," a palpably proven fallacy, and in order 
 to overcome this objection, certain astrologers in modern 
 times have invented what is called "Heliocentric Astrol- 
 ogy," which regards the sun as the centre of our solar sys- 
 tem and the planets as moving about it. 
 
 It is perfectly true that, scientifically speaking, the geo- 
 centric system of astrology, which regards the earth as a 
 centre, is incorrect. And it is wrong when we say that the 
 sun is in Cancer when it is really the earth traveling in its 
 orbit that has come to the sign Capricorn and, therefore, 
 it appears to us here upon the earth as if the sun were in 
 Cancer. But that is not the crux ; it really does not matter 
 which of the two bodies has moved, the astrologer judges 
 by the positions of the planets relative to the earth. And 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 319 
 
 it Is much more convenient to regard the planets as mov- 
 ing round the earth as the center than it is to use the 
 opposite system, for in the geocentric system we note the 
 relationships of the planets as they appear from our earth 
 and note the effects upon various people at the time when 
 such planetary influences were felt, and so, by experience, 
 we have come to our present system of judgment, which 
 is, therefore, as true today as it ever was. "The proof of 
 the pudding is in the eating," says the homely old proverb. 
 The proof of astrology is in the truth of its predictions, 
 and no one who has honestly studied this science and has 
 tried to test it for himself can fail to find this truth. 
 
 Predictions sometimes fail because the astrologer mis- 
 interprets, but even allowing for the fallibility of the as- 
 trologer, there is, nevertheless, such a mass of predictions 
 which come true that it is quite beyond explanation as a 
 coincidence. 
 
 The geocentric system is correct and takes in all sides 
 of man's nature, not only the material manifestation but 
 also the spiritual side. The heliocentric system, on the 
 other hand, has been trumped up by people who aim to 
 conform to science and have no concern with the spiritual 
 side of nature, therefore that is the least satisfactory. Bo- 
 sides, while those who have used the geocentric astrology" 
 for many centuries have recorded their observations of the 
 effects of the planets from that standpoint, there is very 
 little of such empirical knowledge from the standpoint of 
 the heliocentric system, which we would advise the inquirer 
 to leave alone. 
 
o20 KOSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 161. 
 
 How is it possible to get on good terms with Saturn? 
 The inquirer has been under his influence all his life. Sick- 
 ness, poverty, loss of inheritance and accidents are bad 
 enough, but can Saturn also cause us trouble spiritually; 
 can he put barriers up for our unfoldment when our spirit 
 is struggling for the good, and are we liberated, from his 
 influence ivhen we pass out at death ? 
 
 Answer: Materialistic astrologists speak of Uranus, 
 Saturn and Mars as evil, while Venus and Jupiter are 
 called good. In God's kingdom there is nothing evil. That 
 which appears so is only good in the making. Neither 
 must it be imagined that the influences from any of the 
 planets operate to harrass men. We have come into this 
 world in order to get certain experiences necessary to our 
 spiritual unfoldment, and when we seek to understand 
 the stellar influences we shall find that they are potent 
 factors in helping us to gain just that experience. Saturn 
 is the chastener. When we have gone astray from the path 
 of righteousness, wilfully or unwittingly, we are not allowed 
 to continue in evil, for Saturn comes to stop us. Perhaps 
 we have gained an inheritance; we misuse and squander it 
 in every direction. In doing so, we usually abuse our 
 body as well. Then comes an aspect to Saturn, a sickness 
 ensues and we are laid low. We are forced to diet and to 
 give our system a rest, and as a result we arise from our 
 sick-bed a new man or a new woman. But the question is, 
 have we learned our lesson ? During our repose upon the 
 sick-bed, we have had time to think over the life we have 
 been leading. Have we analyzed our life, so that we under- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 321 
 
 stand the causes that brought us low? If so, we have 
 profited. For then we shall know how to do better and 
 avoid the pitfalls that caused our sickness in the future. 
 Or, our inheritance being altogether squandered, we stand 
 with empty pockets upon the street. Perhaps we can turn 
 nowhere for help ; we are then forced to think and to break 
 a way for ourselves. Our talents w r ere useless while we were 
 squandering our money. In poverty they are turned to 
 account, we are forced to use them in doing our share of 
 the world's work. We have lost our inheritance, but the 
 world has gained a worker, and if we have learned our 
 lesson in that way, then the influence of Saturn has been 
 a blessing in disguise. 
 
 And so it is with everything in the horoscope that may 
 appear evil. Besides, the more spiritual we grow the less 
 will these so-called evil planets or evil aspects affect us 
 adversely. They are transmuted to good. Saturn will 
 not give disaster to the spiritual man, but persistence; not 
 sickness, but strength ; and thus, by conforming to the laws 
 of nature, l)y living our lives in harmony with the stars, 
 we rule them and change our lives as we desire. 
 
 The greater part of humanity drifts with the tide and 
 acts according to the tendencies implanted by the stellar 
 influences. Therefore, the astrologer can predict what 
 they will do with wonderful accuracy. But the more a 
 man or woman lives the spiritual life the more he becomes 
 a factor to be taken into consideration, and the predic- 
 tions of the astrologer will fail as far as he is concerned 
 in a measure corresponding to his attainment. 
 
 The stars are our helpers in evolution. They are not 
 dead bodies of matter but the living, throbbing and 
 vibrating bodies of great spiritual intelligences called in 
 the Christian religion the Seven Spirits before the throne. 
 
322 KOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 As we change, their influence upon us changes, but we do 
 not escape from that influence by the mere incident of 
 death. When the morning of a new life dawns for us, we 
 shall arise with a new horoscope, and if we have aimed to 
 grow spiritually, to learn the lessons that the Star Angels 
 have aimed to teach us in the past life, we shall have new 
 aspects and new positions of the planets to help us further 
 along the path of evolution. On the other hand, if we have 
 "kicked against the pricks" in a previous life, we shall find 
 that the screws will have been put on a little harder, that 
 we will have been placed under influences a little stronger, 
 so that in the end we must learn the lessons. And the 
 quicker we do so, the better for us. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 162. 
 
 How may we pray to or address Saturn when he is the 
 ruling star causing us trouble and sorrow? 
 
 Answer: To understand what prayer is, let us use the 
 illustration of an electric power house with wires to the 
 different houses in the city. In each house there is a switch 
 and when we turn that, the power which was hitherto out- 
 side in the wires and in the power house, enters our dwell- 
 ing, illuminates it or runs motors, according to the laws 
 of its manifestation. We may say that God primarilv and 
 the Seven Planetary Spirits secondarily correspond to the 
 power house which is wired to everyone of us, and prayer 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 323 
 
 may be said to be the switch whereby we put ourselves in 
 touch with the divine light and life, allowing it to flow 
 into us and illuminate us for our spiritual uplifting. 
 
 It is a law that electricity will flow readily along copper 
 or other metals, but is barred by glass, and before we can 
 get the electricity into our houses we must have a switch 
 made in conformity with this law, a copper switch. If we 
 used a glass switch we would obtain no electricity; the 
 glass switch would be a most effective w r ay of altogether 
 barring the electric fluid from our dwelling. In similar 
 manner, if our prayers (which correspond to the switch) 
 are in conformity with the laws of God, the divine purpose 
 can manifest through us and our prayers are answered, 
 but if we pray contrary to the will of God, naturally, 
 such a prayer would operate in a similar manner to a glass 
 switch in an electric circuit. 
 
 As a great nation sends its ambassador and plenipoten- 
 tiaries to other nations, so there are also ambassadors from 
 each one of the great Star Angels present upon our earth. 
 Their names are as follows : 
 
 Ithuriel is the ambassador from Uranus. 
 
 Cassiel is the ambassador from Saturn. 
 
 Zachariel is the ambassador from Jupiter. 
 
 Samael is the ambassador from Mars. 
 
 Anael is the ambassador from Venus. 
 
 Eaphael is the ambassador from Mercury. 
 
 Michael is the ambassador from the Sun. 
 
 Gabriel is the ambassador from the Moon. 
 
 The moon is our satellite and is not in the same position 
 as those of the other planets. The ambassadors from those 
 planets are Archangels, while Gabriel is an Angel. 
 
 Ordinarily humanity prays to God. These prayers are at 
 
324: KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 the present time mostly selfish and ignorant. The prayers 
 of such people cannot receive attention from the ambassa- 
 dors who have charge over the different departments of life, 
 but are generally attended to, as far as may be, by the In- 
 visible Helpers who work for the upliftment of their 
 brethren. The occult astrologer, however, who knows what 
 he wants and is able to work in harmony with the stellar 
 forces, addresses the ambassadors of the Star Angels directly 
 and obtains his desire more easily in that way. He studies 
 the planetary hours when those stars have rule and at that 
 time proffers his request which is usually for someone else, 
 or for spiritual illumination concerning certain matters 
 to be used for the common good. 
 
SECTION VIII 
 
 Questions concerning 
 
 ANIMALS 
 
QUESTION Xo. 163. 
 
 Why do animals, which are a lower evolution, have an in- 
 stinct which seems so much more reliable than the reason 
 of human beings? 
 
 Answer: The answer to that question has to do with 
 the descent of the Ego into matter, but in the first place, 
 we must differentiate between the separate animal spirits 
 and the group spirit, which is their guardian. The sep- 
 arate animal spirits are as yet not se //-conscious, hence they 
 act without question according to the suggestions of the 
 group spirit. The latter is an entity belonging to a dif- 
 ferent evolution, and it functions in the Invisible Worlds 
 where things are much more apparent than they are here. 
 It follows, therefore, that what we call instinct is really 
 the suggestions of the group spirit in the Invisible World 
 which guides the animals. 
 
 The human spirits, on the other hand, have descended 
 directly into the Physical World and are, consequently, 
 blinded to a certain extent by the denser matter of this 
 plane of existence. An illustration may perhaps serve to 
 elucidate the reason of the fact that although the spirit is 
 exceedingly wise in the higher worlds, the increased mate- 
 riality which it attains on account of its descent necessarily 
 obscures that wisdom. 
 
 The hand is the most valuable instrument of man and 
 327 
 
328 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 its dexterity is perhaps nowhere more apparent than in the 
 case of a musician. A master musician may produce from 
 his beloved instrument the most soul stirring melody by 
 the caressing touch of his well trained and sensitive fingers, 
 but let him put on a pair of gloves and at once the delicate 
 touch has vanished; if he adds a second pair of gloves over 
 'the first pair and these are thicker and of heavier material, 
 he will probably be unable to produce even a melody, and 
 should he finally put a pair of mitts over the gloves, he 
 would be unable to play at all, but would produce discord 
 should he make the attempt. The various gloves on the 
 hand of a musician find their counterpart in the different 
 vehicles which the spirit puts on in its descent into matter. 
 The mitt corresponds to the physical body. 
 
 Anyone seeing the musician attempt to play with the 
 mitt on his hand, and who had not heard him play before 
 he put on gloves, might suppose him incapable of playing, 
 but the inference would be wrong. The human Ego is 
 in a similar position, its spiritual powers have been ob- 
 scured by the vehicles in which it is at present incased, but 
 there will come a time when it has learned how to use 
 these vehicles properly and then its spiritual power will 
 shine forth in a splendor at present unimaginable. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 329 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 164. 
 
 Can you throw some light on what our attitude toward 
 the lower forms of life should be? 
 
 Have we the right to kill anything harmless, since every 
 living tiling is in a sense our brother? 
 
 How about the venomous insects and reptiles? 
 
 Answer: There is only One Life in the Universe, which 
 is God's life. "In Him we live, and move and have our 
 being." And not only we, but all that lives is thus a mani- 
 festation of God. We are in time to become creators, as 
 He is a Creator. But so long as we brutally destroy the 
 forms of other beings we are hindering ourselves. The in- 
 quirer is right when he says that the lower animals are 
 our brothers, but, sad to say, instead of caring for them 
 and inspiring them with confidence and love, we have man- 
 aged to make ourselves feared by every animal upon the face 
 of the earth by the ruthless destruction we have spread 
 among them, and it seems but a just* retribution that we, 
 ourselves, should be in -constant fear of microscopic life in 
 the form of bacilli, which cannot be killed by gun or knife. 
 
 As for the destructive insects and reptiles, they may in 
 many cases be said to be an embodiment of our own evil 
 thoughts and produced by our own unclean habits. Science 
 has shown us how by proper sanitation we may get rid of 
 them, at least in a very great measure, without the neces- 
 sity of killing them. The larger reptiles, such as snakes, 
 are not as dangerous as they are often thought to be. In 
 the temples in India, where certain classes of people have 
 cultivated an attitude of absolute harmlessness by refusing 
 to kill even the smallest thing, one ma} r see as a daily 
 
;j3() KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 occurrence venomous snakes crawling among the people 
 congregated there, never doing them the slightest harm, 
 and if we would cultivate a harmless attitude toward the 
 lower creatures they would soon learn to trust us as they 
 now fear us. Stories are on record of sailors who have 
 come to desert islands where man's foot had never before 
 trodden, and have found the birds there perfectly devoid of 
 fear until a number had been killed by the invading ruf- 
 fians. Then they have learned to fly away at the approach 
 of man. 
 
 We have also made human beings into beasts of prey 
 thieves and robbers we call them who waylay their fellow- 
 men, deprive them of their goods and often harm them bod- 
 ily, even to committing murder, and all as a result of our 
 harsh treatment which is dictated by fear. If we had 
 love we would have no fear, "for perfect love casteth out all 
 fear"; and if we had no fear, nothing could harm us, for 
 the fearless and trusting attitude is a safer protection than 
 pistol and lock. Therefore, we should cultivate that atti- 
 tude of love for everything that lives and breathes; we 
 should cease killing the lower animals by the million for 
 food, and for sport, which is the worst form of cruelty. An 
 attitude cf love toward our fellow men would generate in 
 them similar emotions and locksmiths and gunmakers would 
 very soon be useless. We complain of the enormous taxes 
 necessary to support a strong police force, the machinery 
 of the courts, great jails and penitentiaries, but all of these 
 institutions would disappear as if by magic if we would 
 replace fear l>y love. The Bible pictures to us a time when 
 the lion and the ox, the little child and the venomous rep- 
 tile shall all play together in peace. That may indeed be- 
 come a fact, for the beasts of prey have not always been 
 carnivorous. In the far, far past man has had his share 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 331 
 
 in their development, and in the future it will be his task 
 to change these conditions. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 1G5. 
 
 Are not venomous and destructive reptiles created ly the 
 evil thoughts of men, so far as the form is concerned? And, 
 therefore, is it not an act of love to kill them and thus 
 liberate the divine spark within so that it may occupy a 
 higher form? 
 
 Answer: None of the animal forms which we see about 
 us have been created by man. All these forms, from the 
 highest to the lowest, are the emanations of group spirits, 
 which are spiritual entities belonging to another evolution 
 than the human kingdom, But man is a creator by means 
 of his thoughts, and the evil thoughts, the thoughts of 
 fear and hatred, do take form and in the course of cen- 
 turies they crystallize into what we know as bacilli. The 
 bacilli of infectious diseases are particularly the embodi- 
 ments of fear and hate, and therefore they are also van- 
 quished by the opposite force, courage. As a tuning fork 
 will commence to vibrate when we strike another tuning 
 fork of the same pitch, so also will these microscopic germs. 
 If we enter the presence of a person infected with a ccn- 
 
332 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 tagious disease in fear and trembling, we most assuredly 
 draw to ourselves the death dealing poisonous microbes. 
 If on the other hand, we approach that person in a perfectly 
 fearless attitude, we shall escape the infection, particularly 
 if we are prompted by love. But love does not prompt 
 us to kill in the usual sense of the word. It is true that if 
 we could deal directly with the life of evil and poisonous 
 things and help them into a higher form, we might be do- 
 ing good; but in the first place we are not capable of judg- 
 ing when that present form has outlived its usefulness, 
 and, therefore, we cannot presume to take the responsibility 
 of depriving the informing life of its instrument in loving 
 kindness. The only time when we may sometimes prop- 
 erly kill for love is in case an animal has been maimed 
 beyond chance of recovery, and we kill it to end its 
 sufferings. 
 
 QUESTION No. 166. 
 
 What is a group spirit, where is it, and what does it look 
 like? 
 
 Answer: As a man has a body composed cf many cells, 
 each with an individual consciousness, so is a group spirit 
 an entity functioning in the Spiritual Worlds and possess- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 33- 
 
 ing a spiritual body composed of many separate animal 
 spirits. The group spirit itself cannot function in the 
 Physical World, but it evolves by sending the different 
 animal spirits into a form of body which it creates, and 
 which then forms a species or tribe of animals, and the 
 group spirit guides all these animal bodies by means of 
 suggestions which we call instinct. When the body of an 
 animal dies, the animal spirit has unconsciously derived a 
 certain experience from functioning in that vehicle, and 
 after a time it is reabsorbed into the spiritual bod} r of the 
 group spirit, where it remains for some time while the group 
 spirit assimilates the experience gathered by that separate 
 animal spirit. Thus in time the group spirit grows and 
 evolves. So do the animal spirits which are its wards. 
 They will become human in a future incarnation of the 
 earth, and then the group spirit will look after them as 
 race or a national spirit until they have become perfectly 
 capable of taking care of themselves individually. The 
 group spirits of the animals are in the Desire World and 
 circle the surface of the earth. The group spirits of the 
 plants are in that part of the Begion of Concrete Thought 
 which occupies the center of the earth, and the group 
 spirits of the minerals have not yet properly entered the 
 atmosphere of our earth. They are in the Region of Ab- 
 stract Thought. 
 
 The group spirits of the animals are very often seen in 
 the Desire World having human bodies and animal heads. 
 The illustrations upon the Egyptian temples represent in 
 a crude way the appearance of these group spirits. The 
 trained investigator finds no difficulty in conversing with 
 them and often he has cause to marvel at their erudition. 
 
334 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 167. 
 Are animals amenable to tlie law of causation?. 
 
 Answer: No, not in the sense of being 'morally respon- 
 sible. Of course, if an animal jumps out a window from 
 a high building, that as a cause will produce lesions accord- 
 ing to the nature of the fall it sustains, just as when a 
 human being jumps out of the window. But in the case 
 of the animal there is only the physical effect shown by the 
 hurt it suffers, while the man who deliberately commits 
 such an act not only sustains certain lesions, but he is also 
 morally responsible for the instrument which he possesses, 
 and the law of causation brings to him an adequate moral 
 retribution of such a nature that he will learn to take care 
 of his instrument and not seek to destroy it by such acts 
 in the future. 
 
 The reason why the animal has no moral responsibility 
 is that it has no reasoning power, but ordinarily acts by 
 direction of the group spirit which we call instinct, and it 
 may be that instinct has instilled a fear into the animal 
 which causes it to commit an act resulting in injury to 
 its body. Before anyone can be morally responsible to the 
 law of causation, he must have a certain free will and choice, 
 also the power of reasoning properly, and, therefore, we 
 reiterate that as animals are devoid of these attributes, 
 they are not at all amenable morally to the law of causation. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 335 
 
 QUESTION No. 168. 
 Do animals live after death? 
 
 Answer: That which lives is the spirit, which has neither 
 beginning nor end, IT is. But what you mean is, most likely, 
 does it persist in the shape of an animal? To that ques- 
 tion we may say yes, it persists for a longer or a shorter 
 time, according to the stage of its evolution, in a desire 
 body made of the material of the Desire World. Even the 
 beetle that crawls over the sidewalk and i? stepped upon 
 may be seen by the clairvoyant to walk a few feet away 
 and then gradually fade to nothingness. It persists only 
 for a few moments in its shape before the spirit returns 
 to the central source of the group spirit. In the case of 
 a horse, a cow, or any of the higher animals, there is a 
 correspondingly longer time and more consciousness in the 
 Desire World than in the case of these lower forms. As 
 an illustration we may mention a case which attracted con- 
 siderable attention a few years ago when Eider Haggard, 
 the English novelist, published a remarkable dream. He 
 had a dog to whom he was very much attached, and one 
 night he dreamed that the dog came to him showing signs 
 of embarrassment and distress, beckoning him to come 
 along. Eider Haggard in his dream followed the dog 
 which led the way some distance to a brook. There among 
 some bulrushes, it showed Eider Haggard itself lying dead, 
 looking up at him in mute and piteous appeal for an 
 explanation. 
 
 When Eider Haggard woke the following morning, he 
 remembered the dream most vividly, but took no notice of 
 it until later in the day when it was discovered that the 
 
336 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 dog was missing. After a search had been made in the 
 immediate neighborhood, Rider Haggard finally betook him- 
 self to the spot seen in his dream. There he found among 
 the bulrushes the body of his dog in the very position he 
 had seen it in his dream.- Explanations, of course, could 
 not be given; it was a puzzling experience and that was 
 all. But to the occultist it is very plain that the intelli- 
 gent dog, having met death and finding itself in the De- 
 sire World at night, goes to its master, who was at that 
 time also outside his body, and brings him to the place 
 of the accident in order to obtain his help and explanation. 
 
 QUESTION No. 169. 
 
 When a pet dog or cat dies, does the entire group spirit 
 to which it belongs die at the same time? Also what be- 
 comes of the animal soul, and does the human love and 
 care it has received help it on its upward journey? 
 
 Answer: The question shows that the inquirer has not 
 the proper idea of what a group spirit is. As our body is 
 composed of innumerable cells, each cell having its own 
 little cell life, but all the cells subjected to our own central 
 intelligence, so the group spirit of a species of animals is a 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 337 
 
 spiritual entity belonging to a different evolution and hav- 
 ing a spiritual body composed of many evolving animal 
 spirits. These animal spirits it sends into incarnation from 
 time to time into the animal bodies of its tribe, one spirit 
 to each body, and at death they return to the group spirit, 
 having gained a higher grade of consciousness than when 
 they were born. This helps the group spirit to evolve, 
 and in return it governs the spirits of the separate animals 
 in its tribe. Like all other spirits, a group spirit cannot 
 die. It is the guardian of the animal spirits, and as they 
 evolve the spiritual body of the group spirit undergoes 
 a metamorphosis. When the separate animal spirits have 
 evolved sufficiently, they become individualized human be- 
 ings, but continue in charge of the same group spirit, as 
 we see nations or races under the domination of a race 
 spirit. They do not become their own masters until they 
 have evolved even beyond the point of having family or 
 national ties. That was why Christ said that "unless a 
 man leave father and mother he cannot follow me," for 
 father and mother are bodies they are ties and clogs. 
 The spirits have no father and no mother, but are all one 
 in the ultimate. 
 
 As to what becomes of the animal soul at death, we may 
 say that after passing out of this body it soon returns to 
 the group spirit, and the love and care which we have 
 given it naturally further it greatly in its evolution, for 
 while the wild animals act entirely under the dictates of 
 the group spirit by that which we cfill instinct, the do- 
 mestic animals show a capability of thought, entirely be- 
 yond their normal evolution at the present time. They 
 have received that ability from us on the same principle 
 that when we take a wire highly charged with electricity 
 and place another wire which is not charged close to it, the 
 
338 EOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 uncharged wire will become charged with electricity of a 
 lower voltage. In a similar manner the animal which comes 
 in contact with human beings is not itself capable of think- 
 ing, but learns to do so in a measure by this contact. And 
 we may safely infer that those animals which have become 
 domesticated will in time become the teachers of their less 
 advanced brothers. 
 
 QUESTION No. 170. 
 
 What substance does a person or animal throw off where- 
 by they can be traced, as, for example, criminals are traced 
 by bloodhounds? 
 
 Answer: When a clairvoyant looks at other persons with 
 etheric sight for the first time, he is usually astonished at 
 beholding showers of stars, pyramids, double pyramids and 
 all other geometrical forms issuing from their hands and 
 faces, and he wonders greatly what they are. Later on, 
 he learns that they are the crystals of which his body is 
 composed and which are thus being excreted by the skin. 
 Most of the excretions remain in the clothing, and furnish 
 bloodhounds or dogs with the necessary starting point for 
 their search. As these atoms decay, they emit an effluvia 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 339 
 
 similar to that of all decaying bodies. This effluvia we sense 
 ourselves where soiled clothing is left unlaundered for some 
 time. The dogs, having a keener scent than human beings,, 
 distinguish between the effluvia from one person and an- 
 other, and as the atoms left by a person fleeing from jus- 
 tice are strewn along the path he has taken, it is easy for 
 the bloodhound to distinguish these from the atoms of 
 other people or animals for a short time after the fugitive 
 has passed. 
 
SECTION IX 
 MISCELLANEOUS QUESTIONS 
 

 Physical World 
 
 
 World of Thought 
 
 
 
 3s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *l 
 
 If 
 
 If 
 
 !! 
 
 Iff 
 
 c Co 
 
 Is! 
 
 ?f 
 
 x 
 
 3 
 
 o -i 
 
 3o 
 
 si 
 
 ?! 
 
 III 
 
 ~*2. 
 
 **o o 
 
 3"- 
 
 ~~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 PlQ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 Globes of the SATURN PERIOD. A 
 n 
 
 1! 
 
 
 
 o 1 -^ 
 
 
 rt. 
 
 3- D - 
 
 < | I 
 
 2? 
 
 S 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 
 ^0 
 
 # 
 
 ff 
 
 a3 
 
 :|| 
 
 *|! 
 
 S"5 
 
 ?M) 
 
 1 CL /n J 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 ^W^^M^ 
 
 Lords of Mind were hum 
 
 / 
 an Jl 
 
 af 
 
 
 o**<ir 
 
 C~~ G 
 
 obes of th* SUN PERIOD A 
 
 / 
 
 tf 3 
 
 3" 
 
 
 // 
 
 I~l 
 
 
 (D fl) 
 
 c " S 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 **^ 
 
 
 OJ< 
 
 5 ^O. 3 
 
 r? M rn 
 
 ^ 
 
 O 
 
 
 <?r 
 
 53 ^ 
 
 a aT 
 
 - 3 co 2 
 
 cof| 3J 
 
 Q 
 
 
 f* 
 
 * $ 
 
 < 
 
 3 jy tt) fl> 
 
 ^* 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 ill 
 
 
 i s 
 
 ^ 
 
 \rchangei 
 
 
 
 s were hum 
 
 I i | 
 
 n ^ 
 
 
 552 
 
 *O /" Globes of the MOON PERIOD "\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 is the 
 , Is the 1 
 in which 
 
 f 
 
 -5 
 
 00 
 
 ,1 
 
 3 3 " 
 
 
 
 I (n 
 
 i s m 
 
 3 * 3} 
 Sfj > 
 
 / 
 
 
 _ o 
 
 
 ^ 3- 
 
 
 < 5 
 
 o " 5 j 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 |$5 
 
 
 " 
 
 n 
 
 3 
 
 1*2 
 
 o r 
 
 
 B 1 
 
 
 V^ Angels were human ^ 
 
 c 
 
 .V 
 
 
 O 
 
 ~ 3 " 
 
 'Globes of the E 
 
 <VRTH PERIOD {T 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 atlve activity 
 Mind is the 1 
 urns to Evolul 
 
 MARS 
 HALF 
 mCJ- 
 
 HI 
 
 MBA- 
 
 JURY 
 
 A O 
 
 x o 
 
 % Cfl 3 
 
 rl 
 
 given by 
 Lords of 
 Mind 
 Is now a 
 thouaht form 
 
 IRDSOF FOR 
 
 Mind 
 
 <l 
 
 
 3~S 
 
 ^LFvVe are human here 
 
 Zj 
 
 
 
 
 
 Globes of the JUPITER P 
 
 ERIOD ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 mt 
 
 ft 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 3* 
 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 c 
 
 
 f< 
 
 1*1 
 
 2 
 
 ?; 
 
 p o 
 
 
 5 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 x 
 
 ^5 
 
 
 
 3 -I ~ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 N" 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 Vnlmals will be hum 
 
 nn ^ 
 
 ^> 
 
 si 
 
 3? o 
 
 r Globes of the VENUS PERIOD A. 
 
 & 
 
 5 
 
 "v^ 
 
 
 - m 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 4; 
 
 ?* 
 
 
 V tf 
 
 UJO 
 
 58 
 
 1 3 
 
 Id 
 
 a 
 
 in 
 
 \ 
 
 II 
 
 _o 
 
 
 v o> 
 
 
 fi 
 
 2 
 
 as = 
 
 cr 
 a 
 
 \ 
 
 S3 
 
 
 \\ 
 
 ^ Plants w II be human 
 
 J 
 
 \ 
 
 il 
 
 
 Vtf 
 
 r Globes of the V 
 
 JLCAN PERIOD ^ J 
 
 ~J 
 
 
 \< 
 
 
 ?"^> 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 \ 
 
 iu 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 -0 r 3 
 3-03 | 
 
 
 III 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 i*. 
 
 
 
 
 ** ? ' 
 
 
 
 g" 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 Minerals will be human ^/ 
 
OTHSTTOX No. 171. 
 What is the origin of life? 
 
 Answer: When that question is asked a scientist, he 
 will commence to tell us about protoplasm, protyle or some- 
 thing else of a like nature, but that is fen* 1 }. No matter 
 how small, insignificant and simple that form may be, it 
 is still a form, and from the occultist's point of view, the 
 question is poorly put, for the spirit is, WAS and WILL 
 ALWAYS BE. As Sir Edwin Arnold says in his beautiful 
 poem, "The Song Celestial" : 
 
 "Never the spirit was born, the spirit shall cease to 
 
 never : 
 Never was time it was not end and beginning are 
 
 dreams, 
 
 Birthless and deathless remaineth the spirit forever; 
 Death has not touched it at all uead though the house 
 of it seems. 
 
 "Nay. hut as one layeth his worn out robe away, 
 And taking another sayeth, "This will I wear today'; 
 So putteth by the spirit lightly its garment of flesh 
 And passeth on to inherit a residence afresh." 
 
 It is life that builds the forms and uses them for a time 
 in orrlcT that it may progress thereby. When their useful- 
 
EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 ness has ceased the life passes on, leaving the forms behind, 
 and then they are dead. Thus the question should rather 
 be "How did the dead originate?" for life is it has neither 
 origin nor termination. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 172. 
 What is matter? Is it not unreal? 
 
 Ansiver: There are various theories of matter. If we ask 
 the materialist he, of course, maintains that matter is the 
 one reality ; that all and everything is matter and that noth- 
 ing can exist except that. The Christian Scientist is of the 
 very opposite opinion. He holds that matter is nonexistent 
 a delusion; that everything that is, is spirit, and so those 
 two classes of people are the very antitheses of one another. 
 But the truth is between. 
 
 When God desires to manifest, He emanates within Him- 
 self the thought forms of such a universe as He desires to 
 create, and these archetypal ideas arc spirit when first ema- 
 nated in that central source. But under the influence of 
 time and space, they slowly crystallize and become that 
 which we know as matter. This is a similar process to that 
 which we may observe in the case of a snail. The juices 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 345 
 
 of its soft and flexible body gradually crystallize into the 
 hard and flinty shell which is incapable of moving save 
 as propelled by the snail. Thus, as the house of tne snail 
 is crystallized snail, so matter is crystallized spirit. And as 
 the house of the snail remains stationary when not moved 
 by the snail, so matter is immobile save when moved 
 by the spirit. But in the course of time ihe snail's house 
 goes to decay. The matter of which it was formed is broketi* 
 up into minute particles and becomes available for the 
 building of other flexible forms it may become the body 
 of a snail again. So, also, the crystalized spirit matter 
 is reetherialized and becomes spirit again. Matter evolves 
 as well as spirit, for it becomes more ethereal, more flex- 
 ible, and more amenable to the impacts of spirit when it is 
 built into different forms time after time. 
 
 Thus we may say with the Christian Scientist that all is 
 spirit, that which appears as matter being in reality spirit 
 in a state of crystallization, and we may also agree with 
 the materialist that all is matter, for spirit which has not 
 yet crystallized into matter will eventually do so. It is 
 a mistake to consider anything in God's Universe as un- 
 real ; both matter and spirit are real. They are the positive 
 and negative poles of God. 
 
346 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 173. 
 
 You said in a previous lecture that the earth is the body 
 of a spirit which gives its life for the dwellers upon the 
 surface. Why does it give flowers and fruit to some and 
 earthquake and famine to others? 
 
 Answer: During the interval between death and a new 
 birth, the discarnate spirits who have reached the Second 
 Heaven where the archetypes of everything are, build their 
 future environment in which they reap what they have 
 sown. If they have been diligent in past lives, if they have 
 tilled the soil and made two blades of grass to grow where 
 there wa p only one, they will build for themselves a still 
 more fertile land which will yield greater fruits for less 
 labor. If they have spent their time thinking of Nirvana, 
 a heavenly place of rest and indolence, and have loved 
 more to enter into metaphysical discussion than to look 
 after material things, they will continue to do so in the 
 Second Heaven, and in consequence their land will be arid 
 when they come back to earth life. They will then ex- 
 perience famine, flood and earthquake, so that they may 
 realize the necessity of providing for material conditions. 
 Thus they will in time learn their lesson and strive to con- 
 quer this world as we have done in the West, for, of course, 
 the inquirer has reference to the people of the East who 
 suffer from flood and famine. They are our younger 
 brethren, behind us in evolution, and must follow in our 
 footsteps. They must learn to forget, for a time, the 
 spiritual worlds in order to attain the development which 
 only the material world can give them. Thus, there is a 
 ideep purpose in the famine which is at present their lot 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 and there is a purpose as deep in our prosperity. Their 
 famine will eventually drive them into more material con- 
 ditions, but we, having a land of plenty with all the good 
 things of this world, where ingenious inventions make 
 life easier on every hand, will eventually say to ourselves, 
 when we have been satisfied with these material blessings, 
 "What is the good of it all ? Give us, rather, the spiritual 
 things/' and we will then enter a spiritual development 
 much higher than that of the East. 
 
 QUESTION N"o. 174. 
 What is meant ~by the sentence "Man, know thyself?" 
 
 Answer: This sentence was found aoove the entrance to 
 a Greek mystery temple as an indication of the fact that it 
 is obligatory upon man to thoroughly understand the 
 mystery of his own nature, which is much deeper than is 
 apparent on the surface. This, on the principle of the 
 hermetic axiom, "as above, so below." When he under- 
 stands himself and knows himself, he will be able .by 
 analogy to know about God. For it is truly said that 
 "Man was made in the image of God." 
 
 But to know himself, it is not only necessary 
 
348 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 should "understand that which he sees, the physical body, 
 but also the invisible bodies which are the causes of his 
 thoughts, feelings and emotions. This was the teaching 
 given in the mystery temples. 
 
 There is still another and a far deeper meaning to that 
 sentence. When we ask ourselves the causes of all the 
 sorrow and the misery in the world, we must revert to the 
 earliest epochs of the earth's existence to solve our problem. 
 In the two first Epochs, the Polarian and the Hyper- 
 borean, man was a complete creative unit, capable of send- 
 ing forth from himself the forces which generated a 
 body for another being. But in the Lemurian Epoch, 
 when it became necessary to build a brain and a larynx, 
 the sex force was divided and one half retained in order 
 to accomplish that object. Only the other half remained 
 available for generation. Then man ceased to know him- 
 self, but "Adam knew his wife," and as a result she bore 
 him children. 
 
 The spirit inherently feels its own divine creative 
 nature and secretly rebels against the necessity of seek- 
 ing the cooperation of another to generate. As a result, 
 sorrow, trouble and pain have come into the world, and 
 will exist so long as the present method of procreation 
 makes it necessary for two to cooperate to perpetuate the 
 species. And it was the glorious goal that is set before 
 humanity in the future the coalition of the two poles of 
 the creative force which will again make man an individual 
 creator complete in himself that was adumbrated in the 
 mystery word "Man, know thyself." 
 
 The Apostle John, in his First Epistle, the 3rd chapter, 
 8th verse, tells us the way of attainment where he says that 
 "He that commiteth sin is of the devil. . . . For this pur- 
 pose was the Son of God manifested, that he might destroy 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 349 
 
 the works of the devil. . . . Whosever is born of God does 
 not commit sin, for his seed remaineth in him." 
 
 Where the animal propensities are catered to and an 
 abnormal use is made of the sex force, a man is apt to 
 become an idiot, but the thoughts of a spiritual man are 
 pure, chaste and full of wisdom. 
 
 At the present time, cooperation of the sexes is neces- 
 sary to procreation of vehicles for Egos who are coming 
 to rebirth, but the time will come when man will cease 
 to create in that manner. He will know himself. Con- 
 centrated thought as the seed will remain within himself, 
 but he will manifest it by means of the larynx as a 
 Creative Word, a word that will form things in the Phys- 
 ical World. Then it will no longer be necessary for man- 
 kind to seek the cooperation of one another in providing 
 new vehicles. This he was taught in the mystery schools, 
 which are way stations upon the path of attainment, and 
 therefore the saying "Man, know thyself" was inscribed 
 upon the Delphian oracle. 
 
 QUESTION No. 175. 
 What is the Holy Grail? 
 
 Answer: The story of the Holy Grail is one of the 
 myths used by the great leaders of humanity to convey to 
 us spiritual truths in symbols which would at that timo 
 have been incomprehensible to our infant intellect. 
 
350 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 The Grail story is found, variously told, in all the earlier 
 races as far back as we can trace religious teaching, and 
 libraries have been written about this wonderful mystic 
 panacea for all ills. 
 
 In medieval times many versions of this legend were 
 recited by minstrels, minnesingers, troubadours or master- 
 singers. Most beautiful, perhaps, was the simple version 
 of Wolfram von Eschenbach, which was taken in hand by 
 the master artist of the nineteenth century, Eichard Wag- 
 ner, in his famous music drama "Parsifal." 
 
 The story relates that on the night when our Savior ate 
 the last supper with His disciples, He drank from a cer- 
 tain cup or chalice, and later on, when the lifeblood 
 flowed from His wounded side, Joseph of Arithmathea 
 caught the life blood of our dying Savior in yon chalice. 
 He also took the spear wherewith that wound had been 
 inflicted. These relics he carried with him for many 
 years, and such was the wonderful life giving power of the 
 Savior's blood that it sustained him throughout all his 
 privations, in prison, and on his wanderings. At last, the 
 relics were taken up into heaven for a time in the care of 
 Angels, but one night there appeared a mystic messenger 
 sent from God to the holy Titurel with command that he 
 build a castle high in the air, upon a mountain top, and 
 there gather around himself a band of knights, who must 
 he chaste and pure. These Grail Knights were permitted 
 to behold the sacred relics at stated times and thus they 
 became inspired with desire and power to go into the 
 world to do mighty spiritual deeds. In time Titurel gave 
 the wardership of the Grail to his son Amfortas and in 
 his reign as King of the Grail, a sad calamity befell the 
 Grail Knights. 
 
 There lived in ff a heathen vale" below the castle a black 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 351 
 
 knight by the name of Klingsoi who desired to become a 
 Knight of the Grail. He was not chaste, so in order to 
 meet the condition he mutilated himself in such a manner 
 that it became impossible for him to gratify desire. But 
 when he applied to the holy Titurel, the latter saw his heart 
 and refused him admittance. Then Klingsor swore that 
 if he might not serve the Grail, the Grail should serve 
 him. He peopled the garden of his magic castle with il- 
 lusory phantasmic flower maidens who waylaid the Knights 
 of the Grail on their passage to and from the castle, se- 
 duced them and thus disqualified them for further service 
 as Grail Knights. 
 
 Fearing that all the Knights of the Grail would be- 
 come prisoners of Klingsor, Amfortas decided to fight the 
 black magician. He took with him the holy spear to ac- 
 complish his object. But Klingsor evoked Kundry, who is 
 a creature of two existences. At one time she is the faith- 
 ful and willing servitor of the Grail, at another time the 
 unwilling tool of Klingsor. When serving the Grail, she 
 is humble, obedient and simply clad. Under the spell of 
 Klingsor, she becomes beautiful in the extreme, a woman 
 of seducing charms, and these she is forced to use as 
 Klingsor bids her, for he has power over her by virtue of 
 the fact that he is not susceptible to her charms on account 
 of his act of mutilation. 
 
 Kundry meets Amfortas, who falls before her charms. 
 While 1 ying in her arms the spear falls from his hand and 
 is snatched by the waiting Klingsor, who inflicts a wound 
 that cannot heal, and for many years the King suffers 
 tortures, particularly when he unveils the Holy Grail for 
 the benefit of his knights. Then the spear wound com- 
 mences to bleed anew, causing him the most excruciating 
 pain. 
 
352 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Roughly speaking, and giving one of the several valid 
 interpretations which appertain to the Grail mystery, as 
 to other symbols, Kundry is the negative dense body which 
 at one time is under the control of the higher nature 
 symbolized by the Grail Knights, and another time ruled 
 by the lower desire nature symbolized by Klingsor, which 
 tempts the spirit to forsake its higher ideals, and causes 
 suffering when temptation is yielded to. In Parsifal, the 
 pure and guileless one, we see the man who overcomes and 
 therefore succeeds to the wardership of the Grail. 
 
 On Good Friday morning, 1857, Eichard Wagner sat 
 at the Villa Wesendonck by the Zurich Sea, and as he 
 looked about him the sun was shining, all nature was 
 smiling and from the millions of seeds buried in the 
 ground around him, innumerable plants and flowers were 
 sprouting. The thought struck Wagner, "What is the 
 connection between the death of the Savior at this time of 
 the year and this manifold sprouting life," and in that 
 thought he came very near to the key to the mystery of 
 the Grail, for the Grail was a Mystery School, one of many 
 which existed in the Middle Ages. The stories of King 
 Arthur and his Knights of the Round Table are not fables, 
 they are facts. Therewas such a Mystery in Wales as late 
 as the time of Queen Elizabeth. And these Mystery 
 Schools exist to the very present day, though not as pub- 
 licly known as they were in the more spiritual mediaeval 
 times. The Mystery of King Arthur dealt more with the 
 material and temporal side of life than the Mystery of the 
 Grail, which was altogether pure and spiritual. And there 
 the pupil was taught, not in words, but the feeling was 
 given to him, a teaching from within, which we may ex- 
 press as follows: 
 
 "You see all around you the various kingdoms in the 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 353 
 
 world. There is man, animal, plant and mineral. The 
 life which is in each of these kingdoms is the one universal 
 life of God, which manifests through all these various 
 forms. When the forms decay it becomes necessary to 
 provide other forms in their places, hence the generative 
 activity which serves this purpose. In the plant king- 
 dom,, which is beneath you, that activity is pure, chaste 
 and immaculate. There is no passion connected with it 
 in any respect. 
 
 In the kingdoms of the Gods, which are beyond }mi, it 
 is also carried on as a process of regeneration wilich is 
 pure and holy. But in the kingdoms which stand between 
 the plant and the gods, conditions are the reverse of chaste. 
 Man and animal are passionate. Man is, in fact, the 
 inverted plant. The plant is unashamed and stretches its 
 creative organ, the flower, towards the sun, a thing of 
 beauty and delight, pure, chaste and passionless. Man 
 turns his creative organ toward the earth ; he hides it with 
 shame because it is filled with passion. In time man is to 
 become a god, he is to use his creative ability for the ben- 
 efit of others and not for sense gratification. And so in 
 time man must become plant-like on a higher scale. There- 
 fore, you see this symbol : The pod of the plant which 
 holds the seed is the grail cup, and the spear which brings 
 that seed forth from the flower is the ray of the sun. 
 You, also, must learn to take the solar force, which is 
 the builder of all forms, and use it in your creative organ 
 without passion, so that that which you create shall be 
 immaculately conceived and not as now begotten in sin. 
 
 The juice of the plant flows through its green stem and 
 leaves uncolored, pure and chaste. Your blood is red and 
 filled with passion, but in the regeneration that blood must 
 be cleansed by the spiritual force which will come to you 
 
354: KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 from the spiritual sun, as the forces from the physical 
 sun bring forth the juice of the plant. And having become 
 thus regenerated, you will die as a man to be resurrected 
 a God. 
 
 QUESTION No. 176. 
 
 What was the connection between the pyramid builders 
 of Egypt and the pyramid builders of Central America? 
 Which is the older civilization? 
 
 Answer: Anthropological researches have shown that 
 the Negro races have a long, narrow head, narrow eye 
 sockets and flat hair. The Mongolian races, the Indians, 
 etc., have round heads, round eye sockets and their hair 
 is round. The head of the white races is oval, so are the 
 eye sockets and the hair, showing that we have upon earth 
 three kinds of people and these are the remnants of the 
 Lemurian Races which lived in the Third Epoch of the 
 earth's development. The Mongolians, Indians, etc., are 
 the remnants of the Atlantean peoples and tlie white races 
 are the present Aryans. Upon examination, it will be 
 found that the Egyptians belonged to our present Aryan 
 races, while the Aztecs show the peculiarities of skull, orbit 
 and hair distinctive of the Atlantean people. Therefore 
 that civilization is older than the Egyptian. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 355 
 
 Not much has been written concerning the pyramids 
 of Central America, but Piazzi Smith and Eichard Proc- 
 tor, both professional astronomers, have written consid- 
 erable concerning the pyramids of Egypt, and have en- 
 deavored to find out what their use was. From the meas- 
 urements of the pyramids, Piazzi Smith deduces the theory 
 that they were built by divine architects, a theory which 
 Professor Proctor ridicules, although he finds the measure- 
 ments support the theories of Professor Smith, but he 
 attributes it to coincidence. When the base of the pyramid 
 measures as many hundreds of inches as there are days in 
 a year; when the diagonals of the base show the same num- 
 ber of inches as there are years in the great sidereal world 
 year, it merely happened so, in the estimation of Professor 
 Proctor. These coincidences are so numerous, however, 
 that to an unbiased mind they appear to be an embodiment 
 of a definite design. Professor Proctor, being an unwill- 
 ing witness for the theory that the Pyramid was designed 
 for astrological purposes, gives augmented value to his 
 testimony when he admits that of all the theories advanced 
 concerning the use of the pyramids, the theory that they 
 were built for astrological purposes, is the only one that 
 can withstand the weight of the contrary evidence. There- 
 fore, though he characterizes it as a wild theory, it is the 
 only tenable one, according to evidence. 
 
 As a matter of fact, the pyramids were temples of initia- 
 tion, built by the Hierophants of the lesser mysteries, and 
 as initiation of candidates is founded upon the passage of 
 the heavenly bodies, the stars, through the twelve signs 
 of the zodiac, so naturally, these temples of initiation 
 embodied all the cosmic measurements. Only the pyramid 
 of Cheops among the Egyptian group was thus used. The 
 other? were simply imitations built at later times by some 
 
356 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 of the Pharaohs. The lesser mysteries have existed in dif- 
 ferent parts of the world and at various times. In India, 
 in Egypt, in Greece, and also in Central America. There- 
 fore, the connection between the pyramid builders of one 
 part of the world and another is that they were all the 
 Hierophants of the lesser mysteries and that their temples 
 were used for purposes of initiations. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 177. 
 
 What is the essential difference between the teachings 
 of the Rosicrucian Philosophy and the orthodox church? 
 
 Answer: There are many, but perhaps the principal one 
 is the teaching of orthodoxy that at each birth a newly 
 created soul enters material existence fresh from the hand 
 of God, that it lives here in a material body for a longer 
 or shorter span of time and then passes out by death into 
 the invisible beyond, there to remain for all eternity in a 
 state of happiness or misery according to what it did while 
 here in the body. 
 
 The Eosicrucian teaching is that each soul is an integral 
 part of God, which is seeking to gain experience by re- 
 peated existences in gradually improving material bodies 
 and that, therefore, it passes into and out of material ex- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 357 
 
 istences many times; that each time it gathers a littb more 
 experience than it previously possessed and in time is nour- 
 ished from nescience to omniscience from impotence to 
 omnipotence by means of these experiences. 
 
 Our sense of justice revolts against a teaching which 
 sends one soul into a home of culture and a noble family 
 where it has the advantage of wealth, where moral teach- 
 ings are implanted in the growing child, but sends another 
 into the slums, its father a thief and the mother, psrhaps, 
 immoral, and where its teachings consist in lying, stealing, 
 etc. If here only once, all should have the same chance 
 if they are to be judged by the same laws, and we know 
 that no two people have the same experiencss in life. We 
 know that where one meets many temptations, another 
 lives comparatively untouched by the storms of life. 
 Therefore, when one soul is placed in a moral environ- 
 ment and another in immoral surroundings, it is not right 
 to send the one to a heaven of enjoyment and eternal bliss 
 for doing the right he could not help doing, nor is it just to 
 send the other to a hell for stealing and robbing when the 
 environment and the conditions into which he was thrown 
 were such that he could not help himself. 
 
 Therefore, the Rosicrucian teaching holds that we come 
 into whatever place is best fitted for us by our previous 
 experiences in former lives, and that we get just what we 
 deserve in all cases; that all experiences which come to 
 us are just what we need to give us the appropriate im- 
 petus for our next step in unfoldment. 
 
358 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 178. 
 
 Kindly state the essentials wherein the Rosicrucian Phi' 
 lowphy differs from Theosophy. 
 
 Answer: We are not as much concerned in seeking out 
 differences as in finding agreements. It may be said, how- 
 ever, that the Rosicrucian Philosophy is the Western teach- 
 ing given to the Western people at this time for their ad- 
 vancement. If we take Theosophy as meaning Thco Sophia 
 (Divine Wisdom), then, of course, the Rosicrucian Phi- 
 losophy is only a part of that Divine Wisdom, like all 
 other religious systems. But if we take theosophy to mean 
 the philosophy promulgated by the Theosophical Society, 
 or Societies, for there are several brands, then we may say 
 that the Rosicrucian teaching is much more compre- 
 hensive and complete. Besides, in teaching their philos- 
 ophy the Rosicrucians are diametrically opposed to the 
 method of the Theosophical Society, which has for its 
 objects : 
 
 First, The formation of a nucleus of the Universal 
 Brotherhood, 
 
 Second, The study of comparative religion, and 
 
 Third, The investigation of the unexplained laws in 
 nature and the powers latent in man. 
 
 The Brothers of the Rosy Cross contend that the ma- 
 jority of advanced p?ople are in sympathy with the idea 
 of Universal Brotherhood, and that we need not be theoso- 
 phists to Iiave that idea at heart. Countless other societies 
 have altruistic ideas along the lines of brotherhood. Many 
 scientists are studying comparative religion and doing it 
 exceedingly well. It is not necessary to be a theosophist 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 359 
 
 in order to follow that object, but it is necessary to be an 
 occultist in order to follow out the third object of the 
 Theosophical Society, namely, the study of the unex- 
 plained laws of nature and the powers latent in man. 
 
 Therefore, the Rosicmeians recommend that all thoughts 
 be centered upon living such a life and practicing such 
 exercises as will develop the latent powers in each pupil 
 so that he may see and know the invisible worlds whence 
 come the causes we see manifested here. When this object 
 is attained, and not till then, is he capable of investigating 
 the unexplainel laws of nature. He is then also in a much 
 better position than the scientists or anyone else to study 
 comparative religion, for he sees the central source from 
 whence all religions sprang, each being adapted to the peo- 
 ple to whom given. He also sees how they fit into the 
 grand scheme of evolution, and when he has become capable 
 of reaching the consciousness of the inner worlds the unity 
 of life is so apparent that he does not need to trouble him- 
 self about the first object of the Theosophical Society, the 
 universality of the One Life which makes brotherhood a 
 fact in nature, beyond necessity of statement. 
 
 To reach that last step, we must have the true view of 
 the matter. We may preach to a stove that its duty is to 
 heat and warm us, but unless we comply with the laws of 
 its nature and put fuel into it, our preaching will be of 
 no avail. On similar principle, unless we reach the step 
 of exaltation where our hearts are filled with the divine 
 love, we may preach and put forth teachings concerning 
 Universal Brotherhood, but it will do no good. If we 
 fill the stove with fuel, it will heat us, and if we fill our 
 hearts with love they will radiate that quality without state- 
 ment of objects such as the first one mentioned. 
 
 Therefore, the principal difference between the Theo- 
 
3GO ROSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 sophical Society and the R 03 i crucian fellowship is a com- 
 plete reversion of method. For, whereas the Theosophical 
 Society aims to form a nucleus of the Universal Brother- 
 hood by the study of comparative religion and only take 
 up the development of the hidden side' of man's nature 
 last- and many even decry development of the hidden 
 powers the Eosicrucian teaching urges the pupil first of 
 all to live the life, to concentrate all the powers of his being 
 to so walk that he may be fitted for possession of the soul- 
 powers absolutely essential to the investigations he con- 
 tamplates. 
 
 QUESTION No. 179. 
 
 Is the White Lodge of the Theosophical Society the same 
 as the Temple of the Rosicrucians? 
 
 Answer: N"o, the Theosophical Society is simply an 
 exoteric organization for the dissemination of a certain phi- 
 losophy, mostly derived from the Eastern Religions, while 
 the Rosicrucian Fellowship aims to promulgate the teach- 
 ings of the Western Mystery School, the Order of Rosi- 
 crucians, which is secret and not accessible to anyone except 
 upon direct invitation. 
 
 As to the relation of the Order of Rosicrucians and kin- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 361 
 
 died Mystery Orders to the White Lodge, we may say that 
 there are in different places of the earth a number of these 
 schools of the lesser mysteries, each of them composed of 
 twelve brethren, and also a thirteenth member. The latter 
 is the link between the different schools, and all these heads 
 or thirteenth members compose what is ordinarily known 
 as the White Lodge, namely, a supreme conclave of the 
 Eldest among our Brothers, who are now in full charge of 
 human evolution and plan the steps we are to follow in 
 order to advance. 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 180. 
 
 What do you understand l>y the term Master, and is the 
 Rosicrucian Fellowship movement inspired by them 9 
 
 Answer: In the far East the pupil who aspires to the 
 higher life seeks a "Master" and is bound hand and foot, 
 figuratively speaking, to that Master. He must blindly 
 follow the instructions of his Master, without the least 
 hesitancy or exhibition of curiosity concerning the purpose 
 of whatever directions are given him. He must 'render 
 the Master personal service of whatever kind required and 
 at whatever cost or inconvenience to himself, and thus, in 
 short, he becomes virtually the slave of an often very ex- 
 acting taskmaster. 
 
 That seems to be a very barbaric method, but it is doubt- 
 
362 ROSICRTK'IAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 less the only way to overcome the indolence of the Oriental, 
 and as they are a backward class of Egos they are accus- 
 tomed to servility and subserviency, so that it works no 
 hardship to their finer feelings. But here in the West such 
 a method would be altogether degrading, for we have ad- 
 vanced to such a stage of individuality that we can onljf 
 progress by action from within, and if we make any prom- 
 ises or take any vows \ve ought not to obligate ourselves to 
 anyone else, but make our promises and vows to ourselves ; 
 for if we cannot keep our vows to ourselves, we certainly 
 cannot keep promises made to others. 
 
 Furthermore, we may break a promise given to someone 
 else and deceive him into believing that we have kept our 
 faith, but we cannot deceive ourselves. If we break a 
 promise made to ourselves we know it at once, and there- 
 fore the pupil in the West is instructed to make his prom- 
 ise to himself, for that is stronger than any vow to an out- 
 sider. The teacher in the West is the closest fri?nd and 
 adviser of the pupil, for he follows the example of the 
 Christ, who said to his disciples: "This is my command- 
 ment, that ye love one another, as I have loved you. Ye 
 are my friends if ye do what I command you (and) hence- 
 forth 1 call you not servants, for the servant knoweth not 
 what his lord doeth ; but T have called you friends, for all 
 things that I have heard of my Father I have made known 
 unto you." John, chapter 15, 'verses 12, 14, 15. 
 
 The Eosicrucian Fellowship is not backed by these 
 teachers or inspired by them ; they gave certain teachings 
 to the writer on the condition that he should spread them 
 to the be~t of his ability, and: announced their readiness to 
 help others who would qualify for that instruction. Stu- 
 dents of these teachings have banded together for the ben- 
 efit of associated study, but there is no hard and fast organ- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 363 
 
 ization, nor is it intended to form one, but to let people 
 obtain this teaching anywhere they please. We prefer that 
 they should remain in their churches. 
 
 QUESTION No. 181. 
 
 // one wlw believes in the teachings advanced by the 
 Rosicrucians earnestly maintains that they are true, is he 
 not in danger of becoming dogmatic and intolerant of the 
 opinions of others 1 ? And what should be his attitude to- 
 wards those who refuse to accept these teachings? 
 
 Answer: It is of utmost importance that we should 
 recognke the fact that, at least in our present limited 
 existence, we cannot possibly arrive at truth in the ulti- 
 mate. Therefore, that which seems to us "truth, and the 
 whole truth" is most likely after all only a part of the 
 truth. As we evolve and become capable of understand- 
 ing more and more, our conceptions of life, the world, and 
 God, change. Therefore, we ought at all times to have 
 the open mind so that we may receive new truth, and al- 
 though we should never be lukewarm but always earnest 
 for that which we believe to be the truth, we should never 
 forget the fact that there are still greater truths which 
 we have not yet learned. Then we are open minded and 
 cannot become creed bound or hide bound. 
 
ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Some people grow so extremely enthusiastic when they 
 have found something which appeals to them as truth, 
 that they at once commence a veritable crusade to compel 
 others to share it with them. That is a great mistake. 
 If we go into a church and commence asking questions 
 which raise doubts in the minds of the members and 
 make them uneasy concerning their faith, we may easily 
 cause a sad state of disturbance. If that which we 
 have to give appeals to them and becomes an anchor 
 to them, so that they may rest in the new and higher faith, 
 well and good. But if it so happens that that which we 
 have to give is beyond them, is unacceptable, we maj lead 
 them into an extremely unhappy frame of mind and they 
 may turn to materialism, atheism or some other dreadful, 
 skeptical attitude. Their life, in that case, will lie at our 
 door. \\e should always make it a rule in the world to 
 be very quiet about what we believe or do not believe, though 
 never neglectful to say a little word where an opportunity 
 is given, and if that word brings an inquiry we should 
 answer it fearlessly. Thus we may gradually lead the in- 
 quirer on. He will not be thus led unless he is seeking, 
 and when we find out that he desires the information, we 
 should give him all he wants and give it freely. Bit we 
 reiterate that it is a serious responsibility to tJintst our 
 opinion upon ears that are unwilling or not ready. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 365 
 
 QUESTION Xo. 182. 
 
 How is it that not many who study the highest phi- 
 losophy interest themselves in bettering industrial condi- 
 tions, such as the abolition of wage slavery, which is as de- 
 grading and brutal as Negro slavery? 
 
 Answer: All occultists recognize the crying needs of 
 the day, and none long more ardently for the day of lib- 
 eration, the day when brotherly love shall be a fact, when 
 the nations shall beat their swords into plow share and 
 their spears into pruning hooks, as prophesied by Isaiah, 
 but they go about making these conditions in a different 
 way. Socialistic Labor Unions and such like organizations 
 are seelnng to better conditions, but the occultist maintains 
 that their methods are inefficient, and frustrate lasting 
 realization of their object, for there can be no doubt that 
 it is men who make conditions and not conditions that make 
 the men. If, therefore, we seek to better humanity and 
 raise their standard of right and wrong, if we seek to ele- 
 vate their ideals, then when men have become better, as a 
 natural consequence, conditions will be better. 
 
 Under the present conditions, when a labor union, by 
 strike or through the employer's fear of a strike, have suc- 
 ceeded in gaining a better condition, the employer at once 
 commences to plot how he may checkmate them and frus- 
 trate their object. He bands together with other em- 
 ployers for mutual protection and these organizations are 
 always at war with the labor unions. The better conditions 
 which are obtained by one are continually changed by the 
 other. When, however, the employer as well as the em- 
 ployed have been Christianized and have learned to do unto 
 
366 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 others as they would have others do unto them, there will 
 be no necessity for labor unions, for the employers will 
 look out for the welfare of their employes and anticipate 
 their wants. This state of affairs, the occultist believes, 
 can be brought about by thi-nking about it, because all 
 things and all conditions have first been thoughts in the 
 minds of men. Therefore, he earnestly prays that the 
 minds of men may be opened to the fact of universal 
 brotherhood, that they may take into their hearts the love 
 of God and become united in seeking to do the right in- 
 stead of separately planning how to oppress and intimidate 
 others. 
 
 QUESTION No. 183. 
 
 Can anyone study occultism, live the higher life and "be 
 a millionaire? 
 
 Answer: Christ said to the rich young man, "Go, get 
 rid of all thou hast," but the young man, being very much 
 taken up with the good things of this life, went away 
 sadly, and the Christ remarked concerning the difficulty 
 besetting the rich man's entrance into heaven. He did not 
 say that it is impossible, but he knew what a snare and a 
 temptation there is in riches. Nevertheless, a man may 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 367 
 
 be a millionaire and still striving to live the higher life. 
 Riches are a clog and a fetter, but it would be absolutely 
 wrong to infer that riches prevent occult development. 
 All depends upon what view a man takes of his riches. 
 If he uses them for the purpose of self-aggrandizement and 
 to oppress his fellowmen, of course there can be no spir- 
 itual growth, but where a man regards himself as the 
 steward of his possessions, and where he aims to build fac- 
 tories having model conditions and model tenement houses, 
 etc., where he works strenuously himself to see that his 
 philanthropic ideas are being carried out, and that his 
 fellowmen are receiving good conditions and every chance 
 for self improvement, wealth is an enormous power for 
 good. When a man works thus unselfishly for the welfare 
 of others he will not have much chance to think of self- 
 improvement, and his spiritual growth will be unconscious 
 rather than otherwise. Nevertheless, he will progress enor- 
 mously, and his opportunities to do better and greater 
 work will increase as the years pass by in this life and also 
 in future lives. That was really the meaning of the parable 
 of the talents. Those who used their talents were made 
 rulers over a number of cities in order to give them ade- 
 quate employment in the evolutionary scheme. On the 
 other hand, if a man owns a factory and becomes so im- 
 bued with a desire for occult development that he selfishly 
 sells out his factory and throws his workmen out of em- 
 ployment in order that he may develop his own powers 
 and live the higher life, such a man is shirking his duty 
 and will undoubtedly receive a rebuke at the hands of the 
 Master, for he has buried his talent and in a new life he 
 will find himself deprived of the opportunity which he has 
 neglected. 
 
368 KOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 184. 
 
 Do you believe in capital punishment? Is it not better 
 and more merciful than imprisonment for life? 
 
 Answer: Among the savages might is right, the 
 stronger always overpowers the weaker. We pride ourselves 
 that in our civilization we have come to a higher stage, and 
 that we practice altruism in all departments of our polity. 
 Nevertheless, although we do not go out with a club and 
 promiscuously murder our fancied adversaries, except in 
 war, we do murder in a refined way by what we call law. 
 There was a time when the thief was hanged by law. Now- 
 adays we designate such punishment barbaric, but capital 
 punishment is still a blot upon our civilization. Besides, 
 we are much more refined in our cruelty than the people 
 in older civilizations, for they hanged or beheaded the so- 
 called criminal in short order, while we keep him incar- 
 cerated for years, subject him to the torture of long jury 
 trials, set the day for his execution a long way ahead and 
 allow him in the meantime to suffer death by anticipation 
 during all the intervening time. 
 
 We profess that our object is not retaliation, but plead 
 that it is necessary to safeguard society and to deter others 
 from committing like crimes, but capital punishment pro- 
 motes murder. When a man has homicidal tendencies, he 
 should be properly restrained so that he may not hurt his 
 fellowmen. To kill him, however, does not restrain him; 
 death liberates him in the Desire World, and as the Desire 
 World is all about us he is at perfect liberty to go among 
 people and instil into them thoughts of hatred and ven- 
 geance against society. Therefore, murder is multiplied. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 369 
 
 Besides,, homicidal mania is aided by the press. The glar- 
 ing headlines which recite the ghastly minutiae of the crime 
 incite others to go and act likewise. If the press would 
 only be silent about murders and suicides we should have a 
 great deal less crime in the land, and it is very gratifying 
 to see that there are at least some newspapers, for instance 
 a Christian Science publication, which refuses to print any- 
 thing that is not good. 
 
 As to the part of the question which says, "Is death 
 not better than imprisonment for life?" we may say "Per- 
 haps, under the present conditions of prison regime, it is." 
 But that branch of our institutions also calls for reform 
 and we have much to do and undo in our treatment of thosi 
 whom we call criminals. They are our brothers, just as 
 much as flTe~~so-called respectable members of society who 
 have not yet committed the unpardonable crime of being 
 found out. It is true that we have made prison life some- 
 what better and less barbaric than it used to be. It is 
 also true that we have probation and suspended sentences 
 nowadays, but we are far from treating these weaker 
 brothers properly yet. If we could understand thoroughly 
 fhat they are our brothers and treat them as we would 
 treat a weak brother who was the son of our own mother, 
 we should be doing nearer right, for who amongst us if 
 his own brother committed a wrong would send him to 
 prison with scorn or call him "jail bird" when he had 
 served his sentence, or ostracise him for life because of a 
 weakness? When a person is sick with typhoid fever we 
 do not get angry with him and send him to the hospital 
 for a month ; we send him there until cured, we take good 
 care of him, and aim to aid him in recovering his health, 
 and we rejoice with him when he is well. A criminal is 
 weak and mentally sick. He should not be sent to prison 
 
370 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 for a term, but should be sent to an institution where he 
 could be properly taught and helped to overcome his weak- 
 ness. Not until we treat our weaker brothers with such 
 loving care may we say that we have risen above the bar- 
 barian maxim of demanding an eye for an eye. How can 
 we dare to pray "forgive us our transgressions as we for- 
 give those who trespass against us," while we treat these 
 poor brothers as we do even now? 
 
 QUESTION No. 185. 
 
 What is the viewpoint of the Rosicrucians on woman 
 suffrage ? 
 
 Answer: The spirit is neither male nor female, but 
 manifests alternately as man and woman, so that looking 
 at woman suffrage from the larger standpoint, it would be 
 to the advantage of the men of the present day to grant 
 women that which is really their right a full and com- 
 plete equality in every particular. The double social stand- 
 ard which obtains at the present time, whereby a man may 
 commit the social sin without being ostracized, should be 
 done away with. Woman's work should be paid as much 
 as man's work, and in every case the lines which are laid 
 down so admirably in Edward Bellamy's novel, "Looking 
 Backward," should be followed. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 371 
 
 The advisability of this equitable social arrangement 
 will be evident if we look at life from the viewpoint that 
 this earth life is but one in many, and that we are born 
 as men and women alternately ; but there are other reasons 
 why woman should be given the franchise. In man the 
 dense body is positive and man's positive forces are there- 
 fore particularly focused upon the Chemical Region of 
 the Physical World. He is most particularly interested 
 in that which he can weigh, measure, analyze and work 
 with in his daily life; his development is particularly along 
 the material lines, shaping the earth and everything upon 
 it to suit his fancy, but taking little or no interest in the 
 spiritual side of things. 
 
 Woman, on the other hand, has the positive vital body 
 and as a result is intuitively in touch with the spiritual 
 vibrations of the universe. She is more idealistic and 
 imaginative, taking a great interest in all the things which 
 make for the moral upliftment of the race, and as it is only 
 by the moral and the spiritual growth that humanity can 
 advance at this time, she is really the prime factor in 
 evolution. It would be of an enormous benefit to the race 
 if she were given an equal right with man in every par- 
 ticular. For not until then can we hope to see reforms 
 brought about that will really unite humanity. We see 
 that by analogy if we will look into the home, where woman 
 is really the central pillar around which both husband and 
 children cluster. According to her ability she makes the 
 home what it is, she is the cementing influence and the 
 peacemaker. The father may pass out by death or other- 
 wise, the children may leave, while the mother remains, the 
 home is there; but when the mother is taken away by death, 
 the home is at once broken up. 
 
 Some have argued, "Yes, but when she is taken away by 
 
372 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 politics the home will be broken up just as much." But 
 of that there need be no fear. During the transition stage 
 while women have to fight for their rights, and, possibly, a 
 short time afterward, until they have adjusted themselves, 
 there may in some cases be a neglect of the home, but in 
 the places where it has already been tried no homes have 
 been broken up and much good has been achieved, for 
 women can always be counted upon to stand for any im- 
 provement which makes for morality. While laws are 
 only makeshifts to bring humanity to a higher plane where 
 each one will be a law unto himself, doing right without 
 coercion, it is nevertheless necessary that such reforms 
 should be brought about at the present time by legislation. 
 
 QUESTION No. 186. 
 
 // occultists abstain from flesh eating because it requires 
 a tragedy in its preparation,, and they do not wish to be 
 a party to talcing life, either directly or by proxy, is it not 
 also taking life when we eat eggs or fruit, vegetables, etc. ? 
 
 Answer: The case mentioned by the inquirer is very 
 different from taking life by killing an animal. In fact, 
 while it is necessary to kill an animal in order to obtain 
 its flesh, and we are, therefore, doing it harm, we are 
 actually helping a tree when we take the fruit away from 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 373 
 
 it, as will be readily seen when we understand the process 
 of germination. 
 
 The process is the same with animals as with human 
 beings, and in fact with all kingdoms. When an animal 
 is to be born, the group spirit, helped by nature spirits and 
 angels, fashions the vital body of the coming animal, which 
 is then deposited in the womb of the mother and the seed 
 atoms are deposited in the semen of the male; then gesta- 
 tion takes place and an animal is born. Without the pres- 
 ence of the seed atom and the matrix vital body no dense 
 animal body can be formed. Similar conditions govern 
 fecundation in the case of an egg, or of a plant seed. They 
 are like the female ova they are so many opportunities. 
 If an egg is put into an incubator or under a hen, the 
 group spirit sends forth the requisite life, accepting the 
 opportunity for embodiment. If a seed is dropped in the 
 soil, that is al?o fertilized when the proper conditions have 
 been made for its development, but not before. When an 
 egg is crushed, cooked or in other ways disqualified for its 
 primal designation, or where a seed is stored for years per- 
 haps, there is no life, and consequently we do no wrong 
 when we use these products for food. It is even beneficial 
 to plants when the ripe fruits are removed, because then 
 they cease to take sap from the tree unnecessarily. 
 
374 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTION No. 187. 
 
 7s that terrible entity which Glyndon saw in Bulwer Lyt- 
 ioris "Zanoni" the same as Mr. Plyde in Robert L. Steven- 
 son s story ? 
 
 Answer: isTo. There is a similarity in certain respects, 
 but in other points there is a very great difference. The 
 dreadful entity seen by Glyndon is spoken of in occultism 
 as the "Dweller on the Threshold." When the neophyte 
 enters into the Desire World consciously, having left his 
 physical body behind in sleep, he must pass an entity such 
 as that described by Glyndon. This is the embodiment of 
 all the evil deeds of his past which, having not yet been 
 expiated, await eradication in future lives. He must recog- 
 nize and acknowledge that entity as part of himself. He 
 must promise himself to liquidate, as soon as possible, all 
 the debts represented by yon terrible shape. 
 
 This entity is not even apparent to the ordinary man 
 during the times between death and a new birth, though 
 ever present. It is a demon, and is offset by another shape 
 which represents all the good a man has done in the past, 
 and may be called his guardian angel, but these twin forms, 
 as said, are invisible to the ordinary man at all times, 
 though ever potent in his life. 
 
 It sometimes happens, however, that an individual passes 
 out at death with a desire nature so extremely strong that 
 after he has expiated the deeds it contained in Purgator}', 
 and has entered the Second Heaven, this shell holds to- 
 gether and lasts until the man is reborn. It is then drawn 
 to him by magnetic attraction and he possesses, as it were, 
 a double desire body. The desire body of the old life may 
 
QUESTIONS AXD ANS\YERS 375 
 
 then at times make itself felt and cause him to lead a 
 double life, substantially as lelated by Bobert Louis Steven- 
 son, impelling him to do deeds which he loathes, because 
 the suffering engendered in expurgating them is acting as 
 conscience and causing him to repel the evil. Fortunately, 
 however, such cases are extremely rare at this present date. 
 
 QUESTION No. 188. 
 
 If we amputate the arm of a man, saiv off the limb of a 
 tree and blast away a portion of a cliff, will the invisible 
 counterpart of these different objects also be severed? 
 
 Answer: In the case of the arm which is amputated, the 
 etheric counterpart will still remain with the vital body, 
 although there is a certain magnetic tie between that and 
 the physical arm which is buried. A case is on record of 
 a man who, having had his arm amputated, complained 
 bitterly of pains as if something were piercing the flesh of 
 his aim. This pain continued for several weeks, when the 
 arm was at last exhumed and it was found that in boxing 
 a nail had been driven through the flesh in the place where 
 the man felt pain. When the nail was removed the pain 
 ceased. Persons who have had arms or limbs amputatec. 
 
37U ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 sometimes complain of pain in the member for a few years 
 after the operation. Then the pain ceases because the 
 etheric arm has decayed synchronously with the limb in the 
 grave. 
 
 The vital bod}'' of the plant is only composed of the two 
 densest ethers the chemical ether and the life ether 
 which enable the plant to grow and propagate, but it lacks 
 the two higher ethers the light ether and reflecting ether 
 hence it has no sensation or memory of what passes 
 around it. Therefore, amputation of a limb will not be 
 felt by the plant, and in the case of the cliff which is 
 blasted, only the chemical ether is present, so that the crys- 
 tals will have no feelings at all. Still, it would be wrong 
 to infer that there is no feeling in either of these cases, 
 for though the plants and the minerals have no individual 
 means of feeling, they are enveloped and interpenetrated 
 by the ethers and the Desire World of the planet, and the 
 Planetary spirit feels everything, on the same principle 
 that our finger, having no individual desire body, cannot 
 feel, but we, the indwelling spirits inhabiting the body, 
 feel any hurt done to the finger. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 377 
 
 QUESTION No. 189. 
 
 Do you know of a place, a home or retreat where one 
 may go to Hue this beautiful, simple and harmless life you 
 arc advocating? 
 
 Answer: No, we do not know of any home, and if a 
 home were founded for that purpose, we should feel very 
 sorry for its inmates. If we have a high temper and go 
 into the mountains to live as recluses where there are no 
 people to rile our sensibilities, it is small credit to us that 
 we do not hecome impatient with others. If we find it dif- 
 ficult to overcome our vices or faults in the city, and go 
 into the wilds where those temptations do not exist, small 
 is our credit for not yielding. We have been placed in cities 
 and among our fellows in order that we should accustom 
 and accommodate ourselves to them, and learn to keep our 
 tempers despite any riling learn to shun temptations 
 where they exist. One may be in the mountains and his 
 heart in the city, or he may immure himself in a monas- 
 tery and yet be longing for the pleasures of the world. It 
 is best to stay in the place where we are found and there 
 develop the spiritual qualities that shall make us better men 
 and women. There is work to be done in the world, and if 
 we fly from the world, how shall we do it? We have a 
 responsibility to our fellowmen. Unless we discharge that 
 responsibility we are shirking our duty, and fate will bring 
 us back in such an environment that we cannot escape. 
 Therefore, it is better to aim to learn all the lessons that 
 are at our hands instead of running away from them. 
 
f isf ttf 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING LIFE ON EARTH 
 
 1. If we were pure spirits and part of an all-knowing 
 God, why was it necessary for us to take this long 
 pilgrimage of sin and sorrow through matter? 
 
 2. If God made man a little lower than the Angels, 
 how will man ultimately become their superior in the 
 spiritual world? 
 
 3. Why should it he necessary for us to come into this 
 physical existence? Could we not have learned the 
 same lessons without being imprisoned and limited 
 by the dense conditions of the material world? 
 
 4. If this earth life is so important, and really the basis 
 of all our soul growth, the latter resulting from the 
 experiences we gain here, why is our earth life so 
 short in comparison with the life in the inner worlds, 
 approximating a thousand years between two earth 
 lives? 
 
 5. How long will it be before we can do without these 
 physical bodies and function altogether in the spir- 
 itual worlds again ? 
 
 6. Does the spirit enter the body at the time of con- 
 ception or at the time of birth? 
 
 7. What was the purpose in the division of the sexes? 
 8. Is the soul of a woman masculine and the soul of 
 a man feminine? 
 
 379 
 
380 BOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 9. Do we keep the same temperament through all our 
 lives? 
 
 10. Is the desire body subject to sickness, and does it 
 need nutrition and replenishment? 
 
 11. How is it that we atone for all sin in Purgatory 
 and then at rebirth must again suffer through the 
 law of cause and effect for sins of a former life? 
 
 12. Is conscience the voice of God or of our Guardian 
 Angel ? 
 
 13. What is genius? 
 
 14. Is a soul that is born as a woman always a woman 
 in its after lives, and how long is the interval be- 
 tween two earth lives? 
 
 15. When a man pays his debts, cares' for his family and 
 lives a moral life here, will he not be all right here- 
 after? 
 
 16. It is sometimes contended by people that we have a 
 right to think what we will and are not responsible 
 for our thoughts. Is that so from an occult point 
 of view ? 
 
 17. If a person is constantly bothered by evil thoughts 
 which keep coming into his mind although he is 
 always fighting them, is there any way in which he 
 can cleanse his mind so that he will think only good 
 and pure thoughts? 
 
 18. If woman proceeded from man as per tht rib story, 
 will she in the final return to unity be reabsorbed, 
 losing her individuality in the masculine divinity ? 
 
 19. Why has woman been cursed by inequality, assumed 
 inferiority and injustice since the beginning of hu- 
 man existence upon this plane ? 
 
 20. Why was the suffering Marguerite so extreme and 
 out of proportion to that of Faust, even to imprison- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 381 
 
 merit and the death penalty, while his life, liberty 
 and pursuit of happiness was unmolested? 
 
 Marriage. 
 
 21. Is there any place, either in the Old or Xew Testa- 
 ment, wherein men were told to marry and then live 
 as brother and sister at any time or under any con- 
 dition? And if not in the Bible, why do you 
 teach it ? 
 
 22. Is there a soul mate belonging to every soul through- 
 out all eternity ? If so would it not be better to re- 
 main unmarried a thousand years than to marry the 
 wrong mate? 
 
 23. Is it wrong for first, second or third cousins to 
 marry, and if so, why? 
 
 24. Would it be wise for two people of the same tem- 
 perament to marry if they were both born under the 
 same sign of the Zodiac, in August, for instance ? 
 
 25. Please give the view of the occultist regarding the 
 white races intermarrying with the inferior Mon- 
 golians and Negroes, also in regard to their progeny. 
 
 26. Why is the Negro commonly said to be marked with 
 the curse of Cain, if he is the descendant of Ham, 
 according to Biblical ethnology ? How can that race 
 be any older than the sons of Shem or Japheth ? Is 
 not the most intellectual, successful and enduring 
 race that history records, namely the Jews, the one 
 that has kept itself most free from a mixture? 
 
 Children. 
 
 27. Has the Rosicrucian Philosophy any specific teach- 
 ino- concerning the training of children? 
 
382 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 28. Why are children born in a family where they are 
 not welcome? 
 
 29. Where children do not come to a man and wife who 
 deeply long for them, is there not some way to in- 
 duce some soul in the unseen world to accept their 
 invitation to reincarnate? Where the conditions in 
 the home are most favorable, it would seem that 
 among the many souls awaiting incarnation one 
 would find the conditions right? 
 
 30. How do you explain the fact that a child so often 
 inherits the bad characteristics of the parents? 
 
 31. Does not the child inherit the blood and nervous sys- 
 tem from its parents? If so, will it not inherit dis- 
 ease and nervous disorders also? 
 
 Sleep and Dreams. 
 
 32. Can a person be influenced in natural sleep as he can 
 in hypnotic sleep, or is there a difference? 
 
 33. What are dreams, have they all a significance, and 
 how can we invite or induce dreams ? 
 
 34. What is sleep and what causes the body to go to 
 sleep ? 
 
 Health and Disease. 
 
 35. Do the Eosicrucians believe in materia medica or 
 do they follow Christ's method of healing? 
 
 36. Do you think it wrong to take medicine to remove 
 pain, since all is the result of our own doings, if one 
 is not hopelessly ill or dying? 
 
 37. In case of sickness, what form of healing do you 
 advise, physician's or practitioner's, as in the Chris- 
 tian Science belief? 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 383 
 
 38. What is your opinion in regard to fasting as a means 
 of curing disease ? 
 
 39. Do you consider it wrong to try to cure a bad habit, 
 such as, for instance, drunkenness, by hypnotism? 
 
 40. Are there any methods of eradicating the calcareous 
 matter which comes into our bodies by wrong meth- 
 ods of diet? 
 
 41. Is not Nature guilty of frequent physical malforma- 
 tion in the plant and animal world, as well as the 
 human race, and can there be a perfectly whole and 
 sane intelligence with a forceful will in a diseased 
 or malformed body? 
 
 42. Do you believe in vaccination ? 
 
 43. If, as you state, the Ego dwells in the blood, is not 
 the practice of blood transfusion from a healthy to 
 a diseased person dangerous? Does it affect or in- 
 fluence the Ego in any way, and if so, how ? 
 
 44. What are the causes of insanity ? 
 
 45. When an insane person dies, will he still be insane 
 in the Desire World ? 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING LIFE AFTER DEATH 
 
 46. What is the use of knowing about the after death 
 state, what happens in the Invisible World, and all 
 these things? Is it not far better to take one world 
 at a time? Sufficient unto the day is the trouble 
 thereof, why borrow more? 
 
 47. Is there any time set to the limit of earth life be- 
 fore we are born ? 
 
 48. Is it possible to shorten the time between death and 
 a new birth so as to hasten one's evolution, and if so, 
 how? 
 
384 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 49. Are there seasons and times, ages and epochs in the 
 other world ? 
 
 50. Does a person who has been buried alive become con- 
 scious of his condition, and how does the spirit get 
 back to the body when it lies in the grave? 
 
 51. Why do children die? 
 
 52. What is the cause of the vast number of deaths which 
 occur in infancy and childhood? 
 
 53. Does the cremation of the dense body after death 
 affect the spirit in any way? 
 
 54. If a person has lost his memory through nervous 
 shock or fever, does that affect his vital body and 
 prevent him from getting the record of his life in 
 the three days immediately following death ? 
 
 55. If a disembodied spirit can pass through a wall, can 
 it also pass through a mountain and the earth, and 
 can it see what is inside? 
 
 56. Do we meet our loved ones after death, even if they 
 have held a different belief from our own, or, per- 
 haps, been atheists? 
 
 57. Do we recognize loved ones who have passed out 
 through the gate of death ? 
 
 58. Does the man who commits suicide stay longer in 
 Purgatory than the people who die naturally? 
 
 59. Does a good man have to go through Purgatory and 
 be conscious of all the evil that is there before he 
 can get into the First, Second and Third Heavens, 
 and if so, isn't that an undeserved punishment? 
 
 60. What is the condition of the victim of a murder and 
 the victim of an accident subsequent to death? 
 
 61. Where is heaven? 
 
 62. It is said that there is no sorrow in heaven, but if 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 385 
 
 our loved ones are met there and then pass on, does 
 not the parting from them involve a sense of dis- 
 satisfaction? 
 
 63. Please explain how to concentrate in order to help 
 those in the other world. Do you mean sitting in 
 the silence and sending out loving, helpful thoughts 
 to them? 
 
 64. Do those who have passed out of earth life keep 
 watch and ward over us who are left behind? For 
 instance, do mothers look after their little children 
 or even the larger ones ? 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING REBIRTH 
 
 65. Why, with a few exceptions, are we reincarnated 
 without having the slightest knowledge of any pre- 
 vious existence, and thus suffer blindly in this life 
 for transgressions of which we are entirely ignorant, 
 committed in some former life? Does it not seem as 
 though we could get better and quicker spiritual ad- 
 vancement if we knew how and why we had erred 
 before, and what acts we must correct before we can 
 progress ? 
 
 66. Are all the human beings that people the earth at 
 the present time souls .that have gone through earth 
 life before, or are new souls being created all the 
 time ? 
 
 67. How do we know beyond a doubt that rebirth is a 
 fact ? Is it not possible that those who so state may 
 be suffering from hallucination? 
 
 68. Do the souls that have passed into Purgatory and 
 through the First, Second and Third Heavens come 
 back here and reincarnate on this earth, or do they 
 go to other spheres ? 
 
 13 
 
386 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 69. Do we come in contact with the friends of one life 
 when we are born again into a new life? 
 
 70. Is the experience gained in each incarnation re- 
 corded separately and added to the previous ones, so 
 that in the ultimate the spirit is entirely conscious 
 of the complete sum of its experiences, or is that 
 experience more or less unconsciousty absorbed by 
 the next succeeding incarnation, so that only a gen- 
 eral effect is obtained ? 
 
 71. When the spirit coming down to rebirth has drawn 
 to itself its mind stuff and sinks into the Desire 
 World, will it not then be in Purgatory again ? 
 
 72. How can you believe in the theory of reincarnation 
 that we come back here in the body of an animal? 
 Is it not much more beautiful to believe in the Chris- 
 tian doctrine that we go to heaven with God and 
 the Angels? 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE BIBLE TEACHINGS 
 
 73. Why is it that every sect interprets the Bible dif- 
 ferently and that each one gets an apparent vindi- 
 cation for its idea from that book ? 
 
 74. What is meant by the second aspect of the Triune 
 God? 
 
 75. Are the Recording Angels individual beings? 
 
 76. Do the Angels and Archangels watch over us in- 
 dividually as well as collectively and know just what 
 our lives are? 
 
 77. Have Angels wings as shown in pictures? 
 
 78. Do the Rosicrucians accept the Bible as the Word 
 of God from cover to cover? 
 
 79. What is the viewpoint of the Rosicrucians concern- 
 ins; the creation of the world in seven days? 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 387 
 
 80. The Bible teaches the immortality of the soul in an 
 authoritative manner. The Rosicrucian teaches the 
 same professedly by appealing to reason. Are there 
 no positive proofs of immortality ? 
 
 81. Is there any authority in the Bible for the theory of 
 rebirth ? 
 
 82. According to the Bible only man was given a soul. 
 Why, then, do you say that the animals have a group 
 spirit ? 
 
 83. Is it true that Eve was taken out of Adam's side? 
 
 84. If God made man in his image and likeness and sup- 
 posedly perfect, why were the different epochs prior 
 to the fall of Adam and Eve necessary? 
 
 85. What was the sin or fall in Eden? 
 
 86. Is the Tree of Life spoken of in the Bible the,, same 
 as the Philosopher's Stone of the Alchemist ? 
 
 87. The Lord had respect unto Abel and his bloody of- 
 fering, but unto Cain and his sweet and clean offer- 
 ing He had not respect. Why? 
 
 88. What is the esoteric significance of the Ark of the 
 Covenant ? 
 
 89. Is there an occult significance in the various Chris- 
 tian feasts of the year? 
 
 90. I understood you to say that the Christ had been in- 
 carnated only once, in Jesus. Was he not previously 
 incarnated in Buddha and still earlier in Krisna? 
 
 91. W^e are told that God so loved the world that He 
 
 gave His only begotten Son that whosoever believeth 
 
 in Him shall not die but have everlasting life. How 
 
 do you reconcile that idea with the words of Christ, 
 
 "I came not to bring peace, but a sword." 
 
 92. What is meant by everlasting salvation and damna- 
 tion? 
 
388 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 93. What is the teaching of the Kosicrucians concerning 
 the Immaculate Conception? 
 
 94. Was not the Star of Bethlehem a comet? 
 
 95. What were the gifts of the Wise Men? 
 
 96. Was not Jesus a Jew, and if so, what did he mean 
 by saying "Before Abraham was I am," for even if 
 He reincarnated, Abraham was the father of the 
 Jewish race? 
 
 97. Jesus was baptized at thirty, receiving the Christ 
 spirit. Please explain this baptism. 
 
 98. In your teaching you state that we stay for a time 
 averaging one-third of the length of the earth life 
 in Purgatory, in order that our sins may be ex- 
 piated prior to going to heaven. How, then, do you 
 reconcile this teaching with the words of the Christ 
 to the dying thief, "Today thou shalt be with Me 
 in Paradise." 
 
 99. What is the esoteric meaning of the two thieves on 
 
 the cross? 
 
 100. What is the meaning of the cross, is it simply the 
 instrument of torture as usually taught in the ortho- 
 dox religion ? 
 
 101. Could not the mission of Christ have been accom- 
 plished without such a drastic method as crucifixion ? 
 102. According to the Rosicrucian teaching, when will 
 
 Christ come again ? 
 
 103. What is meant by the saying that Christ was made a 
 
 High Priest forever after the order of Melchisedec? 
 
 104. What did Christ mean when he said, "All who came 
 
 before Me were thieves and robbers" ? 
 
 105. What did Christ mean when He said "Whosoever 
 shall not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, 
 shall not enter therein" ? 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 389 
 
 106. Did not Jesus eat fish? Why, then, are the Rosi- 
 crucians vegetarians ? 
 
 107. If Christ fed the multitude with fish, why is it 
 wrong for us to use them as food ? 
 
 108. Please explain why the fatted calf was not killed for 
 the righteous son instead of for the prodigal. Was 
 that not giving a reward for wrong doing? 
 
 109. Why did the Lord commend the unjust steward, as 
 related in the sixteenth chapter of Luke? 
 
 110. What is meant by sinning against the Holy Ghost? 
 
 111. Is the Christian Creed authoritative? 
 
 112. How do you reconcile the law of cause and effect 
 with the doctrine of the forgiveness of sins ? 
 
 113. By what power did Peter raise Dorcas from the 
 dead ? 
 
 114. Do you believe in conversion? 
 
 115. Is there any value in confession and absolution? 
 
 HG.^Is there an) 7 value in the Latin ritual used by the 
 Catholic Church ? Would it not be better if it were 
 translated so that people could understand it, and 
 are not the extemporaneous prayers used in the Prot- 
 estant Churches much to be preferred to the ritual 
 and stereotyped masses of the Catholics? 
 
 117. What is the actual merit in martyrdom; did the 
 martyrs really become saints? 
 
 118. In one of your lectures, you said in effect that it was 
 a mistake to send missionaries to foreign countries ; 
 that the religions practiced by the so-called heathen 
 are right for them at the present time, but that the 
 missionaries have done little harm as yet. How, 
 then, do you reconcile the command of the Christ, 
 "Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to 
 every creature." 
 
390 EOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING SPIRITUALISTIC PHENOMENA 
 
 119. Is mediumship injurious to health? 
 
 120. Where mediums make so-called soul trips, what is 
 it that leaves the physical body, and can it leave in 
 the waking state to gather data ? 
 
 121. I have taken many soul flights, and on one of these 
 journeys my guide took me through gates into a 
 crystal city and on into a temple filled with ethereal 
 people, saying, "This is God's Holy City." Will 
 you kindly tell me where this is and why there are 
 gates and walls around the city, and why everything 
 looked like crystal ? 
 
 122. Are not the desire bodies left by those who have 
 progressed beyond the Desire World used by ele- 
 ment als to deceive friends and relatives of the de- 
 ceased person? How can they be detected and rec- 
 ognized by them? 
 
 123. Can elementals assume the shape of animals or rep- 
 tiles, and what can be done to stop them from 
 doing it? 
 
 124. How can one avoid becoming obsessed ? 
 
 125. What is psychometry? 
 
 126. Is it true that at spiritualistic seances persons are 
 sometimes transported bodily from one place to an- 
 other by invisible hands, flowers are brought into the 
 room through closed windows and doors, and if so, 
 how can that be done ? 
 
 127, "\yiii y OU kindly explain the use of the planchette, 
 and state if it is advisable to try to produce the 
 phenomena among amateurs? 
 
 128. Is a vampire the same as a werewolf? 
 
 129. What is the difference between a trance medium, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 391 
 
 materializing medium,, the trained clairvoyant and 
 the ordinary person ? 
 
 130. If mediumship is so dangerous, why do not the me- 
 diums cease to allow themselves to be controlled? 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING CLALB 7OYANCE 
 
 131. What is the difference between a clairvoyant, an 
 Initiate and an Adept? 
 
 132. Why is it that trained clairvoyants do not offer to 
 lend themselves to some simple but conclusive tests 
 conducted by men o,f science which would convince 
 everybody of the reality of faculties transcending 
 the physical senses ? 
 
 133. If clairvoyance is such an accurate means of inves- 
 tigation, such a high spiritual faculty, why do we 
 usually see it in possession of people of little educa- 
 tion and coarse breeding, who have seemingly very 
 little spirituality and who often tell lies? 
 
 134. What do you mean by initiation, and why are only 
 men Initiates? 
 
 135. Is it not the duty of one who is informed on sub- 
 jects concerned with the higher life to give informa- 
 tion and help to the less informed ? 
 
 ^.36. What qualifications are necessary to become an In- 
 visible Helper? Must the whole life be given over 
 to spiritual endeavor? 
 
 137. What purpose has the person in going out of his 
 body ? 
 
 138. Is it absolutely necessary to live a life of aceticism 
 in order to become spiritual and endowed with psy- 
 chic powers? 
 
 139. Are all children clairvoyant up to a certain age? 
 
 140. What is the difference between white and black 
 
392 ROSICBUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 magic, and what is the effect of the practice of black 
 magic upon the soul? 
 
 141. You speak of the western and eastern schools of oc- 
 cultism. Is not the western school the better, and 
 if cio, why? 
 
 1-12. What is the difference between etheric sight, clair- 
 voyance, and the sight pertaining to the World of 
 Thought ? 
 
 143. Is it safe for a person in a greatly debilitated nervous 
 condition to take occult training given by the Rosi- 
 crucians, or is it necessary for such a person to first 
 recover? Is health regained by occult training? 
 
 144. A sound body being necessary for spiritual unfolcl- 
 ment, what does the Rosicrucian teaching hold out 
 to one not at present in the best physical condition? 
 Will perfect health be one result of the study of this 
 philosophy, and if the teaching is practiced, will it 
 tend to keep a person in good health? 
 
 145. In "what way will it help us in the life after death 
 if we have cultivated clairvoyance in the present 
 life? 
 
 146. Would the contemplation of the God within, if per- 
 sistently carried on, aid one in spiritual growth and 
 bring one to adeptship? 
 
 147. Has it not been recorded that certain individuals 
 have developed spiritual power, clairvoyance, sixth 
 sense, or whatever we wish to call it, by living a 
 clean life in harmony with nature's laws, and does 
 not the teachings of modern occultists with so many 
 terms of technicality have a tendency to create con- 
 fusion rather than bring the desired results ? 
 
 148. Is it possible to cultivate clairvoyance by the use 
 of drugs, by crystal gazing or breathing exercises, 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 393 
 
 and do these methods not bring results quicker than 
 
 the methods you advocate? 
 
 149. What time in the morning is best for concentration? 
 150. It is difficult for me to review the events of the iy 
 
 in reverse order when doing my evening exercises. 
 
 Is this absolutely necessary, and if so, why? 
 151. What value are breathing exercises in developing 
 
 body and mind? 
 152. Is not the Invisible World of which you speak very 
 
 unreal and shadowy in comparison to this world in 
 
 which we now live? 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING ASTROLOGY 
 
 153. Is it possible that astrology and palmistry can be 
 true, inasmuch as we could avert coming disaster by 
 being forewarned in that manner? And would it 
 not interfere with our destiny? 
 
 154. Is it wrong to use palmistry, astrology or phrenol- 
 ogy as a means of livelihood? 
 
 155. Are Mars, Jupiter and other planets inhabited; if 
 so. are those people superior to the people on earth; 
 do the souls from the earth ever .reincarnate on other 
 planets and vice versa? 
 
 156. Does not the nebular theory account for the exist- 
 ence of the universe in a much more scientific man- 
 ner than the creation stories of the Bible? 
 
 157. What are comets? 
 
 158. Does the movement of a planet through space create 
 a noise? 
 
 159. What is the esoteric significance of the use of the 
 names of the twelve sons of Jacob in connection with 
 the twelve signs of the zodiac, and are these used 
 
394 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 in connection with the earth's zodiac or the sun's 
 zodiac, or both? 
 
 160. Can you give an idea of the difference between helio- 
 centric and geocentric astrology ? Is the geocentric 
 concerned only with the affairs of this earth, the 
 material life, and the heliocentric with the soul or 
 the spiritual side ? The sun, being the spiritual 
 planet and the ruler of our solar system, would lead 
 to this conclusion. Inasmuch as we use the sun's 
 1 zodiac in heliocentric astrology and the earth's zodiac 
 in geocentric. Can predictions in this life ever be 
 made by the sun's zodiac, or is the latter simply 
 concerned with the spiritual side of a person's 
 nature ? 
 
 161. How is it possible to get on good terms with Saturn? 
 The inquirer has been under his influence all his life. 
 Sickness, poverty, loss of inheritance, and accidents 
 are bad enough, but can Saturn also cause us trouble 
 spiritually; can he put barriers up for our unfokl- 
 ment when our spirit is struggling for the good, and 
 are we liberated from his influence when we pass 
 out at death ? 
 
 162. How may we .pray to or address Saturn when he is 
 the ruling star causing us trouble and sorrow ? 
 
 QUESTIONS CONCERNING ANIMALS 
 
 163. Why do animals, which are a lower evolution, have 
 an instinct which seems so much more reliable than 
 the reason of human beings? 
 
 164. Can you throw some light on what our attitude to- 
 ward the lower forms of life should be? Have we 
 the right to kill anything harmless, since every liv- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 395 
 
 ing thing is in a sense our brother ? How about the 
 venomous insects and reptiles ? 
 
 165. Are not venomous and destructive reptiles created by 
 the evil thoughts of men, so far as the form is con- 
 cerned? And, therefore, is it not an act of love to 
 kill them and thus liberate the divine spark within 
 so that it may occupy a higher form ? 
 
 166. What is a group spirit, where is it, and what does it 
 look like? 
 
 167. Are animals amenable to the law of causation? 
 
 168. Do animals live after death? 
 
 169. When a pet dog or cat dies, does the entire group 
 spirit to which it belongs die at the same time? 
 Also what becomes of the animal soul, and does the 
 human love and care it has received help it on its 
 upward journey? 
 
 170. What substance does a person or animal throw off 
 whereby they can be traced, as, for example, crim- 
 inals are traced by bloodhounds? 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS QUESTIONS 
 
 171. What is the origin of life? 
 
 172. What is matter? Is it not unreal? 
 
 173. You said in a previous lecture that the earth is the 
 body of a spirit which gives its life for the dwellers 
 upon the surface. Why does it give flowers and fruit 
 to some and earthquake and famine to others? 
 
 174. What is meant by the sentence, "Man, know thy- 
 self? 
 
 175. What is the Holy Grail? 
 
 176. What was the connection between the pyramid build- 
 ers of Egypt and the pyramid builders of Central 
 America? Which is the older civilization? 
 
396 BOSICHUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 177. What is the essential difference between the teach- 
 ings of the Rosicrucian Philosophy and the orthodox 
 church ? 
 
 178. Kindly state the essentials wherein the Rosicrucinn 
 Philosophy differs from Theosophy. 
 
 179. Is the White Lodge of the Theosophical Society the 
 same as the Temple of the Rosicrucians ? 
 
 180. What do you understand by the term Master, and is 
 the Rosicrucian Fellowship a movement inspired by 
 them ? 
 
 181. If one who believes in the teachings advanced by the 
 Rosicrucians earnestly maintains that they are true, 
 is he not in danger of becoming dogmatic and in- 
 tolerant of the opinions of others? And what should 
 be his attitude toward those who refuse to accept 
 these teachings? 
 
 182. How is it that not many who have studied the highest 
 philosophy interest themselves in bettering industrial 
 conditions, such as the abolition of wage slavery, 
 which is as degrading and brutal as Negro slavery? 
 
 183. Can anyone study occultism, live the higher life and 
 be a millionaire? 
 
 184. Do you believe in capital punishment? Is it not bet- 
 ter and more merciful than imprisonment for life? 
 
 185. W T hat is the viewpoint of the Rosicrucians on woman 
 suffrage ? 
 
 186. If occultists abstain from flesh eating because it re- 
 quires a tragedy in its preparation, and they do not 
 wish to be. a party to taking life, either directly or by 
 proxy, is it not also taking life when we eat eggs or 
 fruit, vegetables, etc. ? 
 
 387. Is that terrible entity which Glyndon saw in Bulwer 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 397 
 
 Lytton's "Zanoni" the same as Mr. Hyde in Eobert 
 L. Stevenson's story? 
 
 188. If we amputate the arm of a man, saw off the limb of 
 a tree and blast away a portion of a cliff, will the in- 
 visible counterpart of these different objects also bo 
 severed ? 
 
 189. Do you know of a place, a home or retreat where one 
 may go to live this beautiful, simple and harmless 
 life you are advocating? 
 
Question 
 
 ANGELS. No. 
 
 Man a little lower than angels -r-. 2 
 
 Have Angels wings ? 77 
 
 The work of the Angels in evolution 81 
 
 ARCHANGELS. 
 
 Do the Archangels and Angels work with us individually? 76 
 
 ANIMALS. 
 
 Are animals amenable to the law of Causation? 167 
 
 Why hybrids cannot propagate 23 
 
 Why all oxen thrive on grass, but one man's meat is 
 
 another 's poison 35 
 
 How it benefits an animal to be killed 101 
 
 Why not use fish as food? Christ fed them to people. . . . 107 
 
 Elementals in animal shapes 123 
 
 Why is animal instinct more reliable than reason? 163 
 
 Is it right to kill venomous insects and reptiles? 164 
 
 May we kill animals to help them advance? 165 
 
 Do animals live after death ? 168 
 
 What is a group-spirit ? 166 
 
 Does our love help animals in evolution? 169 
 
 What is the efluvia whereby bloodhounds trace a man?. . 170 
 
 ASTROLOGY. 
 
 What is the connection between Pyramid-builders of 
 
 Egypt and Central America? 176 
 
 Comets and miscarriages 157 
 
 399 
 
400 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Can Astrology predict the result of a marriage? 24 
 
 Astrological conditions favorable to conception of child. 27 
 
 Astrology as a factor in healing 35 
 
 Astrology the only means of determining time in the 
 
 Beyond 49 
 
 Astrology reveals ripe or mature destiny 65 
 
 Astrology and the feasts of the year 93 
 
 Was the Star of Bethlehem a Comet? 94 
 
 Why the Cross and the Lamb are the proper symbol of 
 
 Christ 100 
 
 Astrology and interference with Destiny 153 
 
 Is it wrong to use Astrology for a livelihood? 154 
 
 Do souls from the other planets incarnate here and vice 
 
 versa ? 155 
 
 The Harmony of the Spheres 158 
 
 Why are the names of the tribes of Israel connected with 
 
 the signs of the Zodiac 1 159 
 
 What is the difference between Heliocentric and Geocen- 
 tric Astrology? 160 
 
 Which are the good and evil planets? 161 
 
 Prayer; the Star-Angels and their Ambassadors 162 
 
 ARCHETYPES. 
 
 How the archetype in heaven determines length of life. . 47 
 
 How archetype causes suffering of suicide in Purgatory. 58- 
 
 ACCIDENT. 
 
 Accidents as factor in infant mortality 52 
 
 Post-mortem condition following death by accident 60 
 
 Accident as a factor in evolution 165 
 
 AUTOPSY. 
 
 In its effects upon the spirit 53 
 
 ADEPT. 
 
 Difference between Clairvoyant; Initiate and Adept 131 
 
 Will contemplation of the God within lead to Adeptship?. 146 
 
 "Masters" and "Teachers" 180 
 
 BABYLON. 
 
 The antithesis of tho New Jerusalem 194 
 
 BIRTH. 
 
 Successive births of our various bodies 27, 52 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWEKS 401 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Danger of insanity when coming to birth .-. . . 44 
 
 Is the length of life determined before birth? 47 
 
 What draws an Ego to a certain family 1 51 
 
 Must a returning spirit go through Purgatory? 71 
 
 Sin against the Holy Spirit and prenatal conditions 110 
 
 Are souls from other planets born here and vice versa. . . . 155 
 Miscarriages and Comets 157 
 
 BLOOD. 
 
 Why woman has periodical flow 8 
 
 Blood; Endogamy and the age of the Patriarchs 23 
 
 Individual blood and the thymus gland 31 
 
 Transfusion of blood as affecting the Ego 43 
 
 Why the Christ 's blood must flow 101 
 
 BRAIN AND LARYNX. 
 
 Their connection and their cost 7 
 
 BROTHERHOOD. 
 
 Among ' ' Niebelungen ' ' of early Atlantis 97 
 
 How brotherhood will decrease taxation and increase pros- 
 perity 164 
 
 Brotherhood and capital punishment 184 
 
 BIBLE TEXTS AND TEACHINGS. 
 Old Testament: 
 
 In Him we live and move and have our Being 92, 164 
 
 The Creation 79, 156 
 
 Archangels and Angels as factors in evolution 76 
 
 A mist went up from the ground 97 
 
 God made man in his image 84 
 
 Man became a living soul 82 
 
 God brought the animals to Adam and he named them. . . 3 
 
 Adam's rib 18, 23 
 
 The tree of Knowledge; the tree of Life and the Serpent. 86 
 
 The Cherubim and the Flaming Sword 88 
 
 Adam knew his wife 85 
 
 Cain and Abel 87 
 
 The longevity of the Patriarchs 23 
 
 Noah, the Flood and the Rainbow 26 
 
 Melchisedec ; King of Salem 103 
 
 Jacob ; his wives and sons 159 
 
402 EOSICEUCTAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Moses and the Bed Sea 26 
 
 The Ark of the Covenant; Aaron's Eod and the hidden 
 
 Manna 88 
 
 Joshua and the Walls of Jericho 158 
 
 They shall beat their swords to ploughshares 182 
 
 Jeremiah called to be a prophet prior to birth 81 
 
 Neiv Testament: 
 
 In the Beginning was the Word 1, 27 
 
 God so loved the World that He gave his only begotten 
 
 Son 91 
 
 Mary said: How shall I conceive seeing I know not a 
 
 man . 85, 93 
 
 Gabriel foretold the birth of Jesus 81 
 
 The Star of Bethlehem 94 
 
 The gifts of the Wise Men 95 
 
 I come not to bring Peace; but a Sword 91 
 
 Before Abraham was I am 96 
 
 This is Elijah Elijah has come and they have done to 
 
 him as they listed 81 
 
 Your father and mine 22 
 
 W'hosoever looks at a woman with lust has committed 
 
 adultery 16 
 
 All who came before me were thieves and robbers 104 
 
 Unless you receive the Kingdom as a little child you can- 
 not enter 105 
 
 Go sell all thou hast and follow me 183 
 
 Take up thy cross and follow me 100 
 
 Go preach the gospel to every creature 118 
 
 Feeding the multitude with fish 107 
 
 Eaising the dead 113 
 
 Thy faith has made rhee whole 35 
 
 A prophet is not without honor save in his own country. . 35 
 
 They chose Barrabas 26 
 
 The two thieves 99 
 
 Thou shalt be with me in Paradise 98 
 
 A High Priest after the order of Melchisedec 103 
 
 The whole Creation is groaning and travailing in pain ... 90 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 403 
 
 Question 
 
 CHRISTIAN DOCTRINES. No. 
 
 The Trinity -.-.- 75 
 
 The Creation 79, 156 
 
 The Fall 83, 85 
 
 The Immaculate Conception 93 
 
 The Atonement 90, 91 
 
 Everlasting Salvation and Damnation 92 
 
 Sin against the Holy Spirit 110 
 
 Conversion 114 
 
 Confession and Absolution 115 
 
 Forgiveness of Sins 112 
 
 The Second Advent 103 
 
 Fall of Babylon and the New Jerusalem 104 
 
 CHRISTIAN FEASTS. 
 
 Christmas, Easter, Lent, etc 89 
 
 The value of the Latin Eitual 116 
 
 The value of Martyrdom 117 
 
 CAPITAL PUNISHMENT 184 
 
 Criminals made by other peoples ' thoughts 16 
 
 CONSCIENCE. 
 
 Is it the voice of God or the Guardian Angel 12 
 
 CONFESSION 
 
 And Absolution 115 
 
 CONVERSION 
 
 And hypnotism 114 
 
 CREATION: CREATORS. 
 
 How we become creators 1 
 
 How we create in the blood " 43 
 
 The Bible on Creation 79 
 
 The Masonic legend of creation of man 87 
 
 The Creation story and the nebular theory 156 
 
 Man know thyself 174 
 
 CONCEPTION. 
 
 The seed-atom as factor in conception 6 
 
 Use of Astrology in conception 27 
 
 The Ego as a factor in conception 29 
 
 Immaculate Conception 93 
 
 Mystery of the Grail and immaculate conception 175 
 
404 BOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 \ 
 
 Question 
 
 CREMATION. iS'o. 
 
 Persons buried alive 50 
 
 How premature cremation affects the Spirit 53 
 
 CROSS. 
 
 The two thieves on the cross 98, 99 
 
 The cross symbolical of the four Kingdoms 100 
 
 The Cross and the Lamb as symbol of Christ 100 
 
 CHILDREN. 
 
 Concerning the education of children 27 
 
 Why are children born where unwelcome? 28 
 
 Why are some marriages barren 1 29 
 
 Effect of thymus gland in children 31 
 
 Method of influencing refractory child 32 
 
 Effect of vaccination and antitoxin 42 
 
 Why do children die? 51, 52 
 
 Receiving the Kingdom of God as a little child 105 
 
 Prenatal conditions ar.d sin against the Holy Spirit 110 
 
 Immaculate conception of children 93 
 
 Clairvoyant children 139 
 
 CLAIRVOYANCE (see also Initiation). 
 
 How will clairvoyance help us after death? 145 
 
 The effect of marriage upon clairvoyance 23 
 
 Not sufficient to fix time of past events 49 
 
 Clairvoyant investigations verified 67 
 
 Trained and negative Clairvoyants compared 129, 133 
 
 Ordinary clairvoyants cannot penetrate earth 55 
 
 Difference between Clairvoyant, Initiate and Adept 131 
 
 Why do not trained Clairvoyants submit to tests? 132 
 
 How can coarse people be clairvoyant? 133 
 
 Why must trained Clairvoyants be unselfish? 151 
 
 What is the difference between Etheric sight; color vision 
 
 and tonal sight? 142 
 
 Are all infants clairvoyant ? 139 
 
 Danger of crystal gazing, drugs and breathing exercises. 148 
 DEATH. 
 
 The Science of Death 53 
 
 Does insanity persist after death? 45 
 
 How does knowledge of post-mortem conditions help us?. 46 
 Are there seasons and times in the Beyond? 49 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 4Q5 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Do lamentations seriously affect the dying? 51 
 
 What is the cause of the appalling infant mortality?. ... 52 
 
 Do \ve meet our loved ones after death? 50 
 
 Do we recognize our friends after death? 57 
 
 What is the effect of suicide on the spirit ? 58 
 
 What is the .effect of death by accident or murder? GO 
 
 What is the effect of capital punishment ? 184 
 
 Where are the dead ? 64 
 
 By what power did Christ raise the dead? 113 
 
 Does the desire body die when the spirit leaves it? 122 
 
 What is the post-mortem state of innocent children? 139 
 
 Do elementals affect the dead ? 345 
 
 DESIRE WORLD. 
 
 Are people sick, hungry or naked in the Desire World?. . 10 
 
 Does insanity exist in Desire World ? 45 
 
 Are there days and nights, seasons and times in Desire 
 
 World? 49 
 
 DESIRE BODY. 
 
 Compared with physical body 5 
 
 Is the desire body subject to sickness, hunger and cold?. . 10 
 
 How our desire body colors our view and deceives us. ... 16 
 
 Position of the desire body in the dream-state 32 
 
 How desire body of suicide causes suffering 58 
 
 Desire body does not die when child dies 139 
 
 Mr. Hyde and a ' ' double desire body " 187 
 
 DISEASE AND ITS CURE. 
 
 Disease as a factor in spiritual progress 161 
 
 Insanity produced by crystal-gazing and breathing exer- 
 cises 148 
 
 Is the desire body subject to disease? 10 
 
 How nursery rhymes combats disease in children 27 
 
 How to treat diseas? during sleep 32 
 
 The vital body of drowning person 34 
 
 Why individuality must be considered in healing 35 
 
 Interference with destiny when treating disease 36 
 
 Disease a result of mental conditions 37 
 
 Fasting as a cure for disease 38 
 
 Hypnotism as a cure for disease 39 
 
4CG ROSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Sclerosis or hardening of the arteries 40 
 
 Vaccination and antitoxin 42 
 
 Congenital insanity and its cause 44 
 
 DREAMS. 
 
 Chaotic and prophetic 33 
 
 DRUNKARD. 
 
 In Purgatory 11 
 
 Should be pointed out as example to children 27 
 
 Treatment during s'.eep 32 
 
 Hypnotism as a cure for drink 39 
 
 DWELLER ox THE THRESHOLD. 
 
 A demon contrast to the Guardian Angel 65, 187 
 
 EARTH. 
 
 Impervious to ordinary clairvoyance 55 
 
 Heaven ; a part of our planet 61 
 
 Christ the indwelling Earth Spirit 90 
 
 EGO. 
 
 Influence of the Ego on food and medicine 35 
 
 When does the Ego enter the womb of mother? 6 
 
 Ego compared to a gem polished in school of experience. 9 
 
 Our duty of providing bodies for incoming Egos 21 
 
 Ego may refuse prospective parents 29 
 
 The Ego and the thymus gland 31 
 
 The Ego and its creative activity in the blood 43 
 
 Ego in danger of insanity when entering womb 44 
 
 How Ego is hampered by its various bodies 363 
 
 ELEMENTALS. 
 
 As factors in spiritualistic seances 122 
 
 Elementals in shape of reptiles 123 
 
 Elementals meeting coward at death 145 
 
 EMBALMING 
 
 And its effects upon the spirit 53 
 
 EPIGENESIS. 
 
 Our original creative activity in heaven 1 
 
 Egos original creations in the blood 43 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 How they qualify us for Invisible Helpers 46 
 
 How they shorten intervals from death to birth 48 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 407 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Their effect on health; relaxation explained K3, 144 
 
 Why are the clay's happenings to be reviewed in reverse 
 
 order ? 150 
 
 The best time to cxercis- 149 
 
 Danger of breathing exercises 148, 151 
 
 EVOLUTION. 
 
 Spirals of evolution 2 
 
 Is it possible to shorten evoUition? 48 
 
 Our next step in evolution 76 
 
 If God made man perfect why is evolution necessary?. ... 84 
 
 Prodigal Son and evolution 108 
 
 Evolution and atrophy of organs 133 
 
 Evolution of the East and West compared 112, 173 
 
 How war furthers evolution 101 
 
 FAITH. ' 
 
 And scepticism compared as to effects 35 
 
 FALL IN EDEN. 
 
 What was the Fall? 83 
 
 Cherubim ; with flaming Sword and open Flower 88 
 
 Man know thyself and Salvation 174 
 
 FERTILIZATION 
 
 Of ovum : method of 29 
 
 FOOD. 
 
 Food as a factor in ageing the body 40 
 
 Fasting as a cure for disease 38 
 
 How overeating makes us liable to disease 42 
 
 How it benefits animals to be killed 101 
 
 Why not eat fish? Christ gave it to people 107 
 
 Why was the fatted calf not killed for the elder son?. .. 108 
 
 Do we not take life when eating eggs, fruit? 186 
 
 Why is one man 's mtat another 's poison ? 35 
 
 Pork, Cancer and Consumption 107 
 
 FORCE. 
 
 The coming force ; what will it be? 3 
 
 Our relation to the intelligent nature-forces '. 41 
 
 How vital force prevents and- combats disease 42 
 
 FORGIVENESS OF SINS. 
 
 How forgiveness is obtained 46 
 
408 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 How forgiveness shortens the interval from death to birth 48 
 
 Foregiveness complementary to the Law of Consequence. 112 
 
 FORM. 
 
 Origin of 3, 171 
 
 GENESIS. 
 
 Is the Seven-day Creation story true 79 
 
 GENIUS. 
 
 What is Genius ? 13, 70 
 
 Why is a Genius not appreciated till dead? 14 
 
 GOSPELS. 
 
 As formula} of Initiation 78 
 
 GRAIL (sec Holy Grail). 
 
 GROUP-SPIRIT. 
 
 How it prevents cross-breeding 23 
 
 Group-spirit and similarity of tastes in animals *. . . 35 
 
 Group-spirit compared to man; the " living soul" 82 
 
 What is a Group-spirit? 166 
 
 Does Group-spirit die when animal dies? 1G9 
 
 GUAREIAN ANGEL. 
 
 Is conscience the voice of God or the Guardian Angel?. . 12 
 
 Deceased mothers as Guardian Angels 64 
 
 Guardian Angel the antithesis of Dweller on Threshold. 65, 76 
 
 HJEMOLYSIS. 
 
 International marriages and haemolysis 23, 43 
 
 Blood-transfusion will produce haemolysis in the future. .. 43 
 
 HAPPINESS. 
 
 Will honesty and fair dealing here bring happiness here- 
 after? 15 
 
 HEALTH. 
 
 Of child affected by nursery rhymes 27 
 
 How a heavy meal endangers health 42 
 
 HEAVEN. 
 
 How we build our environment in Heaven 173, 112, 4 
 
 Between Hell and Heaven 15 
 
 Where is Heaven? 61 
 
 When loved ones are reborn is there not sorrow in Heaven? 62 
 
 Thoughtforms of Holy City in Heaven 121 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 409 
 
 Question 
 
 HEREDITY. No. 
 
 Heredity and genius 13 
 
 Heredity and bad characteristics of parents 30 
 
 HOLY GRAIL. 
 
 The story of 175 
 
 HOLY SPIRIT. 
 
 The sin against 110 
 
 HYPNOTISM. 
 
 Hypnotism and sleep compared 32 
 
 Hypnotism as a cure for bad habits and disease 39 
 
 Hypnotism and conversion at revivals 114 
 
 IMMORTALITY. 
 
 Are there positive proofs of Immortality? 80 
 
 INCARNATION. 
 
 Length of interval between incarnations 4 
 
 What determines the length of interval between incarna- 
 tions? 14 
 
 What are the reasons for change of sex? 19 
 
 INDIVIDUALITY. 
 
 Can we lose our individuality? 18 
 
 Dependence of individuality upon marriage 23 
 
 The thymus gland and individuality 31 
 
 Individuality as a factor in treating disease 35 
 
 Individuality as affected by a misshapen body 41 
 
 Individual crystals in blood 43 
 
 INITIATES AND INITIATION (see Clairvoyance). 
 
 How initiation shortens time between death and rebirth. 48 
 
 Initiation necessary to penetrate into the earth 55 
 
 The gospels as formulae of initiation 78 
 
 The Ark in Solomon's Temple as symbol of high Initiate. 88 
 
 Initiation as factor in the Second Coming 103 
 
 Prodigal Son and initiation 108 
 
 Clairvoyant, Initiate and Adept compared 131 
 
 What is initiation and why are only men initiates 134 
 
 Why Initiates have charmed lives 164 
 
 Man know thyself 174 
 
 Mystery of the Holy Grail and initiation 175 
 
 INSANITY. 
 
 Cause of congenital and other classes of insanity 44 
 
410 KOSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Does insanity persist after death? 45 
 
 Insanity and consumption from crystal-gazing and breath- 
 ing exercises 148 
 
 INSTINCT. 
 
 Why is instinct more reliable than reason? 163 
 
 INVIS.IULE HELPERS. 
 
 Steps towards becoming Invisible Helpei 46 
 
 Difference between medium and Invisible Helper 329 
 
 Helping others as duty 135 
 
 Qualifications of aspirants 136 
 
 Purpose in leaving the body 137 
 
 How clairvoyance helps us in post-mortem state 145 
 
 Why Invisible Helper must be unselfish 151 
 
 Dweller on the Threshold 65, 187 
 
 Have we a right to leave the world to study? 181' 
 
 INVISIBLE WORLD. 
 
 The relative reality of visible and invisible Worlds 152 
 
 JEWS. 
 
 The lost tribes. Why they were exiled and international 
 
 marriage 26, 43 
 
 Why Christ was born a Jew 96 
 
 LAW OF CAUSATION. 
 
 L. o. C. and expiation of sin in Purgatory 11 
 
 Are we responsible for our thoughts ? 16 
 
 L. o. C. and sex 19 
 
 L. o. C. and forgiveness of sin in Faust 20 
 
 L. o. C. complemented by doctrine of Forgiveness of sins. 112 
 
 L. o. C.; Freewill and medicine 36 
 
 L. o. C. drawing an Ego to a certain family 51 
 
 l!. o. C.; lamentations at deathbed and infant mortality.. 51 
 L. o. C.; war and accident as factors in infant mortality. . 52 
 How L. o. C. reunites friends and enemies of past lives. . 69 
 L. o. C. as barrier to premature spiritual development. . . . 146 
 Can we interfere with L. o. C. by knowledge of Astrology? 153 
 
 L. o. C. and destiny written in the stars 161 
 
 L. o. C. and Dweller on the Threshold 65, 187 
 
 LAW OF EEBIRTH (see also Eebirth). 
 
 L. o. R. and precession of the equinox 14 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 41 1 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 Are new souls constantly created or have we all been 
 
 reborn ? C6 
 
 L. o. R. reunites old friends and foes C9 
 
 Is L. o. R. mentioned in the Bible ? 81 
 
 LARYNX. 
 
 Cost of the brain and the larynx 7 
 
 Larynx; the creative organ of the future 174 
 
 LEVITATION. 
 
 At spiritualistic seances 126 
 
 LIFE. 
 
 Origin of Life 171 
 
 Relative length of life in heaven and on earth 4 
 
 Panorama of past life and suffering in Purgatory 11 
 
 What determines the length of our life? 47 
 
 Do we meet friends of past lives when reborn? 69 
 
 The Tree of Life 86, 104 
 
 Necessity for clean life in acquiring Spiritual Sight 138 
 
 Do we not take life when eating eggs and fruit 186 
 
 LUCIFER. 
 
 The light-bringer .86, 104 
 
 All who came before me were thieves; I am the True 
 
 Light 104 
 
 MAGIC. 
 
 White and black 140, 175 
 
 MALE. 
 
 Will the male reabsorb the female? 18 
 
 Reasons for change of sex 19 
 
 MAN. 
 
 The cross a symbol of man 100 
 
 Man know thyself 174 
 
 Man is the inverted plant 100, 175 
 
 Why one man 's meat is another 's poison 23 
 
 MARRIAGE. 
 
 Race suicide and marriage 21, 28 
 
 Soul-mates and marriage , 22 
 
 Marriage of first and second cousins 23 
 
 Marriage congenial or the reverse shown by stars 24 
 
 Intermarriage of negroes, whites and mongols 25 
 
412 KOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 Clandestine marriages of Jews and the flood 26 
 
 Why some marriages are barren 29 
 
 MARTYRDOM. 
 
 The value of martyrdom 117 
 
 MASONIC LEGEND. 
 
 Cain and Abel 87 
 
 MATERIALIZATION. 
 
 Accomplished through mother-love 64 
 
 Vital body used in materialization 119 
 
 Materialization of flowers 126 
 
 MATTER. 
 
 Christian Science and Materialism compared 172 
 
 MEDIUMSHIP. 
 
 Difference between a trance Medium, a materializing 
 
 Medium and a trained clairvoyant 129 
 
 Why mediums simulate 133 
 
 Planc'hette-writing 127 
 
 Crysral-^azing 148 
 
 What leaves the body during soul-flights 120 
 
 Materialization and Icvitation 126 
 
 Dangers of mediumship 130 
 
 How mediumship injures the health 119 
 
 MEMORY. 
 
 Subconscious memory and loss of memory 54 
 
 MEMORY OF NATURE. 
 
 Astrology only means of fixing time of prehistoric events. 49 
 
 How past lives are read in Memory of Nature 70 
 
 Memory of Nature and pscychometry 125 
 
 MENSTRUATION. 
 
 And tears effects of the positive vital body 8 
 
 MIND. 
 
 How to cleanse the mind of evil thoughts 17 
 
 Mind as a factor in health 37 
 
 The subconscious mind and memory 54 
 
 MISSIONARY. 
 
 The evil of the missionary spirit 181 
 
 Go preach the gospel to every creature 118 
 
 Missionary efforts of occultists and Labor Unions 182 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 413 
 
 Question 
 
 MURDER. No. 
 
 Effects on murderer and victim in Purgatory 60 
 
 Music. 
 
 The Harmony of the Spheres 158 
 
 Influence of nursery rhymes on health 27 
 
 Music and heredity 13 
 
 Music and the semicircular canals of the ear 14 
 
 MYSTERIES. 
 
 What the lesser and greater mysteries teach 55 
 
 Eastern and Western methods contrasted 141, 180 
 
 Mystery of the Holy Grail 175 
 
 NATURE FORCES. 
 
 Are intelligent beings. How they work 41 
 
 NEBULAR THEORY. 
 
 Compared with the Creation recorded in the Bible. . ..76, 156 
 
 NEW JERUSALEM. 
 
 And Babylon compared 104 
 
 NIEBELUNGEN. 
 
 Noah, Moses and the Niebelungen 26 
 
 Niebelungs hoard and gifts of Wise Men 95 
 
 Early Atlantis and Brotherhood of Niebelungen 97 
 
 ORIGINAL SEMITES. 
 
 Marriage among Original Semites and present day mar- 
 riage compared 21 
 
 The Original Semites and the present Jews 26 
 
 OBSESSION. 
 
 How to diagnose it 124 
 
 PANORAMA OF LIFE. 
 
 P. o. L. as basis of suffering in Purgatory 11 
 
 P. o. L. as factor in producing infant mortality 51, 52 
 
 P. o. L. and the subconscious mind 54 
 
 PHYSICAL WORLD. 
 
 Its mission in Nature 3 
 
 PHYSICAL BODY. 
 
 Our most valuable instrument 5 
 
 Heredity and the physical body 30 
 
 Effect on the spirit of deformed body 41 
 
 How loss of the physical body causes suffering to suicide. 58 
 
 How physical body looked in Lemurian Epoch 85 
 
414 ROSICRUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 
 PILGRIMAGE THROUGH MATTER. Xo. 
 
 Necessity of pilgrimage 1, 3 
 
 Ark of the Covenant and pilgrimage SS 
 
 Parable of Prodigal Son and pilgrimage 108 
 
 PLANETS (see Astrology). 
 
 Location of Heaven and Purgatory 61 
 
 Are Mars, Jupiter and the other planets inhabited? 155 
 
 Good and evil planets 161 
 
 The Star Angels and their Ambassadors 162 
 
 The Pyramid and the planets 176 
 
 PLANT. 
 
 Man is the inverted plant 100, 175 
 
 POWERS OF DARKNESS. 
 
 And their mission in evolution 2, 76 
 
 PRAYER. 
 
 For the dead 63 
 
 Prayers astrologically directed 162 
 
 PRECESSION OF THE EQUINOX. 
 
 And the Law of Rebirth 14 
 
 PSYCHOMETRY 125 
 
 PURGATORY. 
 
 Not a place of punishment 59 
 
 Panorama of Life and suffering in Purgatory 11 
 
 The drunkard and tortures of Tantalus 11 
 
 Victims of murder ami accident in Purgatory 60 
 
 How suicide suffers in Purgatory 58 
 
 Purgation compared to process of forming solar system. . 59 
 
 Everlasti ng damnation 92 
 
 How shortened or eliminated by Forgiveness of Sins. .46, 48 
 
 Purgatory and conscience 12 
 
 RACE SPIRITS. 
 
 As a factor in marriage and blood-transfusion . ... 43 
 
 How Race Spirits rule the nations 23 
 
 REBIRTH (see also Law of Rebirth). 
 
 And the precession of the equinox 14 
 
 How to shorten interval between earth-lives 48 
 
 Why are we ignorant of past lives 65 
 
 How may we prove the doctrine of Rebirth 67 
 
 Must a spirit coming to rebirth pass through Purgatory. 71 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 415 
 
 Question 
 No. 
 
 The doctrines of "Rebirth" and Transmigration com- 
 pared 72 
 
 Is the Bible authority for the doctrine of Rebirth? 81 
 
 What facilitates the memory of past lives? 139 
 
 Do souls from other planets come to birth here and vice 
 
 versa ? 1 55 
 
 The ethical necessity for rebirth 177 
 
 RECORDING ANGELS. 
 
 What is the book of the Recording Angels? 54, 12 
 
 Are the Recording Angels individual beings? 75 
 
 Recording Angels give to each nation an appropriate 
 
 religion 118 
 
 RELIGION. 
 
 Religious of fear, of avarice, of love and of duty 91 
 
 Religion, Science and Art a trinity 147 
 
 Why Missionaries should be kept at home 118 
 
 Christian Science and Materialism contrasted 172 
 
 Rosicrucian Philosophy and Orthodoxy contrasted 177 
 
 Rosicrucian Philosophy and Theosophy contrasted 178 
 
 RIB. 
 
 What is the rib taken from Adam 's side? 18, 83 
 
 RITUAL. 
 
 Compared with extemporaneous sermons 116 
 
 ROSICRUCIANS. 
 
 Is the Rosicrucian Fellowship movement inspired by Mas- 
 ters? 180 
 
 Rosicrucian teachings compared with Orthodoxy 177 
 
 Rosicrucian teachings compared with Theosophy 178 
 
 SALVATION. 
 
 Everlasting salvation and damnation 92 
 
 SEED-ATOM. 
 
 Seed-atom the key to vibration of body 6 
 
 Seed-atom as factor in conception 27 
 
 Seed-atom the book of Recording Angels 12 
 
 Seed-atom and the subconscious mind 54 
 
 Seed atom affecting suicide 58 
 
 Seed-atom will be retained by man in Future , 174 
 
416 EOSICEUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 
 SELF-MASTERY. No. 
 
 Our goal and how attained 9 
 
 SEX. 
 
 Is the soul sexed 8 
 
 The reason for the division of the sexes 7, 174 
 
 Past methods of procreation 85 
 
 Sex and the Tree of Knowledge 86, 104 
 
 Sex and sin against the Holy Spirit 110 
 
 Immaculate Conception 93 
 
 Abolition of sex in 1'uture 174 
 
 Mystery of the Holy Grail and sex 175 
 
 SLEEP. 
 
 Compared to the hypnotic state 33 
 
 The cause of sleep 34 
 
 SILVER CORD. 
 
 In Trance and in Death 113 
 
 SOLAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Jacob, his wives and sons symbolize Zodiac and Solar 
 
 System 159 
 
 Purgation accomplished by the same law which governs 
 
 formation of a Solar System 59 
 
 SOUL. 
 
 And sex 8 
 
 Soul-mates and marriage 22 
 
 Have all souls been reborn or are new ones created every 
 
 birth? 66 
 
 Adam became a living soul 82 
 
 Soiil; one of the gifts of Wise Men 95 
 
 Effect of black magic on soul 140, 148 
 
 SOUND (see also Word and Music}. 
 
 Sound as builder and destroyer 158 
 
 SPIRIT. 
 
 Does spirit enter boJly at conception? 6 
 
 What is the relation of spirit and matter 172 
 
 STEAM. 
 
 And electricity as factors in evolution 3 
 
 TEARS. 
 
 And the positive vit-al body of woman 8 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 417 
 
 Question 
 
 TEMPERAMENT. No. 
 
 How it changes 9 
 
 Temperament, marriage and the Zodiac 24 
 
 TEMPTATION. 
 
 Benefit of temptation 12 
 
 THOUGHT. 
 
 Creative power of thought 3, 152 
 
 Are we responsible for our thoughts? 16 
 
 How the mind may be cleansed of evil thoughts 17 
 
 Have evil thoughts created venomous reptiles? 165 
 
 THYMUS GLAND. 
 
 and individuality 31, 43 
 
 TRANCE. 
 
 And Death compared 113 
 
 TRANSMIGRATION. 
 
 Compared with the doctrine of Rebirth 72 
 
 TRINITY. 
 
 Explained by light and color 74 
 
 Trinity of Religion, Science and Art 147 
 
 VAMPIRE AND WEREWOLF 128 
 
 VRIL. 
 
 The coming force 3 
 
 VITAL BODY. 
 
 Compared with physical body 5 
 
 v. b. negative in man, positive in woman 8 
 
 Condition of v. b. in hypnotic sleep 32, 39 
 
 v. b. during resuscitation of drowning person 34 
 
 Condition of v. b. after heavy meal 42 
 
 v. b. leaves dense body after death 52 
 
 How premature cremation affects the v. b 53 
 
 The tree of Life and the v. b SO 
 
 The v. b. exuded in materialization 119 
 
 v. b. of " sensitives" compared with v. b. of ordinary 
 
 people 129 
 
 If an arm is amputated is v. b. also severed? 188 
 
 WAR. 
 
 As a factor in infant mortality 52 
 
 The benefit of bloody wars 101 
 
418 KOSICKUCIAN PHILOSOPHY 
 
 Question 
 
 WEALTH. No. 
 
 A help to advancement or a hindrance? 183 
 
 WHITE LODGE. 
 
 Its relation to the Kosicrucian Order 179 
 
 WOMAN SUFFRAGE 185 
 
 WORD. 
 
 The lost Word .-. 8 
 
 Th Latin Kitual and the lost Word 116 
 
 How to find the lost word 174 
 
 Joshua and the walls of Jericho 158 
 
 Is the Bible the Word of God? 78 
 
AS ABOVE, SO BELOW. 
 
 The world, the man and the atom are governed by the same 
 law. Our dense earth is now in its 4TH stage of consolidation. 
 The mind, the desire body and the vital body are less solid than 
 our 4TH vehicle, the dense body. In the atomic weight of the 
 chemical elements there is a similar arrangement. The 4TH 
 group marks the acme of density. 
 
CONSTITUTION OF THE EARTH 
 
 **&&^& 
 
DIAGRAM 2, 
 
 
 THE SEVEN WORLDS 
 
 
 WORLD 
 
 Consisting ^\7 Regions. 
 
 
 OF GOD 
 
 ^2^ 
 
 
 WORLD 
 
 This World consists of 7 Regions and is the 
 
 
 OF 
 
 abode of the Virgin Spirits when they have 
 
 
 VIRGIN 
 SPIRITS 
 
 been differentiated in God before the pilgrim- 
 age through matter. 
 
 Vehicles 
 of Man 
 
 WORLD OF 
 
 Consists of 7 Regions and is the abode of the 
 
 Divine "^ 
 
 DIVINE SPIRIT 
 
 highest spiritual influence in man. 
 
 Spirit 
 
 WORLD OF 
 
 Consists of 7 Regions and is the abode of the 
 
 Life 
 
 LIFE SPIRIT 
 
 second aspect of the threefold spirit in man. 
 
 Spirit o 
 
 
 7th Region contains the germinal idea of form 
 
 u 
 
 h 
 
 in mineral, plant, animal and man. 
 
 
 
 I REGION OF 
 
 6th Region contains germinal idea of life in 
 
 Human I 
 
 3 ABSTRACT 
 THOUGHT 
 
 plant, animal and man. 
 5th Region contains germinal idea of desire 
 and emotion in animal and man; abode of 3rd 
 
 Spirit 
 
 J 
 
 h 
 
 aspect of spirit in man. 
 
 
 O 
 
 4th Region contains the archetypal forces and 
 
 
 3 REGION OF 
 tt CONCRETE 
 
 the human mind.. It is the focusing point 
 through which the spirit mirrors itself in mat- 
 ter. 
 
 z 
 Mind J 
 
 9 THOUGHT 
 
 3rd Region archetypes of desire and emotion. 
 
 M 
 
 > 
 
 2nd Region archetypes of universal vitality. 
 
 r 
 
 
 1st Region archetypes of form. 
 
 j 
 
 
 7th Region Soul-Power 1 
 
 > 
 
 
 6th Region Soul-Light I Attraction 
 
 
 
 5th Region Soul-Life. J 
 
 
 DESIRE 
 
 flnterest 
 
 Desire 
 
 WORLD 
 
 4th Regfon Feeling! 
 (.Indifference. 
 
 Body 
 
 
 3rd Region Wishes \ 
 
 
 
 
 2nd Region Impressionability VRepulsion. 
 
 3 
 
 
 1st Region Passion and Low DesireJ 
 
 
 Q 
 
 7th Region Reflecting ether, memory of nature. 
 
 IT 
 l*j 
 
 -J 
 
 6th Region Light ether, medium of sense per- 
 
 a 
 
 ETHERIC 
 
 ception. 
 
 Vital u 
 
 g REGION 
 
 5th Region Life ether, medium for propagation. 
 
 Body r 
 
 
 4th Region Chemical ether, medium for assimi- 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 lation and excretion. 
 
 
 ^ CHEMICAL 
 
 3rd Region Gases. 
 
 Dense 
 
 REGION 
 
 2nd Region Liquids. 
 
 Body 
 
 I 
 
 1st Region Solids. 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 j 
 
DIAGRAM 15 
 
 THE SEVEN DAYS OF CREATION 
 
 AND 
 
 THE FOUR GREAT INITIATIONS 
 
 ORDINARY HUMANITY PURSUES THE SPIRAL PATH 
 THE SNITIATE GOES THE STRAIGHT AND NARROW WAY THAT LEADS 
 TO 
 
 SATURN -PERIOD 
 
 (SATURDAY) 
 
 VIOLET 
 
 VENUS-PERIOD 
 
 (FRIDAY) 
 
 RED 
 
 MOON -PERIOD 
 
 (MONDAY) 
 
 BLUE 
 
 EARTH - 
 
 MERCURY -HALF 
 (WEDNESDAY)-YELLOW 
 
 VULCAN-PERIOD 
 
 THEWEEK 
 
 (EMBRACING WITHE DAYS) 
 
 WHITE 
 (INCLUDING ALLTHECOIORS) 
 
 SUN- PERIOD 
 
 (SUNDAY) 
 
 INDIGO 
 
 JUPITER- PERIOD 
 (THURSDAY) 
 ORANGE 
 
 - PERIOD 
 
 MARS -HALF 
 (TUESDAY) GREEN 
 
 THE WAYOF INITIATION 
 THERE WAS NO INITIATION PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 
 
 MARS HALF OF THE EART H PERIOD . THE LESSER MYS- 
 TERIES EMBRACE HUMAN EVOLTION IN THE MERCURY 
 
 HALF OF THE EARTH-PERIOD 
 
There was a time, even as late as Greece, when Religon, Art 
 and Science were taught unitedly in the Mystery-temples. But it 
 was necessary to the better development of each that they 
 should separate for a time. 
 
 Religion held sole sway in the so-called "dark ages." Dur- 
 ing that time it bound both Science and Art hand and foot. 
 Then came the period of the Benaissance and Art came to the 
 fore in all its branches. Beligion was strong as yet, however, 
 and Art was only too often prostituted in the service of Eeligion. 
 Last came the wave of modern Science, and with iron hand it 
 has subjugated Eeligion. 
 
 It was a detriment to the world when Eeligion shackled 
 Science. Ignorance and Superstition caused untold woe, never- 
 theless man cherished a lofty spiritual ideal then; he hoped for 
 a higher and better life. It is infinitely more disastrous that 
 Science is killing Eeligion, for now even Hope, the only gift 
 of the gods left in Pandora 's box, may vanish before Materialism 
 and Agnosticism. 
 
 Such a state cannot continue. Eeaction must set in. If 
 it does not, Anarchy will rend the Cosmos. To avert a calamity 
 Religion, Science and Art must reunite in a higher expression 
 of the Good, the True and the Beautiful than obtained before 
 the separation. 
 
 Coming events cast their shadows before, and when the Great 
 Leaders of human itv saw the tendency towards ultra-materialism 
 which is now rampant in the Western World, they took certain 
 steps to counteract and transmute it at the auspicious time. 
 The did not wish to kill the budding Science as the latter has 
 strangled Beligion, for they saw the ultimate good which will 
 result when an advanced Science has again become the co-worker 
 of Eeligion. 
 
 A spiritual Eeligion. however, cannot blend with a materialistic 
 Science any more than oil can mix with water. Therefore steps 
 were taken to spiritualize Science and make Eeligion scientific. 
 
 In the thirteenth century a high spiritual teacher, having the 
 symbolical name Christian Eosenkreuz Christian: Eose: Cross 
 appeared in Europe to commence that work. He founded the 
 mysterious Order of Eosicrucians with the object of throwing 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 
 
 occult light upon the misunderstood Christian Eeligion and to 
 explain the mystery of Life and Being from the scientific 
 standpoint in harmony with Eeligion. 
 
 In the past centuries the Kosicrucians have worked in secret, 
 but now the time has come for giving out a definite, logical and 
 ssquential teaching concerning the origin, evolution arid future 
 development of the world and man, showing both the spiritual 
 and the sr-^ntific aspect; a teaching which makes no statements 
 that are not supported by reason and logic. Such is the teaching 
 promulgated by the Rosicrucian Fellowship. It satisfies the mind 
 by giving clear explanations and neither begs nor evades ques- 
 tions. Jt holds out a reasonable solution to all mysteries But. 
 and this is a very important "But," The Eosicrucian Christianity 
 does not regard the intellectual understanding of God and the 
 Universe as an end in itself. Far from it. The greater the 
 intellect, the greater the danger of its misuse. Therefore the 
 scientific teaching is only given in order th t man may believe 
 find start to li*)*! the religious life which j .me can bring true 
 Fellowship. 
 
Seventh Edition 
 600 pp. cloth Price $2.00, postfree. 
 
 This remarkable book by Max Heindel marks an entirely 
 new departure in mystic literature. 
 
 For the first time in the history of the Western Wisdom 
 Teaching concerning Life and Being which the Rosicrucians 
 have guarded for centuries, is here given by an authorized 
 messenger, for it is held that the world is ready to receive 
 this advanced science of the soul, the religious philosophy of 
 the Aquarian Age, now at hand. The existing scul-hunger 
 and the satisfying nature of the Rosicrucian teachings are 
 equally well attested by the phenomenal sale of this great 
 book, and many thousands of letters received by the author 
 from grateful students located all over the world, who testify 
 that they there found what they have long sought elsewhere 
 in vain. 
 
 We give herewith some headings of chapters and sub- 
 divisions as a slight indication of what is contained in this 
 mine of mystic light and knowledge. 
 
 Part I. 
 
 The Visible and Invisible Worlds, The Four Kingdoms, Man 
 and the Method of Evolution. Spirit, Soul and Body; 
 Thought, Memory and Soul-growth. The conscious, subcon- 
 scious and superconscious mind. The science of death, the 
 beneficence of purgatory, life in heaven. Re-birth and the 
 Law of Consequence. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 The Scheme of Evolution. The Path of Evolution. The 
 Work of Evolution. Genesis and Evolution of Our Solar 
 System. Chaos the seed-ground of Cosmos, Birth of the 
 Planets, Planetary Spirits. Evolution of the Earth. The 
 Moon, the eighth sphere of retrogression. Occult Analysis 
 of Genesis. The Nebular Theory. 
 Part III. 
 
 Christ and His Mission. The Star of Bethlehem, the Mys- 
 tery of Golgotha and the cleansing blood. Future Devel- 
 opment and Initiation. Alchemy and Soul-growth. The 
 Method of Acquiring First-hand Knowledge. Western 
 Methods for Western People. Esoteric Training. Christian 
 Rosenkreuz and the Order of Rosicrucians. The Rosicru- 
 cian Initiation. 
 
AN ELEMENTARY EXPOSITION 
 
 BY MAX HEINDEL 
 200 pp. cloth. $1.50 postfree. 
 
 ts ts % Po0k for 
 
 who is seeking a solution to the Great Mystery called Life,. 
 but lacks leisure to wade through volumes of metaphysical 
 speculations. The lucid and logical explanations carry con- 
 viction they bear 
 
 THE STAMP OF TRUTH 
 
 Nevertheless, the language is so simple, clear and devoid of 
 technicalities that a child can understand its message. It 
 is there fore specially suited to beginners, but advanced 
 students will find 
 
 THE MYSTERY OF LIGHT 
 
 COLOR AND CONSCIOUSNESS, 
 
 and similar subjects of vital interest. 
 
ANCIENT TRUTHS IN MODERN DRESS 
 Price lOc Each, Postfree 
 
 No. 1. The Riddle of Life and Death. 
 
 No. 2. Where Are the Dead? 
 
 No. 3. Spiritual Sight and the Spiritual Worlds. 
 
 No. 4. Sleep, Dreams, Trance, Hypnotism, Mediumship 
 
 and Insanity. 
 
 No. 5. Death and Life in Purgatory. 
 
 No. 6. Life and Activity in Heaven. 
 
 No. 7. Birth a Fourfold Event. 
 
 No. 8. The Science of Nutrition, Health and Protracted 
 
 Youth. 
 
 No. 9. The Astronomical Allegories of the Bible. 
 
 No. 10. Astrology; Its Scope and Limitations. 
 
 No. 11. Spiritual Sight and Insight. 
 
 No. 12. Parsifal. 
 
 No. 13. The Angels as Factors in Evolution. 
 
 No. 14. Lucifer, Tempter or Benefactor? 
 
 No. 15. The Mystery of Golgotha and the Cleansing 
 
 Blood. 
 
 No. 16. The Star of Bethlehem; A Mystic Fact. 
 
 No. 17. The Mystery of the Holy Grail. 
 
 No. 18. The Lord's Prayer. 
 
 No. 19. The Coming Force; Vril or What? 
 
 No. 20. Fellowship and the Coming Race. 
 
 These lectures are particularly suitable for beginners. 
 Read consecutively, they give a comprehensive outline of our 
 philosophy. 
 
 THEY FIT THE POCKET 
 
 ?nd allow a busy man to utilize time on cars en route to or 
 from business. 
 
 GIVE ONE TO A FRIEND 
 It is an inexpensive and a helpful gift. 
 
By MAX HEINDEL 
 
 An Esoteric Exposition of the Cosmic Facts underly- 
 ing these two Great Institutions, as de- 
 termined by Occult Investigation 
 
 Describes the influence of each of these institu- 
 tions upon the evolution of mankind and the ultimate 
 destiny of each. 
 
 The building of King Solomon's Temple has al- 
 ways remained a theme of great interest ; but add to 
 this the story of the Queen of Sheba and the real 
 builder of the Temple, Hiram Abiff, so seldom read 
 
 of in current literature, and truly one is confronted 
 by a story of exquisite and transcendent interest. 
 
 To have read this book is to have delved deep into 
 the past and to have gained a glimpse into the mys- 
 teries that have puzzled philosophers in ages gone by. 
 Only a Mystic and a trained Seer who has the divine 
 gift of reading the Akashic Kecords of the past could 
 give such a lucid description of this great subject. 
 
 THIS BOOK SHOULD BE IN EVERY MASON'S 
 LIBRARY 
 
 Bound in cloth. 98 pages. Price $1.00 
 
of 
 
 HOW MADE AND UNMADE 
 
 The Occult Effect of 
 Our Emotions 
 
 Prayer 
 A Magic Invocation 
 
 The Scientific Method 
 of Spiritual Unf oldment 
 
 BY MAX HEINDEL 
 
 180 pp- Cloth Bound 
 Two Dollars Postfree 
 
 These four books in one volume are the 
 collected fruits of a Mystic's investigations 
 showing the unseen forces which shape our 
 
 destiny. 
 
 This valuable information is given for the 
 
 first time in book form. 
 
i\\t 
 
 BY MAX HEINDEL 
 
 Faust, Parsifal, the Ring of the Niebe- 
 lung, Tannhauser, Lohengrin 
 
 oOo 
 
 The Secret Teachings concealed in the Great Myths 
 as embodied in the major operas are here interpreted. 
 The Evolutionary Plan and Methods of Spiritual Uii- 
 foldment are shown to lie hidden in the imagery of 
 Folk Tales. The treatment of this subject adapts the 
 book to the use of the Musician and Student of Folk- 
 lore as well as to the Occultist. 
 
 oOo 
 
 Bound in Cloth with the usual three colored 
 
 gold covers used on all Hosicrucian 
 
 'Fellowship Bocks. 
 
 $2.00 Postfrea 
 
0f (Elmstmas 
 
 BY MAX HEIXDEL 
 
 Five dissertations in one volume, upon this most 
 interesting Subject of CHRISTMAS from the Mys- 
 tical Viewpoint, Showing the Occult Significance of 
 this Great Event. 
 
 -OQO- 
 
 Spiritual Light The New Element and The N.ew 
 
 Substance. 
 
 The Annual Sacrifice of Christ. 
 The Mystic Midnight Sun. 
 The Mission of Christ. 
 The Festival of the Fairies. 
 Very Attractively Bound in Heavy Paper. 
 
 50 p a g eSt $1.00 Postfree. 
 
RAYS FROM THE ROSE CROSS 
 
 A Monthly Magazine of 
 
 MYSTIC LIGHT 
 Subscription $2.00 per year 
 
 General Contents 
 
 The Mystic Light Department is devoted to articles on 
 Occultism, Mystic Masonry, Esoteric Christianity 
 and similar Spiritual Subjects. 
 
 The Question Department is designed to give further 
 light upon the various subjects dealt with in the 
 different departments. 
 
 The Astral Ray Department gives Cosmic Light on 
 Life's Problems. So far as space permits horo- 
 scopes of subscribers' children are read each month. 
 These readings show the hidden faults and talents 
 to help the parents bring out the best in their 
 charges. 
 
 Vocational Readings for young men and women are 
 given to show them the sphere in the world's work 
 for which they are best fitted. 
 
 Studies in the Rosicrucian Cosmo-Conception. Our 
 Origin, Evolution and Ultimate Destiny are relig- 
 iously, reasonably and scientifically explained in 
 this department. 
 
 Chtidrens' Department. Letters and Lessons for the 
 Children. 
 
 Nutrition and Health. In this department articles on 
 diet teach how to build bodies wisely and well. 
 
 The Rosy-Cross Healing Circle. Its meetings and their 
 results. 
 
OJlfrist 
 
 BY ANXET C. RICH 
 30 Cents Postfree. 
 
 The idea that India is the main repository of 
 occult knowledge is held by many who have for- 
 saken the Christian Religion to embrace Hindu- 
 ism. "Christ or Budda?" shows most clearly 
 that 
 
 TUB WESTERN WISDOM TEACHINGS 
 
 throw a light upon the problems of life which is 
 much more intense, far-reaching and soul sat- 
 isfying in every respect. A partial list of con- 
 tents will indicate its scope. 
 
 Involution, Evolution and Epigenesis. 
 
 Trance. 
 
 Dreamless sleep. 
 
 The waking State. 
 
 Dreams. 
 
 The Mystery of Blood 
 
 The Mystery of Sex. 
 
 The Mystery of Death. 
 
 The Christ of the East. 
 
 The Christ of the West. 
 
of 
 
 AN OCCULT STORY 
 BY PRENTISS TUCKER 
 
 This is a fascinating story of a young mystVs 
 experiences during the Great War, both np-m the seen 
 and the unseen planes. The author possesses great 
 aptitude for portraying conditions upon the super- 
 physical planes so that the layman can form a con- 
 crete conception regarding them. 
 168 Pages Cloth Bound $1.50 postfree. 
 
 A few chapter headings are appended to give a 
 better idea of the contents : 
 
 A Visit to the Invisible Planes. 
 
 A Sergeant's Experience after "Passing Out." 
 
 A Soul Flight. 
 
 Back to Earth A Pretty Nurse. 
 
 Helping a Slain Soldier to Comfort His Mother. 
 
 An Experience With Nature Spirits. 
 
 A Crisis in Love. 
 
 A Study of Auras. 
 
irimtttftc 
 
 By MAX HEINDEL 
 
 Fourth Edition, Revised and Enlarged 
 
 WITH MAX HEINDEL *S PORTRAIT 
 
 198 pp. Bound in Cloth. $1.25 Post paid 
 A complete textbook on the art of erecting a hor- 
 oscope, making the process simple and easy for begin- 
 ners. It also includes a 
 
 Philosophic Encyclopedia 
 
 and 
 
 Tables of Planetary Hours 
 
 The Philosophic Encyclopedia fills a long felt want 
 of both beginners and advanced students for infor- 
 mation concerning the underlying reasons for astro- 
 logical dicta. It is a mine of knowledge arranged in 
 such a manner as to be instantly accessible. 
 
 The Tables of Planetary Hours enable one to select 
 the most favorable time for beginning new enter- 
 prises. 
 
 The unparalleled merits of this book have been 
 amply attested by many thousands of enthusiastic 
 students who have bought the first three editions. 
 
 No astrological student can afford to be without it. 
 
of tftlp> 
 
 BY MAX HEINDEL AND AUGUSTA Foss HEINDEL 
 
 Third Edition 
 700 pp. Cloth. $2.50 Post Paid. 
 
 This book is set in a most attractive style, printed 
 on fine paper, with extra durable binding, the cover 
 stamped in gold and colors like other Rosicmcian text- 
 books. The contents are unique, including a number 
 of articles on the philosophy of Astrology. 
 
 The contents are arranged according to a very sim- 
 ple, definite system and with marginal symbols which 
 will enable the student to turn instantly to the para- 
 graph containing the information wanted. 
 
 There are many non-technical articles dealing with 
 the philosophical aspect of Astrology which will appeal 
 to all occult students regardless of whether they under- 
 stand casting a horoscope or not. 
 
 The general reading of the natal horoscope is thor- 
 oughly elucidated in all phases. 
 
 A very simple method of progressing the horo- 
 scope and predicting events is given. 
 
 Last, but not least is the Medical Astrology and 
 guide to Diagnosis of Disease, covering about 200 pages 
 and illustrated by 36 horoscopes, each indicating sever- 
 al diseases. 
 
 The system there explained is based upon the ex- 
 perience of the authors, gained during an extensive 
 practice of many years, during which time they have 
 successfully diagnosed disease in many thousands of 
 horoscopes, foretold crises and indicated preventive or 
 remedial measures. 
 
I860 TO DATE, PRICE, 25c EACH YEAR 
 
 The increasing difficulty experienced by Astrolo- 
 gers in obtaining Ephemerides has induced us to 
 enter the field and produce 
 
 A Better Ephemeris 
 
 AT HALF THE PRICE Now CHARGED BY OTHERS 
 
 A glance at this publication will at once show the 
 Astrologer a number of advantages in our arrange- 
 ment. The times and places of New Moons, Full 
 Moons and Eclipses are plainly marked, also the 
 Moon's Node. Tables of Logarithms are given for 24 
 hours. 
 
 The type is as large as used in this book, the print 
 is clear and beautiful. It will save eye strain. 
 
SIMPLIFIED 
 
 Latitudes 25 to 60 Degrees, Inclusive 
 
 Volume 1. Volume 2. Volume 3. 
 
 25-36 degrees 37-48 degrees 49-60 degrees 
 
 WITH LONGITUDES and LATITUDES 
 
 of about 
 FIFTEEN HUNDRED CITIES OF THE WORLD 
 
 These Tables of Houses are printed in size and style 
 uniform with our Simplified Scientific Ephemeris; 
 large type, clear print and fine paper. 
 
 A 12-page list (double column) gives the latitudes 
 and longitudes of most cities of fair size in Europe, 
 Asia, Africa, Australia and South America, also Amer- 
 ican cities of ten thousand and over. 
 
 By our original simplified system we have construct- 
 ed these Tables so that with them a figure is calculated 
 for South latitude by the same method and with the 
 same ease as a figure is cast for North latitude. 
 
 These Tables cover the two most densely populated 
 belts of the World, including the greater part of the 
 United States and continental Europe, South America, 
 South Africa, Australia and New Zealand. 
 
 50 cents each Post Paid 
 
The set of Ephemerides for 60 years, bound 
 in cloth, 3 volumes, $17.75 postfree. (From 1860 
 to 1922. 
 
 -oOo- 
 
 This is a condensed record form, particularly 
 adapted to rapid and accurate work. It saves 
 its small cost many fold in time conservation and 
 avoidance of uncertainty. 
 
 15c Per Dozen 
 
 -oOo- 
 
 Printed on good bond paper, letter sixe 8^x11 
 inches, with or without index for aspects, as 
 ordered lOc per dozen; 35c for 50, or 65c per 
 100. 
 
BY MAX HEIXDEL 
 15 Cents Postfree 
 
 The title indicates sufficiently the scope of 
 the book. 
 
 It is direct and to the point like all the writ- 
 ings of this author. 
 
 -oOo- 
 
 BY MAX HEINDEL 
 
 Many good Astrologers are lost to the world 
 because people gifted with the intuitional ability 
 to read a horoscope are usually poor mathema- 
 ticians. When our Simplified Calculation Forms 
 are used in conjunction with Simplified Scien- 
 tific Astrology, there is no mental strain ; the 
 student has only to fill in the figures in blank 
 spaces provided, and before he realizes it the 
 horoscope is cast. 15c each, 4 for 50e. 
 
-IN- 
 
 CHRISTIAN MYSTICISM AND ASTROLOGY 
 
 Christian Mysticism : A correspondence course of 
 twelve lessons upon the Rosicrucian Philosophy, using 
 the Cosmo-Conception by Max Heindel, as a textbook. 
 This philosophy gives a logical analysis of the origin, 
 evolution, and future development of the world and 
 man, showing both the spiritual and scientific aspects. 
 It is entirely Christian, aiming to make religion a 
 living factor in the world and to lead to Christ those 
 who cannot reach Him by faith alone. 
 
 This course is open to all who are interested. 
 
 Astrology : We want to help you to help others, 
 and for that reason we have instituted a correspond- 
 ence course in Astrology. Astrology is to us a phase 
 of religion, a Divine Science. We teach it to others on 
 condition that they will not prostitute it for gain. 
 
 Anyone who is not engaged in fortune telling or 
 similar methods of commercializing spiritual knowl- 
 edge may be admitted to this course. 
 
 Correspondence course lessons are furnished in 
 French, German, Spanish, Holland Dutch, and Ital- 
 ian. The letters written individually to the students, 
 however, are in English, since we have no professional 
 interpreter. 
 
 SECRETARY- 
 Rosicrucian Fellowship Oceanside, California. 
 
Foreign Publications 
 
 Foreign languages are essential to the Invisible 
 Helper. He who aspires to lead a life of service and 
 compassion, in the invisible worlds, is of greater use 
 if he can comfort those speaking other languages be- 
 sides his own. It behooves us, then to cultivate the 
 linguistic faculty. The following books in foreign 
 languages are useful to the Anglo-Saxon student as 
 well as to those native to the language 
 
 We can supply the following of our publications in 
 Spanish. 
 
 The Rosicrucian Cosmo-Conception, our textbook, 
 indispensable to those interested in the teachings of 
 the Great Fraternity. 3 Volumes. Price $3.00. 
 
 The Rosicrucian Philosophy in Questions and An- 
 swers, which contains information, not obtainable else- 
 where in our literature. 3 Volumes. Price $3.00. 
 The Twenty Lectures, for titles of which see 
 
 English section. Complete set $3.00. Single 
 
 copies 20c each. 
 
 At the present time we only offer the Simplified 
 Scientific Astrology in this language, price 75 c. We 
 expect soon to be able to place 011 the market the 
 French edition of the ^ Cosmo-Conception." Watch 
 for announcements. 
 Rosicrucian Fellowship - - Oceanside, California. 
 
Translations of the following of Mr. Heindel's 
 books are now obtainable in this language and may 
 be purchased from The Rosicrucian Fellowship, 
 Oc :i anside, California. 
 
 The Rosicrucian Cosmo-Conception, our textbook 
 is valuable to all students of the occult. Printed on 
 heavy eggshell paper, in good type. Price $3.00. 
 
 The Rosicrucian Mysteries, "The book for the busy 
 man." Price $2.00. 
 
 Simplified Scientific Astrology, giving a short yet 
 accurate method of .casting a horoscope, and contain- 
 ing an astrological cyclopedia. Price $2.00. 
 
 The Message of the Stars, the best organized and 
 most useable treatise upon the judgment of the radical 
 chart, diagnosis of disease, and progressing the horo- 
 scope, on the market. Price $3.50. 
 
 Rosicrucian Fellowship Oceanside, California. 
 
Manual for the Rosicrucian Aspirant, is a com- 
 pilation from Mr. Heindel's writings taken from The 
 Cosmo-Conception, the Rosicrucian Mysteries and 
 similar works. Price $1.50 
 
 The pamphlet, Why I am a Rosicrucian by the 
 founder of the Rosicrucian Fellowship may be pro- 
 cured for the price of ten cents. 
 
 Jwtch 
 
 The Cosmo-Conception has recently been translated 
 into Dutch. Printed on heavy paper, in large print, 
 it sells for $3.00. 
 
 The pamphlets, "How the Rosicrucians Heal the 
 Sick," explaining the method of spiritual healing, and 
 
 "Fundamentals of Natural Dietetics," showing how 
 to keep young and well by a scientific method of diet, 
 sell for 10 cents each. 
 
 (Earning 
 
 The Rosicrucian Cosmo-Conception has been trans- 
 lated into French, Italian, and Swedish, and is only 
 awaiting publication. We hope soon to have these 
 editions in our possession. 
 
 Questions and Answers in German. 
 
 Translations are under way in Russian and Portu- 
 guese. 
 Rosicrucian Fellowship - - Oceanside, California. 
 
r 
 
 RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 TO ^ 202 Main Library 
 
 LOAN PERIOD 1 
 HOME USE 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 Renewals and Recharges may be made 4 days prior to the due date. 
 
 Books may be Renewed by calling 642-3405 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 APR % 8 1993 
 
 \ 
 
 
 r\i !* 
 
 A urn nrcr WAV 1 *Q9 
 
 
 
 /iU!U visit MAY I V vL 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 FORM NO. DD6 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 
 BERKELEY, CA 94720 
 
TU ISobb 
 
 U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY